Document:

exhibit_4-10.htm

Exhibit 4.10

 

**CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST 

FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAVE BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH 

THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION (THE “COMMISSION”).**

 

CONTRACT

 

BUILD, OPERATE AND TRANSFER (BOT)

 

BETWEEN

 

TANZANIA REVENUE AUTHORITY

 

AND

 

ON TRACK INNOVATION SOLUTIONS LIMITED (OTI)

 

FOR THE DESIGN, DEVELOPMENT, IMPLEMENTATION 

INSTALLATION AND COMMISSIONING OF A 

COMPUTERIZED DRIVER’S LICENSES SYSTEM UNDER 

BUILD, OPERATE AND TRANSFER (BOT) ARRANGEMENT

 

CONTRACT NO. AE/023/GS/003/09-55

 

NOVEMBER 2009

 

  

  

  

 

SECTION I:  THE AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made on the 25th day of the month of November 2009 between TANZANIA REVENUE AUTHORITY of P.O. Box 11491, Dar es Salaam in the United Republic of Tanzania (hereinafter called “the Purchaser”) of the one part and On Track Innovations Ltd (OTI) of Z.H.R. Industrial Zone, P. 0. Box 32, Rosh Pina, 12000 Israel., as Partner in Charge in a Joint Venture, to be established with LR Group Ltd. for the purposes of execution of this Agreement (hereinafter called “the Supplier”) of the other part:

 

WHEREAS the Purchaser invited bids for certain goods and ancillary services, viz., Design, Development, Implementation Installation and Commissioning of a Computerized Driver’s Licenses System (CDLS) as well as producing and issuing of smart contactless Drivers’ Licences Cards under a Build, Operate and Transfer (BOT) arrangement in Tanzania and has accepted a bid by the Supplier for the supply of those goods and services (Smart Card Solution) at price for applicant of **THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.** per one card and the minimum quantity of **THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.** cards for the contract period.  Out of the price of **THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.** which equals to **THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.** per card issued (exclusive of Value Added Tax) shall be paid to the Supplier, and the balance shall be paid to the Purchaser.  The contract price (the “Contract Price”) shall be derived by multiplying **THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.** by the number of cards issued subject to the minimum quantity mentioned above

 

NOW THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSETH AS FOLLOWS:

 

	
1.

	
In, this Agreement words and expressions shall have the same meanings as are respectively assigned to them in the Conditions of Contract referred to.

 

	
2.

	
The following documents shall be deemed to form and be read and construed as part of this Agreement, viz.:

 

(a)           The General Conditions of Contract;

 

(b)           The Special Conditions of Contract;

 

(c)           The Appendices to the Special Conditions of Contract;

 

(d)           The Schedule of Requirements;

 

  

 

  

 

(e)           The Technical Specifications;

 

(f)           The Bid Form and the Price Schedule submitted by the Bidder;

 

(g)           The Purchaser’s Notification of Award;

 

(h)           The Supplier’s Technical Proposal on the Computerized Drivers’ Licences on Build, Operate and Transfer (BOT) arrangement; and

 

(i)            Minutes of a Pre-contract Negotiation Meeting between the Purchaser and the Supplier.

 

	
3.

	
In consideration of the payments to be made by the Purchaser to the Supplier as hereinafter mentioned, the Supplier hereby covenants with the Purchaser to provide the goods and services and to remedy defects therein in conformity in all respects with the provisions of the Agreement.

 

	
4.

	
The Purchaser hereby covenants to pay the Supplier in consideration of the provision of the goods and services and the remedying of defects therein, the Contract Price or such other sum as may become payable under the provisions of the Contract at the times and in the manner prescribed by the Contract.

 

This Agreement shall be in effect upon signing by the parties until the expiration of the period of three years commencing from the date of issuance of the first Driver’s License Card issued using the goods and services procured from the Supplier (subject to any extension provided under the Special Conditions of Contract).

 

IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed in accordance with their respective laws the day and year first above written.

 

Signed, sealed, and delivered on behalf of the Purchaser by:

 

Signed, Sealed, and Delivered on behalf of

	
The Tanzania Revenue Authority    

 

/s/ Ngoda N. Msoffe   

Name: Ngoda N. Msoffe  

Position: Director of Human Resources 

and Administration (DHRA)

 

Date: November 25, 2009

	
In the presence of

 

/s/ Asha K. Nassor

Name: Asha K. Nassor

Position: Notary Public

 

 

Date: November 25, 2009

 

  

- 2 -

  

 

Signed, Sealed and Delivered on behalf of

On Track Innovations Ltd. (OTI) – Partner in

Charge in the Bid, and of a Joint Venture to

	
Be established for the execution of this Agreement 

 

/s/ Haim Confino

Name: Haim Confino        

Position: V.P. Business Development   

Date: November 25, 2009     

	
In the presence of

 

/s/ Fred S. Ringo

Name: Fred S. Ringo

Position: Notary Public

Date: November 25, 2009

 

Signed, Sealed and Delivered on behalf of

LR Group Ltd. – Partner in the Bid, and of a

Joint Venture to be established for the                                                                        

	
execution of this Agreement

 

/s/ Avshalom Ashman  

Name: Avshalom Ashman                   

Position: Project Manager

Date: November 25, 2009

	
In the presence of

 

/s/ Fred S. Ringo

Name: Fred S. Ringo

Position: Notary Public

Date: November 25, 2009

 

  

- 3 -

  

SECTION II:  GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

 

A.           CONTRACT OF INTERPRETATION

 

	
1.

	
Definitions

 

1.1          In this Contract, the following terms shall be interpreted as indicated below.

 

(a)           contract elements

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
“Contract” means the Contract Agreement entered into between the Purchaser and the Supplier, together with the Contract Documents referred to therein.  The Contract Agreement and the Contract Documents shall constitute the Contract, and the term “the Contract” shall in all such documents be construed accordingly.

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
“Contract Documents” means the documents specified in Article 1.1 (Contract Documents) of the Form of Contract Agreement (including any amendments to these Documents).

 

	
  

	
(iii)

	
“Contract Agreement” means the agreement entered into between the Purchaser and the Supplier using the Form of Contract Agreement contained in the Sample Forms Section of the Bidding Documents and any modifications to this form agreed to by the Purchaser and the Supplier.  The date of the Contract Agreement shall be recorded in the signed form.

 

	
  

	
(iv)

	
“GCC” means the General Conditions of Contract.

 

	
  

	
(v)

	
“SCC” means the Special Conditions of Contract.

 

	
  

	
(vi)

	
“Technical Requirements” means the Technical Requirements Section of the Bidding Documents.

 

	
  

	
(vii)

	
“Implementation Schedule” means the Implementation Schedule Sub-section of the Technical Requirements.

 

	
  

	
(viii)

	
“Contract Price” means the price or prices defined in Article 2 (Contract Price and Terms of Payment) of the Contract Agreement.

 

	
  

	
(ix)

	
“Procurement Guidelines” refers to the edition specified in the SCC of the Public Procurement Guidelines and the Procurement ACT

 

	
  

	
(x)

	
“Bidding Documents” refers to the collection of documents issued by the Purchaser to instruct and inform potential suppliers of the processes for bidding, selection of the winning bid, and Contract formation, as well as the contractual conditions governing the relationship between the Purchaser and the Supplier.  The General and Special Conditions of Contract, the Technical Requirements, and all other documents included in the Bidding Documents reflect the World Purchaser Procurement Guidelines that the Purchaser is obligated to follow during procurement and administration of this Contract.

 

  

- 4 -

  

 

(b)           entities

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
“Purchaser” means the person purchasing the DLS, as specified in the SCC.

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
“Project Manager” means the person appointed by the Purchaser in the manner provided in GCC Clause 18.1 (Project Manager) and named as such in the SCC to perform the duties delegated by the Purchaser.

 

	
  

	
(iii)

	
“Supplier” means the person(s) whose bid to perform the Contract has been accepted by the Purchaser and is named as such in the Contract Agreement.

 

	
  

	
(iv)

	
“Supplier’s Representative means any person nominated by the Supplier and named as such in the Contract Agreement and approved by the Purchaser in the manner provided in GCC Clause 18.2 (Supplier’s Representative) to perform the duties delegated by the Supplier.

 

	
  

	
(v)

	
“Subcontractor,” including vendors, means any person to whom any of the obligations of the Supplier, including preparation of any design or supply of any Information Technologies or other Goods or Services, is subcontracted directly or indirectly by the Supplier.

 

	
  

	
(vi)

	
“Adjudicator” means the person named in Appendix 2 of the Contract Agreement, appointed by agreement between the Purchaser and the Supplier to make a decision on or to settle any dispute or difference between the Purchaser and the Supplier referred to him or her by the parties, pursuant to GCC Clause 6.1 (Adjudicator).

 

	
  

	
(vii)

	
“The word Purchaser” (also called “The Purchaser”) means Procuring entity, for this case it is Tanzania Revenue Authority.

 

(c)           scope

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
“DLS,” also called “the System,’ means all the Information Technologies, Materials, and other Goods to be supplied, installed, integrated, and made operational (exclusive of the Supplier’s Equipment which does not form part of the SOT scheme), together with the Services to be carried out by the Supplier under the Contract.

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
“Subsystem” means any subset of the System identified as such in the Contract that may be supplied, installed, tested, and commissioned individually before Commissioning of the entire System.

 

  

- 5 -

  

 

	
  

	
(iii)

	
“Information Technologies” means all information processing and communications-related hardware, Software, supplies, and consumable items that the Supplier is required to supply and install under the Contract.

 

	
  

	
(iv)

	
“Goods” means all equipment, machinery, furnishings, Materials, and other tangible items that the Supplier is required to supply or supply and install under the Contract, including, without limitation, the Information Technologies and Materials, but excluding the Supplier’s Equipment.

 

	
  

	
(v)

	
“Services” means all technical, logistical, management, and any other Services to be provided by the Supplier under the Contract to supply, install, customize, integrate, and make operational the System.  Such Services may include, but are not restricted to, activity management and quality assurance, design, development, customization, documentation, transportation, insurance, inspection, expediting, site preparation, installation, integration, training, data migration, Pre-commissioning, Commissioning, maintenance, and technical support.

 

	
  

	
(vi)

	
“The Project Plan” means the document to be developed by the Supplier and approved by the Purchaser, pursuant to GCC Clause 19, based on the requirements of the Contract and the Preliminary Project Plan included in the Supplier’s bid.  The “Agreed and Finalized Project Plan” is the version of the Project Han approved by the Purchaser, in accordance with GCC Clause 19.2.  Should the Project Plan conflict with the Contract in any way, the relevant provisions of the Contract, including any amendments, shall prevail.

 

	
  

	
(vii)

	
“Software” means that part of the System which is instructions that cause information processing Subsystems to perform in a specific manner or execute specific operations.

 

	
  

	
(viii)

	
“System Software” means Software that provides the operating and management instructions for the underlying hardware and other components, and is identified as such in Appendix 4 of the Contract Agreement and such other Software as “the parties may agree in writing to be Systems Software.  Such System Software includes, but is not restricted to, micro-code embedded in, hardware (i.e., “firmware”), operating systems, communications, system and network management, and utility software.

 

	
  

	
(ix)

	
“General-Purpose Software” means Software that supports general-purpose office and software development activities and is identified as such in Appendix 4 of the Contract Agreement and such other Software as the parties may agree in writing to be General- Purpose Software.  Such General-Purpose Software may include, but is not restricted to, word processing, spreadsheet, generic database management, and application development software.

 

  

- 6 -

  

 

	
  

	
(x)

	
“Application Software” means Software formulated to perform specific business or technical functions and interface with the business or technical users of the System and is identified as such in Appendix 4 of the Contract Agreement and such other Software as the parties may agree in writing to be Application Software.

 

	
  

	
(xi)

	
“Standard Software” means Software identified as such in Appendix 4 of the Contract Agreement and such other Software as the parties may agree in writing to be Standard Software.

 

	
  

	
(xii)

	
“Custom Software” means Software identified as such in Appendix 4 of the Contract Agreement and such other Software as the parties may in writing to be Custom Software.

 

	
  

	
(xiii)

	
“Source Code” means the database structures, dictionaries, definitions, program source files, and any other symbolic representations necessary for the compilation, execution, and subsequent maintenance of the Software (typically, but not exclusively, required for Custom Software).

 

	
  

	
(xiv)

	
“Materials” means all documentation in printed or printable form and all instructional and informational aides in any form (including audio, video, and text) and on any medium, provided to the Purchaser under the Contract.

 

	
  

	
(xv)

	
“Standard Materials” means all Materials not specified as Custom Materials.

 

	
  

	
(xvi)

	
“Custom Materials” means Materials developed by the Supplier at the Purchaser’s expense under the Contract and identified as such in Appendix 5 of the Contract Agreement and such other Materials as the parties may agree in writing to be Custom Materials.  Custom Materials includes Materials created from Standard Materials.

 

	
  

	
(xvii)

	
“Intellectual Property Rights” means any and all copyright, moral rights, trademark, patent, and other intellectual and proprietary rights, title and interests worldwide, whether vested, contingent, or future, including without limitation all economic rights and all exclusive rights to reproduce, fix, adapt, modify, translate, create derivative works from, extract or re-utilize data from, manufacture, introduce into circulation, publish, distribute, sell, license, sublicense, transfer, rent, lease, transmit or provide access electronically, broadcast, display, enter into computer memory, or otherwise use any portion or copy, in whole or in part, in any form, directly or indirectly, or to authorize or assign others to do so.

 

	
  

	
(xviii)

	
“Supplier’s Equipment” means all equipment, tools, apparatus, or things of every kind required in or for installation, completion and maintenance of the System that are to be provided by the Supplier, but excluding the Information Technologies, or other items forming part of the System.

 

  

- 7 -

  

 

(d)           activities

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
“Delivery” means the transfer of the Goods from the Supplier to the Purchaser in accordance with the current edition Incoterms specified in the Contract.

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
“Installation” means that the System or a Subsystem as specified in the Contract is ready for Commissioning, as provided in GCC Clause 26 (Installation).

 

	
  

	
(iii)

	
“Pre-commissioning” means the testing, checking, and any other required activity that may be specified in the Technical Requirements that are to be carried out by the Supplier in preparation for Commissioning of the System as provided in GCC Clause 26 (Installation).

 

	
  

	
(iv)

	
“Commissioning” means operation of the System or any Subsystem by the Supplier following Installation, which operation is to be carried out by the Supplier as provided in GCC Clause 27.1 (Commissioning), for the purpose of carrying out Operational Acceptance Test(s).

 

	
  

	
(v)

	
“Operational Acceptance Tests” means the tests specified in the Technical Requirements and Agreed, and Finalized Project Plan to be carried out to ascertain whether the System, or a specified Subsystem, is able to attain the functional and performance requirements specified in the Technical Requirements and Agreed and Finalized Project Plan, in accordance with the provisions of GCC Clause 27.2 (Operational Acceptance Test).

 

	
  

	
(vi)

	
“Operational Acceptance” means the acceptance by the Purchaser of the System (or any Subsystem(s) where the Contract provides for acceptance of the System in parts), in accordance with GCC Clause 27.3 (Operational Acceptance).

 

(e)           place and time

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
“Purchaser’s Country” is the country named in the SCC.

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
“Supplier’s Country” is the country in which the Supplier is legally organized, as named in the Contract Agreement

 

	
  

	
(iii)

	
“Project Site(s)n means the place(s) specified in the SCC for the supply and installation of the System.

 

	
  

	
(iv)

	
“Eligible Country” means the countries and territories eligible for participation in procurements financed by United Republic of Tanzania as defined in the Guidelines: (Note: The Government of Tanzania maintains a list of countries from which Bidders, Goods, and Services are not eligible to participate in procurement financed by the Purchaser.  The list is regularly updated and can be obtained from the Public Information Center of the Purchaser or its web site on procurement.  A copy of the negative list is contained in the Section of the Bidding Documents entitled “Eligibility for the Provision of Goods, Works, and Services in Purchaser-Financed Procurement”).

 

  

- 8 -

  

 

	
  

	
(v)

	
“Day” means calendar day of the Gregorian Calendar.

 

	
  

	
(vi)

	
“Week” means seven (7) consecutive Days, beginning the day of the week as is customary in the Purchaser’s Country.

 

	
  

	
(vii)

	
“Month” means calendar month of the Gregorian Calendar.

 

	
  

	
(viii)

	
“Year” means twelve (12) consecutive Months.

 

	
  

	
(ix)

	
“Effective Date” means the date of fulfillment of all conditions specified in Article 3 (Effective Date for Determining Time for Achieving Operational Acceptance) of the Contract Agreement, for the purpose of determining the Delivery, Installation, and Operational Acceptance dates for the System or Subsystem(s).

 

	
  

	
(x)

	
“Contract Period” is the time period during which this Contract governs the relations and obligations of the Purchaser and Supplier in relation to the System, as specified in the SCC.

 

	
  

	
(xi)

	
“Defect Liability Period” (also referred to as the “Warranty Period”) means the period of validity of the warranties given by the Supplier commencing at date of the Operational Acceptance Certificate of the System or Subsystem(s), during which the Supplier is responsible for defects with respect to the System (or the relevant Subsystem[s]) as provided in GCC Clause 29 (Defect Liability).

 

	
  

	
(xii)

	
“The Post-Warranty Services Period” means the number of years defined in the SCC (if any), following the expiration of the Warranty Period during which the Supplier may be obligated to provide Software licenses, maintenance, and/or technical support services for the System, either under this Contract or under separate contract(s).

 

	
  

	
(xiii)

	
“The Coverage Period” means the Days of the Week and the hours of those Days during which maintenance, operational, and/or technical support services (if any) must be available.

 

	
2.

	
Contract Documents

 

2.1           Subject to Article 1.2 (Order of Precedence) of the DocumentsContract Agreement, all documents forming part of the Contract (and all parts of these documents) are intended to be correlative, complementary, and mutually explanatory.  The Contract shall be read as a whole.

 

  

- 9 -

  

 

	
3.

	
Interpretation

 

3.1          Language

 

	
  

	
3.1.1

	
Unless the Supplier is a national of the Purchaser’s Country and the Purchaser and the Supplier agree to use the national language, all Contract Documents, all correspondence, and communications to be given shall be written in the language specified in the SCC, and the Contract shall be construed and-interpreted in accordance with that language.

 

	
  

	
3.1.2

	
If any of the Contract Documents, correspondence, or communications are prepared in any language other than the governing language under GCC Clause 3.1.1 above, the translation of such documents, correspondence, or communications shall prevail in matters of interpretation.  The originating party, with respect to such documents, correspondence, and communications, shall bear the costs and risks of such translation

 

3.2          Singular and Plural

 

The singular shall include the plural and the plural the singular, except where the context otherwise requires.

 

3.3          Headings

 

The headings and marginal notes in the GCC are included for ease of reference and shall neither - constitute a part of the Contract nor affect its interpretation.

 

3.4          Persons

 

Words importing persons or parties shall include firms, corporations, and government entities.

 

3.5          Incoterms

 

Unless inconsistent with any provision of the Contract, the meaning of any trade term and the rights and obligations of parties thereunder shall be as prescribed by the current Incoterms (“Incoterms 2000” or a more recent version if and as published).  Incoterms are the international rules for interpreting trade terms published by the International Chamber of Commerce, 38 Cours Albert 1er, 75008 Paris, France.

 

3.6          Entire Agreement

 

The Contract constitutes the entire , agreement between the Purchaser and Supplier with respect to the subject matter of Contract and supersedes all communications, negotiations, and agreements (whether written or oral) of parties with respect to the subject matter of the Contract made priori the date of Contract.

 

  

- 10 -

  

 

3.7          Amendment

 

No amendment or other variation of the Contract shall be effective unless it is in writing, is dated, expressly refers to the Contract, and is signed by a duly authorized representative of each party to the Contract.

 

3.8          Independent Supplier,

 

The Supplier shall be an independent contractor performing the Contract.  The Contract does not create any agency, partnership, joint venture, or other joint relationship between the parties to the Contract.

 

Subject to the provisions of the Contract, the Supplier shall be solely responsible for the manner in which the Contract is performed.  All employees, representatives, or Subcontractors engaged by the Supplier in connection with the performance of the Contract shall be under the complete control of the Supplier and shall not be deemed to be employees of the Purchaser, and nothing contained in the Contract or in any subcontract awarded by the Supplier shall be construed to create any contractual relationship between any such employees, representatives, or Subcontractors and the Purchaser.

 

3.9          Joint Venture or Consortium

 

If the Supplier is a Joint Venture or consortium of two or more persons, all such firms shall be jointly and severally bound to the Purchaser for the fulfillment of the provisions of the Contract and shall designate one of such persons to act as a leader with authority to bind the Joint Venture or consortium.  The composition or constitution of the Joint Venture or consortium shall not be altered without the prior consent of the Purchaser.

 

3.10        Nonwaiver

 

	
  

	
3.10.1

	
Subject to GCC Clause 3.10.2 below, no relaxation, forbearance, delay, or indulgence by either party in enforcing any of the terms and conditions of the Contract or the granting of time by either party to the other shall prejudice, affect, or restrict the rights of that party under the Contract, nor shall any waiver by either party of any breach of Contract operate as waiver of any subsequent or continuing breach of Contract_

 

	
  

	
3.10.2

	
Any waiver of a party’s rights, powers, or remedies under the Contract must be in writing, must be dated and signed by an authorized representative of the party granting such waiver, and must specify the right and the extent to which it is being waived.

 

  

- 11 -

  

 

3.11         Severability

 

If any provision or condition of the Contract is prohibited or rendered invalid or unenforceable, such prohibition, invalidity, or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provisions and conditions of the Contract.

 

3.12         Country of Origin

 

“Origin” means the place where the Information Technologies, Materials, and other Goods for the System were produced or from which the Services are supplied.  Goods are produced when, through manufacturing, processing, Software development, or substantial and major assembly or integration of components, a commercially recognized product results that is substantially different in basic characteristics or in purpose or utility from its components.  The Origin of Goods and Services is distinct from the nationality of the Supplier and may be different.

 

	
4.

	
Notices

 

4.1          Unless otherwise stated in the Contract, all notices to be given under the Contract shall be in writing and shall be sent by personal delivery, airmail post, special courier, cable, telegraph, telex, facsimile, electronic mail, or Electronic Data interchange (EDI) to the address of the relevant party as specified in the SCC, with the following provisions.

 

	
  

	
4.1.1

	
Any notice sent by cable, telegraph, telex, facsimile, electronic mail, or EDI shall be confirmed within two (2) days after dispatch by notice sent by airmail post or special courier, except as otherwise specified in the Contract.

 

	
  

	
4.1.2

	
Any notice sent by airmail post or special courier shall be deemed (in the, absence of evidence of earlier receipt) to have been delivered ten (10) days after dispatch.  In proving the fact of dispatch, it shall be sufficient to show that the envelope containing such notice was properly addressed, stamped, and -conveyed to the postal authorities or courier service for transmission by airmail or special courier.

 

	
  

	
4.1.3

	
Any notice delivered personally or sent by cable, telegraph, telex, facsimile, electronic mail, or EDI shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date of its dispatch.

 

	
  

	
4.1.4

	
Either party may change its postal, cable, telex, facsimile, electronic mail, or EDI address or addressee for receipt of such notices by ten (10) days’ notice to the other party in writing.

 

4.2          Notices shall be deemed to include any approvals, consents, instructions, orders, and certificates to be given under the Contract.

 

  

- 12 -

  

 

	
5.

	
Governing Law

 

5.1           The Contract shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the country specified in the SCC.

 

	
6.

	
Settlement of Disputes

 

6.1          Adjudication

 

	
  

	
6.1.1

	
If any dispute of any kind whatsoever shall arise between the Purchaser and the Supplier in connection with or arising out of the Contract, including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any question regarding its existence, validity, or termination, or the operation of the System (whether during the progress of implementation or after its achieving Operational Acceptance and whether before or after the termination, abandonment, or breach of the Contract), the parties shall seek to resolve any such dispute or difference by mutual consultation.  If the parties fail to resolve such a dispute or difference by mutual consultation, within fourteen (14) days after one party has notified the other in writing of the dispute or difference, then, if the Contract Agreement in Appendix 2 includes and names an Adjudicator, the dispute shall be referred in writing by either party to the Adjudicator, with a copy to the other party.  If there is no Adjudicator specified in the Contract Agreement, the mutual consultation period stated above shall last 28 days (instead of 14), upon expiry of which either party may move to the notification of arbitration pursuant to GCC Clause 6.2.1.

 

	
  

	
6.1.2

	
The Adjudicator shall give his or her decision in writing to both parties- within twenty-eight (28) days of a dispute being referred to the Adjudicator.  If the Adjudicator has done so, and no notice of intention to commence arbitration has been given by either the Purchaser or the Supplier within fifty-six (56) days of such reference, the decision shall become final and binding upon the Purchaser and the Supplier.  Any decision that has become final and binding shall be implemented by the parties forthwith.

 

	
  

	
6.1.3

	
The Adjudicator shall be paid an hourly fee at the rate specified in the Contract Agreement plus reasonable expenditures incurred in the execution of duties as Adjudicator, and these costs shall be divided equally between the Purchaser and the Supplier.

 

	
  

	
6.1.4

	
Should the Adjudicator resign or die, or should the Purchaser and the Supplier agree that the Adjudicator is not fulfilling his or her functions in accordance with the provisions of the Contract, a new Adjudicator shall be jointly appointed by the Purchaser and the Supplier.  Failing agreement between the two within twenty-eight (28) days, the new Adjudicator shall be appointed at the request of either party by the Appointing Authority specified in the SCC, or, if no Appointing Authority is specified in SCC, the Contract shall, from this point onward and until the parties may otherwise agree on an Adjudicator or an Appointing Authority, be implemented as if there is no Adjudicator.

 

  

- 13 -

  

 

6.2          Arbitration

 

	
  

	
6.2.1

	
if either the Purchaser or the Supplier is dissatisfied with the Adjudicator’s decision, or if the Adjudicator fails to give a decision within twenty-eight (28) days of a dispute being referred to him or her, then either the Purchaser or the Supplier may, within fifty-six (56) days of such reference, give notice to the other party, with a copy for information to the Adjudicator, of its intention to commence arbitration, as provided below, as to the matter in dispute, and no arbitration in respect of this matter may be commenced unless such notice is given.

 

	
  

	
6.2.2

	
Any dispute in respect of which a notice of intention to commence arbitration has been given, in accordance with GCC Clause 6.2.1, shall be finally settled by- arbitration.  Arbitration may be commenced prior to or after Installation of the BLS.

 

	
  

	
6.2.3

	
Arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in accordance with the rules of procedure specified in the SCC.

 

6.3          Notwithstanding any reference to the Adjudicator or arbitration in this clause,

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
the parties shall continue to perform their respective obligations under the Contract unless they otherwise agree;

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
the Purchaser, shall pay the Supplier any monies due the Supplier.

 

B.  SUBJECT MATTER OF CONTRACT

 

	
7.

	
Scope of the System

 

7.1           Unless otherwise expressly limited in the SCC or Technical Requirements, the Supplier’s obligations cover the provision of all Information Technologies, Materials and other Goods as well as the performance of all Services required for the design, development, and implementation (including procurement, quality assurance, assembly, associated site preparation, Delivery, Pre-commissioning, Installation, Testing, and Commissioning) of the System, in accordance with the plans, procedures, specifications, drawings, codes, and any other documents specified in the Contract and the Agreed and Finalized Project Plan.

 

7.2           The Supplier shall, unless specifically excluded in _ the Contract, perform all such work and / or supply all such items and Materials not specifically mentioned in the Contract but that can be reasonably inferred from the Contract as being required for attaining Operational Acceptance of the System as if such work and / or items and Materials were expressly mentioned in the Contract.

 

  

- 14 -

  

 

The Supplier’s obligations (if any) to provide Goods and Services as implied by the Recurrent Cost Form of the Supplier’s bid, such as consumables, spare parts, and technical services (e.g., maintenance, technical assistance, and operational support), are as specified in the _SCC, including the relevant terms, characteristics, and timings.

 

	
8.

	
Time for Commencement and Operational Acceptance

 

8.1           The Supplier shall commence work on the System within the period specified in the SCC, and without prejudice to GCC Clause 28.2, the Supplier shall thereafter proceed with the System in accordance with the time schedule specified in the Implementation Schedule in the Technical Requirements Section and any refinements made in the Agreed and Finalized Project Plan.

 

8.2           The Supplier shall achieve Operational Acceptance of the System (or Subsystem(s) where a separate time for Operational Acceptance of such Subsystem(s) is specified in the Contract) within the time specified in the SCC and in accordance with the time schedule specified in the Implementation Schedule in the Technical Requirements Section and any refinements made in the Agreed and Finalized Project Plan, or within such extended time to which the Supplier shall be entitled under GCC Clause 40 (Extension of Time for Achieving Operational Acceptance).

 

	
9.

	
Suppplier’s Responsibilities

 

9.1           The Supplier shall conduct all activities with due care and diligence, in accordance with the Contract and with the skill and care expected of a competent provider of information technologies, DLSs, support, maintenance, training, and other related services, or in accordance with best industry practices.  In particular, the Supplier shall provide and employ only technical personnel who are skilled and experienced in their respective callings and supervisory staff who are competent to adequately supervise the work at hand.

 

9.2           The Supplier confirms that it has entered into this Contract on the basis of a proper examination of the data relating to the System provided by the Purchaser and on the basis of information that the Supplier could have obtained from a visual inspection of the site (if access to the site was available) and of other data readily available to the Supplier relating to the System as at the date twenty-eight (28) days prior to bid submission.  The Supplier acknowledges that any failure to acquaint itself with all such data and information shall not relieve its responsibility for properly estimating the difficulty or cost of successfully performing the Contract.

 

9.3           The Supplier shall be responsible for timely provision of all resources, information, and decision making under its control that are necessary to reach a mutually Agreed and Finalized Project Plan (pursuant to GCC Clause 19.2) within the time schedule specified in the Implementation Schedule in the Technical Requirements Section.  Failure to provide such resources, information, and decision making may constitute grounds for termination pursuant to GCC Clause 41.2.

 

9.4           The Supplier shall acquire in its name all permits, approvals, and/or licenses from all local, state, or national government authorities or public service undertakings in the Purchaser’s Country that are necessary for the performance of the Contract, including, without limitation, visas for the Supplier’s and Subcontractor’s personnel and entry permits for all imported Supplier’s Equipment.  The Supplier shall acquire all other permits, approvals, and/or licenses that are not the responsibility of the Purchaser under GCC Clause 10.4 and that are necessary for the performance of the Contract.

 

  

- 15 -

  

 

9.5           The Supplier shall comply with all laws in force in the Purchaser’s Country.  The laws will include all national, provincial, municipal, or other laws that affect the performance of the Contract and are binding upon the Supplier.  The Supplier shall indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser from and against any and all liabilities, damages, claims, fines, penalties, and expenses of whatever nature arising or resulting from the violation of such laws by the Supplier or its personnel, including the Subcontractors and their personnel, but without prejudice to GCC Clause 10.1.  The Supplier shall not indemnify the Purchaser to the extent that such liability, damage, claims, fines, penalties, and expenses were caused or contributed to by a fault of the Purchaser.

 

9.6           The Supplier shall, in all dealings with its labor and the labor of its Subcontractors currently employed on or connected with the Contract, pay due regard to all recognized festivals, official holidays, religious or other customs, and all local laws and regulations pertaining to the employment of labour.

 

9.7           Any Information Technologies or other Goods and Services that will be incorporated in or be required for the System and other supplies shall have their Origin, as defined in GCC Clause 3.12, in a country that shall be an Eligible Country, as defined in GCC Clause 1.1 (e) (iv).

 

9.8           The Supplier shall permit the Purchaser to inspect the Supplier’s accounts and records relating to the performance of the Supplier and to have them audited by auditors appointed by the Purchaser, if so required by the Purchaser.

 

9.9           Other Supplier responsibilities, if any, are as stated in the SCC.

 

	
10.

	
Purchaser’s Responsibilities

 

10.1          The Purchaser shall ensure the accuracy of all information and/or data to be supplied by the Purchaser to the Supplier, except when otherwise expressly stated in the Contract.

 

10.2          The Purchaser shall be responsible for timely provision of all resources, information, and decision making under its control that are necessary to reach an Agreed and Finalized Project Plan (pursuant to GCC Clause 19.2) within the time schedule specified in the Implementation Schedule in the Technical Requirements Section.  Failure to provide such resources, information, and decision making may constitute grounds for Termination pursuant to GCC Clause 41.3.1 (b).

 

10.3          The Purchaser shall be responsible for acquiring and providing legal and physical possession of the site and access to it, and for providing possession of and access to all other areas reasonably required for the proper execution of the Contract.

 

  

- 16 -

  

 

10.4          If requested by the Supplier, the Purchaser shall use its best endeavors to assist the Supplier in obtaining in a timely and expeditious manner all permits, approvals, and/or licenses necessary for the execution of the Contract from all local, state, or national government authorities or public service undertakings that such authorities or undertakings require the Supplier or Subcontractors or the personnel of the Supplier or Subcontractors, as the case may be, to obtain.

 

10.5          In such cases where the responsibilities of specifying and acquiring or upgrading telecommunications and/or electric power services falls to the Supplier, as specified in the Technical Requirements, SCC, Agreed and Finalized Project Plan, or other parts of the Contract, the Purchaser shall use its best endeavours to assist the Supplier.in obtaining such services in a timely and expeditious manner.

 

10.6          The Purchaser shall be responsible for timely provision of all resources, access, and information necessary for the Installation and Operational Acceptance of the System (including, but not limited to, any required telecommunications or electric power services), as identified in the Agreed and Finalized Project Plan, except where provision of such items is explicitly identified in the Contract as being the responsibility of the Supplier.  Delay by the Purchaser may result in an appropriate extension of the Time for Operational Acceptance, at the Supplier’s discretion.

 

10.7          Unless otherwise specified in the Contract or agreed upon by the Purchaser and the Supplier, the Purchaser shall provide sufficient, properly qualified operating and technical personnel, as required by the Supplier to properly carry out Delivery, Pre-commissioning, Installation, Commissioning, and Operational Acceptance, at or before the time specified in the Technical Requirements Section’s Implementation Schedule and the Agreed and Finalized Project Plan.

 

10.8          The Purchaser will designate appropriate staff for the training courses to be given by the Supplier and shall make all appropriate logistical arrangements for such training as specified in the Technical Requirements, SCC, the Agreed and Finalized Project Plan, or other parts of the Contract.

 

10.9          The Purchaser assumes primary responsibility for the Operational Acceptance Test(s) for the System, in accordance with GCC Clause 27.2, and shall be responsible for the continued operation of the System after Operational Acceptance.  However, this shall not limit in any way the Supplier’s responsibilities after the date of Operational Acceptance otherwise specified in the Contract.

 

10.10        The Purchaser is responsible for performing and safely storing timely and regular backups of its data and Software in accordance with accepted data management principles, except where such responsibility is clearly assigned to the Supplier elsewhere in the Contract.

 

10.11        All costs and expenses involved in the performance of the obligations under this GCC Clause 10 shall be the responsibility of the Purchaser, save those to be incurred by the Supplier with respect to the performance of the Operational Acceptance Test(s), in accordance with GCC Clause 27.2.

 

  

- 17 -

  

 

10.12        Other Purchaser responsibilities, if any, are as stated in the SCC.

 

C.  PAYMENT

 

	
11.

	
Contract Price

 

11.1          The Contract Price shall be as specified in Article 2 (Contract Price and Terms of Payment) of the Contract Agreement.

 

11.2          The Contract Price shall be a firm lump sum not subject to any alteration, except:

 

	
  

	
  (a)

	
in the event of a Change in the System pursuant to GCC Clause 39 or to other clauses in the Contract;

 

	
  

	
  (b)

	
in accordance with the price adjustment formula (if any) specified in the SCC.

 

11.3          The Supplier shall be deemed to have satisfied itself as to the correctness and sufficiency of the Contract Price, which shall, except as otherwise provided for in the Contract, cover all its obligations under the Contract.

 

	
12.

	
Terms of Payment

 

12.1          The Supplier’s request for payment shall be made to Payment the Purchaser in writing, accompanied by an invoice describing, as appropriate, the System or Subsystem(s), Delivered, Pre-commissioned, Installed, and Operationally Accepted, and by documents submitted pursuant to GCC Clause 22.5 and upon fulfillment of other obligations stipulated in the Contract.

 

The Contract Price shall be paid as specified in the SCC.

 

12.2          No payment made by the Purchaser herein shall be deemed to constitute acceptance by the Purchaser of the System or any Subsystem(s).

 

12.3          Payments shall be made promptly by the Purchaser, but in no case later than forty five (45) days after submission of a valid invoice by the Supplier.  In the event that the Purchaser fails to make any payment by its respective due date or within the period set forth in the Contract, the Purchaser shall pay to the Supplier interest on the amount of such delayed payment at the rate(s) specified in the SCC for the period of delay until payment has been made in full, whether before or after judgment or arbitration award.

 

12.4          All payments shall be made in the currency(ies) specified in the Contract Agreement, pursuant to GCC Clause 11.  For Goods and Services supplied locally, payments shall be made in the currency of the Purchaser’s Country, unless otherwise specified in the SCC.

 

12.5          Unless otherwise specified in the SCC, payment of the foreign currency portion of the Contract Price for Goods supplied from outside the Purchaser’s Country shall be made to the Supplier through an irrevocable letter of credit opened by an authorized Purchaser in the Supplier’s Country and will be payable on presentation of the appropriate documents.  It is agreed that the letter of credit will be subject to Article 10 of the latest revision of Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, published by the International Chamber of Commerce, Paris.

 

  

- 18 -

  

 

	
13.

	
Securities

 

13.1         Issuance of Securities

 

The Supplier shall provide the securities specified below in favor of the Purchaser at the times and in the amount, manner, and form specified below.

 

13.2         Advance Payment Security

 

	
  

	
13.2.1

	
As specified in the SCC, the Supplier shall provide a security equal in amount and currency to the advance payment, and valid until the System is Operationally Accepted.

 

	
  

	
13.2.2

	
The security shall be in the form provided in the Bidding Documents or in another form acceptable to the Purchaser.  The amount of the security shall be reduced in proportion to the value of the System executed by and paid to the Supplier from time to time and shall automatically become null and void when the full amount of the advance payment has been recovered by the Purchaser.  The way the value of the security is deemed to become reduced and, eventually, voided is as specified in the SCC.  The security shall be returned to the Supplier immediately after its expiration.

 

13.3         Performance Security

 

	
  

	
13.3.1

	
The Supplier shall, -within twenty-eight (28) days of the notification of Contract award, provide a security for the due performance of the Contract in the amount and currency specified in the SCC.

 

	
  

	
13.3.2

	
The security shall be, in one of the following forms:

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
a Purchaser guarantee, in the form provided in the Sample Forms Section of the Bidding Documents, or an irrevocable letter of credit issued by a reputable Purchaser located in the Purchaser’s Country or outside the Purchaser’s Country, acceptable to the Purchaser; or

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
a cashier’s or certified check.

 

	
  

	
13.3.3

	
The security shall automatically become null and void once all the obligations of the Supplier under the Contract have been fulfilled, including, but not limited to, any obligations during the Warranty Period and any extensions to the period.  The security shall be returned to the Supplier no later than thirty (30) days after its expiration.

 

  

- 19 -

  

 

	
  

	
13.3.4

	
The security shall be reduced:

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
pro rata by the portion of the Contract Price payable for any Subsystem(s) that has achieved Operational Acceptance, if permitted by the Contract, on the date of such Operational Acceptance;

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
by the amount specified in the SCC, to reflect Operational Acceptance of the entire System, on the date of such Operational Acceptance, so that the reduced security would only cover the remaining warranty obligations of the Supplier.

 

	
14.

	
Taxes and Duties

 

14.1          For Goods or Services supplied from outside the Purchaser’s country, the Supplier shall be entirely responsible for all taxes, stamp duties, license fees, and other such levies imposed outside the Purchaser’s country.  Any duties, such as importation or customs duties, and taxes and other levies, payable in the Purchaser’s country for the supply of Goods and Services from outside the Purchaser’s country are the_ responsibility of the Purchaser unless these duties or taxes have been made part of the Contract Price in Article 2 of the Contract Agreement and the Price Schedule it refers to, in which case these duties and taxes will be the Supplier’s responsibility.

 

14.2          For Goods or Services Supplied focally, the Supplier shall be entirely responsible for all taxes, duties, license fees, etc., incurred until delivery of the contracted Goods or Services to the Purchaser.  The only exception are taxes or duties, such as value-added or sales tax or stamp duty as apply to, or are clearly identifiable, on the invoices and provided they apply in the Purchaser’s country; and only if these taxes, levies and/or duties are also excluded from the Contract Price in Article 2 of the Contract Agreement and the Price Schedule it refers to.

 

14.3          If any tax exemptions, reductions, allowances, or privileges may be available to the Supplier in the Purchaser’s Country, the Purchaser shall use its best efforts to enable the Supplier to benefit from any such tax savings to the maximum allowable extent.

 

14.4          For the purpose of the Contract, it is agreed that the Contract Price specified in Article 2 (Contract Price and Terms of Payment) of the Contract Agreement is based on the taxes, duties, levies, and charges prevailing at the date twenty-eight (28) days prior to the date of bid submission in the Purchaser’s Country (also called “Tax” in this GCC Clause 14.4).  If any Tax rates are increased or decreased, a new Tax is introduced, an existing Tax is abolished, or any change in interpretation or application of any Tax occurs in the course of the performance of the Contract, which was or will be assessed on the Supplier, its Subcontractors, or their employees in connection with performance of the Contract, an equitable adjustment to the Contract Price shall be made to fully take into account any such change by addition to or reduction from the Contract Price, as the case may be.

 

  

- 20 -

  

 

D.  INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

	
15.

	
Copyright

 

15.1          The Intellectual Property Rights in all Standard Software and Standard Materials shall remain vested in the owner of such rights.

 

15.2          The Purchaser agrees to restrict use, copying, or duplication of the Standard Software and Standard Materials in accordance with GCC Clause 16, except that additional copies of Standard Materials may be made by the Purchaser for use within the scope of the project of which the System is a part, in the event that the Supplier does not deliver copies within thirty (30) days from receipt of a request for such Standard Materials.

 

15.3          The Purchaser’s contractual rights to use the Standard Software or elements of the Standard Software may not be assigned, licensed, or otherwise transferred voluntarily except in accordance with the relevant license agreement or as may be otherwise specified in the SCC.

 

15.4          As applicable, the Purchaser’s and Supplier’s rights and obligations with respect to Custom Software or elements of the Custom Software, including any license agreements, and with respect to Custom Materials or elements of the Custom Materials are specified the SCC.  Subject to the SCC, the Intellectual Property Rights in all Custom Software and Custom Materials specified in Appendices 4 and 5 of the Contract Agreement (if any) shall, at the date of this Contract or on creation of the rights (if later than the date of this Contract), vest in the Purchaser.  The Supplier shall do and execute or arrange for the doing and executing of each necessary act, document, and thing that the Purchaser may consider necessary or desirable to perfect the right, title, and interest of the Purchaser in and to those rights.  In respect of such Custom Software and Custom Materials, the Supplier shall ensure that the holder of a moral right in such an item does not assert it, and the Supplier shall, if requested to do so by the Purchaser and where permitted by applicable law, ensure that the holder of such a moral right waives it.

 

15.5          The parties shall enter into such (if any) escrow arrangements in relation to the Source Code to some or all of the Software as are specified in the SCC and in accordance with the SCC.

 

	
16.

	
Software License Agreements

 

16.1          Except to the extent that the Intellectual Property Rights in the Software vest in the Purchaser, the Agreements Supplier hereby grants to the Purchaser license to access and use the Software, including all inventions, designs, and marks embodied in the Software.

 

Such license to access and use the Software shall:

 

(a)           be:

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
nonexclusive;

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
fully paid up and irrevocable (except that it shall terminate if the Contract terminates under GCC Clauses 41.1 or 41.3);

 

	
  

	
(iii)

	
valid throughout the territory of the Purchaser’s Country (or such other territory as specified in the SCC); and

 

  

- 21 -

  

 

	
  

	
(iv)

	
subject to additional restrictions (if any) as specified in the SCC.

 

(b)           permit the Software to be:

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
used or copied for use on or with the computer(s) for which it was acquired (if specified in the Technical Requirements and/or the Supplier’s bid), plus-- a backup computer(s) of the same or similar capacity, if the primary is(are) inoperative, and during a reasonable transitional period when use is being transferred between primary and backup;

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
as specified in the SCC, used or copied for use on or transferred to a replacement computer(s), (and use on the original and replacement computer(s) may be simultaneous during a reasonable transitional period) provided that, if the Technical Requirements and/or the Supplier’s bid specifies a class of computer to which the license is restricted and unless the Supplier agrees otherwise in writing, the replacement computer(s) is(are) within that class;

 

	
  

	
(iii)

	
if the nature of the System is such as to permit such access, accessed from other computers connected to the primary and/or backup computer(s) by means of a local or wide-area network or similar arrangement, and used on or copied for use on those other computers to the extent necessary to that access;

 

	
  

	
(iv)

	
reproduced for safekeeping or backup purposes;

 

	
  

	
(v)

	
customized, adapted, or combined with other computer software for use by the Purchaser, provided that derivative software incorporating any substantial part of the delivered, restricted Software shall be subject to same restrictions as are set forth in this Contract;

 

	
  

	
(vi)

	
as specified in the SCC, disclosed to, and reproduced for use by, support service suppliers and their subcontractors, (and the Purchaser may sublicense such persons to use and copy for use the Software) to the extent reasonably necessary to the performance of their support service contracts, subject to the same restrictions as are set forth in this Contract; and

 

	
  

	
(vii)

	
disclosed to, and reproduced for use by, the Purchaser-and by such other persons as are specified in the SCC (and the Purchaser may sublicense such persons to use and copy for use the Software), subject to the same restrictions as are set forth in this Contract.

 

16.2         The Standard Software may be subject to audit by the Supplier, in accordance with the terms specified in the SCC, to verify compliance with the above license agreements.

 

  

- 22 -

  

 

	
17.

	
Confidential

 

17.1         Except if otherwise specified in the SCC, the Purchaser and the Supplier (“the Receiving Party”) shall each keep confidential and shall not, without the written consent of the other party to this Contract (“the Disclosing Party”), divulge to any third party any documents, data, or other information of a confidential nature (“Confidential Information”):

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
furnished directly or indirectly by the Disclosing Party in connection with this Contract; or

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
where the Supplier is the Receiving Party, generated by the Supplier in the course of the performance of its obligations under the Contract and relating to the businesses, finances, suppliers, employees, or other contacts of the Purchaser or the Purchaser’s use of the System,

 

whether such information has been furnished or generated prior to, during, or following termination of the Contract (“Confidential Information”).

 

17.2         Notwithstanding the above:

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
the Supplier may furnish to its Subcontractor Confidential Information of the Purchaser to the extent reasonably required for the Subcontractor to perform its work under the Contract; and

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
the Purchaser may furnish Confidential Information of the Supplier: (i) to its support service suppliers and their subcontractors to the extent reasonably required for them to perform their work under their support service contracts; and (ii) to its affiliates and subsidiaries,

 

in which event the Receiving Party shall ensure that the person to whom it furnishes Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party is aware of and abides by the Receiving -Party’s obligations under this GCC Clause 17 as if that person were party to the Contract in place of the-Receiving Party.

 

17.3         The Purchaser shall not, without the Supplier’s prior written consent, use any Confidential Information received from the Supplier _for any purpose other than the operation, maintenance and further development of the System.  Similarly, the Supplier shall not, without the Purchaser’s prior written consent, use any Confidential Information received from the Purchaser for any purpose other than those that are required for the performance of the Contract.

 

17.4         The obligation of a party under GCC Clauses 17.1, 171, and 17.3 above, however, shall not apply to that information which:

 

	
  

	
 (a)

	
now or hereafter enters the public domain through no fault of the Receiving Party;

 

	
  

	
 (b)

	
can be proven to have been possessed by the Receiving Party at the time of disclosure and that was not previously obtained, directly or indirectly, from the Disclosing Party;

 

  

- 23 -

  

 

	
  

	
  (c)

	
otherwise lawfully becomes available to the Receiving Party from a third party that has no obligation of confidentiality.

 

17.5          The above provisions of this GCC Clause 17 shall not in any way modify any undertaking of confidentiality given by either of the parties to this Contract prior to the date of the Contract in respect of the System or any part thereof.

 

17.6          The provisions of this GCC Clause 17 shall survive the termination, for whatever reason, of the Contract for three (3) years or such longer period as may be specified in the SCC.

 

	
E.

	
SUPPLY, INSTALLATION, TESTING, COMMISSIONING, AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE SYSTEM

 

	
18.

	
Representatives.

 

18.1         Project Manager

 

If the Project Manager is not named in the Contract, then within fourteen (14) days of the Effective Date, the Purchaser shall appoint and notify the Supplier in writing of the name of the Project Manager.  The Purchaser may from time to time appoint some other person as the Project Manager in place of the person previously so appointed and shall give a notice of the name of such other person to the Supplier without delay.  No such appointment shall be made at such a time or in such a manner as to impede the progress of work on the System.  Such appointment shall take effect only upon receipt of such notice by the Supplier.  Subject to the extensions and/or limitations specified in the SCC (if any), the Project Manager shall have the authority to represent the Purchaser on all day-to-day matters relating to the System or arising from the Contract.  All notices, instructions, orders, certificates, approvals, and all other communications under the Contract shall be given by the Project Manager, except as otherwise provided for in this Contract.

 

All notices, instructions, information, and other communications given by the Supplier to the Purchaser under the Contract shall be given to the Project Manager, except as otherwise provided for in this Contract.

 

18.2         Supplier’s Representative

 

	
  

	
18.2.1

	
If the Supplier’s Representative is not named in the Contract, then within fourteen (14) days of the Effective Date, the Supplier shall appoint the Supplier’s Representative and shall request the Purchaser in writing to approve the person so appointed.  The request must be accompanied by a detailed curriculum vitae for the nominee, as well as a description

 

	
  

	
18.2.2

	
of any other System or non-System responsibilities the nominee would retain while performing the duties of the Supplier’s Representative.  If the Purchaser does not object to the appointment within fourteen (14) days, the Supplier’s Representative shall be deemed to have been approved.  If the Purchaser objects to the appointment within fourteen (14) days giving the reason therefore, then the Supplier shall appoint a replacement within fourteen (14) days of such objection in accordance with this GCC Clause 18.2.1.

 

  

- 24 -

  

 

	
  

	
18.2.3

	
Subject to the extensions and/or limitations specified in the SCC (if any), the Supplier’s Representative shall have the authority to represent the Supplier on all day-to-day matters relating to the System or arising from the Contract.  The Supplier’s Representative shall give to the Project Manager all the Supplier’s notices, instructions, information, and all other communications under the Contract.

 

All notices, instructions, information, and all other communications given by the Purchaser or the Project Manager to the Supplier under the Contract shall be given to the Supplier’s Representative or, in its absence, its deputy, except as otherwise provided for in this Contract.

 

	
  

	
18.2.4

	
The Supplier shall not revoke the appointment of the Supplier’s Representative without the Purchaser’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.  If the Purchaser consents to such an action, the Supplier shall appoint another person of equal or superior qualifications as the Supplier’s Representative, pursuant to the procedure set out in GCC Clause 18.2.1.

 

	
  

	
18.2.5

	
The Supplier’s Representative and staff are obliged to work closely with the Purchaser’s Project Manager and staff, act within their own authority, and abide by directives issued by the Purchaser that are consistent with the terms of the Contract.  The Supplier’s Representative is responsible for managing the activities of its personnel and any subcontracted

 

	
  

	
18.2.6

	
The Supplier’s Representative may, subject to the approval of the Purchaser (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), at any time delegate to any person any of the powers, functions, and authorities vested in him or her.  Any such delegation may be revoked at any time.  Any such delegation or revocation shall be subject to a prior notice signed by the Supplier’s Representative and shall specify the powers, functions, and authorities thereby delegated or revoked.  No such delegation or revocation shall take effect unless and until a copy of such a notice has been delivered to the Purchaser and the Project Manager.

 

	
  

	
18.2.7

	
Any act or exercise by any person of powers, functions and authorities so delegated to him or her-in accordance with GCC Clause 18.2.5 shall- be deemed to be an act or exercise by the Supplier’s Representative.

 

18.3          Objections and Removals

 

	
  

	
18.3.1

	
The Purchaser may by notice to the Supplier object to any representative or person employed by the Supplier in the execution of the Contract who, in the reasonable opinion of the Purchaser, may have behaved inappropriately, be incompetent, or be negligent.  The Purchaser shall provide evidence of the same, whereupon the Supplier shall remove such person from work on the System.

 

  

- 25 -

  

 

	
  

	
18.3.2

	
if any representative or person employed by the Supplier is removed in accordance with GCC Clause 18.3.1, the Supplier shall, where required, promptly appoint a replacement.

 

	
19.

	
Project Plan

 

19.1          In close cooperation with the Purchaser and based on the Preliminary Project Plan included in the Supplier’s ,bid, the Supplier shall develop a Project Plan encompassing the activities specified in the Contract.  The contents of the Project Plan shall be as specified in the SCC and/or Technical Requirements.

 

19.2          The Supplier shall formally present to the Purchaser the Project Plan in accordance with the procedure specified in the SCC.

 

19.3          If required, the impact on the Implementation Schedule of modifications agreed during finalization of the Agreed and Finalized Project Plan shall be incorporated in the Contract by amendment, in accordance with GCC Clauses 39 and 40.

 

19.4          The Supplier shall undertake to supply, install, test, and commission the System in accordance with the Agreed and Finalized Project Plan and the Contract

 

19.5          The Progress and other reports specified in the SCC shall be prepared by the Supplier and submitted to the Purchaser in the format and frequency specified in the Technical Requirements.

 

	
20.

	
Subcontracting

 

20.1          Appendix 3 (List of Approved Subcontractors) to the Contract Agreement specifies critical items of supply or services and a list of Subcontractors for each item that are considered acceptable by the Purchaser if no Subcontractors are listed for an item, the Supplier shall prepare a list of Subcontractors it considers qualified and wishes to be added to the list for such items.  The Supplier may from time to time propose additions to or deletions from any such list.  The Supplier shall submit any such list or any modification to the list- to the Purchaser for its approval in sufficient time so as not to impede the progress of work on the System.  The Purchaser shall not withhold such approval unreasonably.  Such approval by the Purchaser of a Subcontractor(s) shall not relieve the Supplier from any of its obligations, duties, or responsibilities under the Contract.

 

20.2          The Supplier may, at its discretion, select and employ Subcontractors for such critical items from those Subcontractors listed pursuant to GCC Clause 20.1 if the Supplier wishes to employ a Subcontractor not so listed, or subcontract an item not so listed, it must seek the Purchaser’s prior approval under GCC Clause 20.3.

 

20.3          For items for which pre-approved Subcontractor lists have not been specified in Appendix 3 to the Contract Agreement, the Supplier may employ such Subcontractors as it may select, provided: (i) the Supplier notifies the Purchaser in writing at least twenty-eight (28) days prior to the proposed mobilization date for such Subcontractor; and (ii) by the end of this period either the Purchaser has granted its approval in writing or fails to respond.  The Supplier shall not engage any Subcontractor to which the Purchaser has objected in writing prior to the end of the notice period.  The absence of a written objection by the Purchaser during the above specified period shall constitute formal acceptance of the proposed Subcontractor.  Except to the extent that it permits the deemed approval of the Purchaser of Subcontractors not listed in the Contract Agreement, nothing in this Clause, however, shall limit the rights and obligations of either the Purchaser or Supplier as they are specified in GCC Clauses 20.1 and 20.2, in the SCC, or in Appendix 3 of the Contract Agreement

 

  

- 26 -

  

 

	
21.

	
Design and Engineering

 

21.1         Technical Specifications and Drawings

 

	
  

	
 21.1.1

	
The Supplier shall execute the basic and detailed design and the implementation activities necessary for successful installation of the System in compliance with the provisions of the Contract or, where not so specified, in accordance with good industry practice.

 

The Supplier shall be responsible for any discrepancies, errors or omissions in the specifications, drawings, and other technical documents that it has prepared, whether such’ specifications, drawings, and other documents have been approved by the Project Manager or not, provided that such discrepancies, errors, or omissions are not because of inaccurate information furnished in writing to the Supplier by or on behalf of the Purchaser.

 

	
  

	
 21.1.2

	
The Supplier shall be entitled to disclaim responsibility for any design, data, drawing, specification, or other document, or any modification of such design, drawings, specification, or other documents provided or designated by or on behalf of the Purchaser, by giving a notice of such disclaimer to the Project Manager.

 

21.2        Codes and Standards

 

Wherever ‘references are made in the Contract to codes and standards in accordance with which the Contract shall be executed, the edition or the revised version of such codes and standards current at the date twenty-eight (28) days prior to date of bid submission shall apply unless otherwise specified in the SCC.  During Contract execution, any changes in such codes and standards shall be applied after approval by the Purchaser and shall be treated in accordance with GCC Clause 39.3.

 

21.3        Approval/Review of Technical Documents by the Project Manager

 

  

- 27 -

  

 

	
  

	
21.3.1

	
The Supplier shall prepare and furnish to the Project Manager the documents as specified in the SCC for the Project Manager’s approval or review.

 

Any part of the System covered by or related to the documents to be approved by the Project Manager shall be executed only after the Project Manager’s approval of these documents.

 

GCC Clauses 21.3.2 through 21.3.7 shall apply to those documents requiring the Project Manager’s approval, but not to those furnished to the Project Manager for its review only.

 

	
  

	
21.3.2

	
Within fourteen (14) days after receipt by the Project Manager of any document requiring the Project Manager’s approval in accordance with GCC Clause 21,3.1, the Project Manager shall either return one copy of the document to the Supplier with its approval endorsed on the document or shall notify the Supplier in writing of its disapproval of the document and the reasons for disapproval and the modifications that the Project Manager proposes.  If the Project Manager fails to take such action within the fourteen (14) days, then the document shall be deemed to have been approved by the Project Manager.

 

	
  

	
21.3.3

	
The Project Manager shall not disapprove any document except on the grounds that the, document does not comply with some specified provision of the Contract or that it is contrary to good industry practice.

 

	
  

	
21.3.4

	
If the Project Manager disapproves the document, the Supplier shall modify the document and resubmit it for the Project Manager’s approval in accordance with GCC Clause 21.3.2.  If the Project Manager approves the document subject to modification(s), the Supplier shall make the required modification(s), and the document shall then be deemed to have been approved, subject to GCC Clause 21.3.5.  The procedure set out in GCC Clauses 21.3.2 through 21.3.4 shall be repeated, as appropriate, until the Project Manager approves such documents.

 

	
  

	
21.3.5

	
If any dispute or difference occurs between the Purchaser and the Supplier in connection with or arising out of the disapproval by the Project Manager of any document and/or any modification(s) to a document that cannot be settled between the parties within a reasonable period, then, in case the Contract Agreement includes and names an Adjudicator, such dispute or difference may be referred to the Adjudicator for determination in accordancewith GCC Clause 6.1 (Adjudicator).  If such dispute or difference is referred to an Adjudicator, the Project Manager shall give instructions as to whether and if so, how, performance of the Contract is to proceed.  The Supplier shall proceed with the Contract in accordance with the Project Manager’s instructions, provided that if the Adjudicator upholds the Supplier’s view on the dispute- and if the Purchaser has not given notice- under GCC Clause 6.1.2, then the Supplier shall be reimbursed by the Purchaser for any additional costs incurred by reason of such instructions and shall be relieved of such responsibility or liability in connection with the dispute and the execution of the instructions as the Adjudicator shall decide, and the Time for Achieving Operational Acceptance shall be extended accordingly.

 

  

- 28 -

  

 

	
  

	
  21.3.6

	
The Project Manager’s approval, with or without modification of the document furnished by the Supplier, shall not relieve the Supplier of any responsibility or liability imposed upon it by any provisions of the Contract except to the extent that any subsequent failure results from modifications required by the Project Manager or inaccurate information furnished in writing to the Supplier by or on behalf of the Purchaser.

 

	
  

	
  21.3.7

	
The Supplier shall not depart from any approved document unless the Supplier has first submitted to the Project Manager an amended document and obtained the Project Manager’s approval of the document, pursuant to the provisions of this GCC Clause 21.3.  If the Project Manager requests any change in any already approved document and/or in any document based on such an approved document, the provisions of GCC Clause 39 (Changes to the System) shall apply to such request.

 

	
22.

	
Procurement, Delivery and Transport

 

22.1         Subject to GCC Clause 14.2, the Supplier shall manufacture or procure and transport all the Information Technologies, Materials, and other Goods in an expeditious and orderly manner to the Project Site.

 

22.2         Delivery of the Information Technologies, Materials, and other Goods shall be made by the Supplier in accordance with the Technical Requirements.

 

22.3         Early or partial deliveries require the explicit written consent of the Purchaser, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

22.4         Transportation

 

	
  

	
  22.4.1

	
The Supplier shall provide such packing of the Goods as is required to prevent their damage or deterioration during shipment.  The packing, marking, and documentation within and outside the packages shall comply strictly with the Purchaser’s instructions to the Supplier.

 

	
  

	
  22.4.2

	
The Supplier, will bear responsibility for and cost of transport to the Project Sites in accordance with the terms and conditions used in the specification of prices in the Price Schedules, including the terms and conditions of the associated Incoterms_

 

  

- 29 -

  

 

	
  

	
  22.4.3

	
Unless otherwise specified in the SCC, The Supplier shall be free to use transportation through carriers registered in any eligible country and to obtain insurance from any eligible source country,

 

22.5        Unless otherwise specified in the SCC, the Supplier will provide the Purchaser with shipping and other documents, as specified below:

 

	
  

	
  22.5.1

	
For Goods supplied from outside the Purchaser’s Country:

 

Upon shipment, the Supplier shall notify the Purchaser and the insurance company contracted by the Supplier to provide cargo insurance by telex, cable, facsimile, electronic mail, or EDI with the full details of the shipment. The Supplier shall promptly send the following documents to the Purchaser by mail or courier, as appropriate, with a copy to the cargo insurance company:

 

(a)           two copies of the Supplier’s invoice showing the description of the Goods, quantity, unit price, and total amount;

 

(b)           usual transportation documents;

 

(c)           insurance certificate;

 

(d)           certificate(s) of origin; and

 

	
  

	
(e)

	
estimated time and point of arrival in the Purchaser’s Country and at the site.

 

	
  

	
  22.5.2

	
For Goods supplied locally (i.e., from within the Purchaser’s country):

 

Upon shipment, the Supplier shall notify, the Purchaser by telex, cable, facsimile, electronic mail, or EDI with the full details of the shipment.  The Supplier shall promptly send the following documents to the Purchaser by mail or courier, as appropriate:

 

(a)           two copies of the Supplier’s invoice showing the Goods’ description, quantity, unit price, and total amount;

 

(b)           delivery note, railway receipt, or truck receipt;

 

(c)           certificate of insurance;

 

(d)           certificate(s) of origin; and

 

(e)           estimated time of arrival at the site.

 

  

- 30 -

  

 

22.6        Customs Clearance

 

(a)           The Purchaser will bear responsibility for, and cost of, customs clearance into the Purchaser’s country in accordance the particular Incoterm(s) used for Goods supplied from outside the Purchaser’s country in the Price Schedules referred to by Article 2 of the Contract Agreement.

 

(b)           At the request of the Purchaser, the Supplier will make available a representative or agent during the process of customs clearance in the Purchaser’s country for goods supplied from outside the Purchaser’s country.  In the event of delays in customs clearance that are not the fault of the Supplier:

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
the Supplier shall be entitled to an extension in the Time for Achieving Operational Acceptance, pursuant to GCC Clause 40;

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
the Contract Price shall be adjusted to compensate the Supplier for any additional storage charges that the Supplier may incur as a result of the delay.

 

	
23.

	
Product Upgrades

 

23.1          At any point during performance of the Contract, should technological advances be introduced by the Supplier for Information Technologies originally offered by the Supplier in its bid and still to be delivered, the Supplier shall be obligated to offer to the Purchaser the latest versions of the available Information Technologies having equal or better performance or functionality at the same or lesser unit prices, pursuant to GCC Clause 39 (Changes to the System).

 

23.2          At any point during performance of the Contract, for Information Technologies still to be delivered, the Supplier will also pass on to the Purchaser any cost reductions and additional and/or improved support and facilities that it offers to other clients of the Supplier in the Purchaser’s Country, pursuant to GCC Clause 39 (Changes to the System).

 

23.3          During performance of the Contract, the Supplier shall offer to the Purchaser all -new versions, releases, and updates of Standard Software, as well as related documentation and technical support services, within thirty (30) days of their availability from the Supplier to other clients of the Supplier in the Purchaser’s Country, and no later than twelve (12) months after they are released in the country of origin in no case will the prices for these Software exceed those quoted by the Supplier in the Recurrent Costs Form in its bid.

 

23.4          During the Warranty Period, unless otherwise specified in the SCC, the Supplier will provide at no additional cost to the Purchaser all new versions, releases, and updates for all Standard Software that are used in the System, within thirty (30) days of their availability from the Supplier to other clients of the Supplier in the Purchaser’s country, and no later than twelve (12) months after they are released in the country of origin of the Software.

 

23.5          The Purchaser shall introduce all new versions, releases or updates of the Software within eighteen (18) months of receipt of a production-ready copy of the new version, release, or update, provided that the new version, release, or update does not adversely affect System operation or performance or require extensive reworking of the System.  In cases where the new version, release, or update adversely affects System operation or performance, or requires extensive reworking of the System, the Supplier shall continue to support and maintain the version or release previously in operation for as long as necessary to allow introduction of the new version, release, or update.  In no case shall the Supplier stop supporting or maintaining a version or release of the Software less than twenty four (24) months after the Purchaser receives a production-ready copy iota subsequent version, release, or update.  The Purchaser shall use all reasonable endeavours to implement any new version, release, or update as soon as practicable, subject to the twenty-four-month-long stop date.

 

  

- 31 -

  

 

	
24.

	
Implementation, Installation, and Other Services

 

24.1          The Supplier shall provide all Services specified in the Contract and Agreed and Finalized Project Plan in accordance with the highest standards of professional competence and integrity.

 

24.2          Prices charged by the Supplier for Services, if not included in the Contract, shall be agreed upon in advance by the parties (including, but not restricted to, any prices submitted by the Supplier in the Recurrent Cost Schedules of its Bid) and shall not exceed the prevailing rates charged by the Supplier to other purchasers in the Purchaser’s Country for similar services.

 

	
25.

	
Inspections and Tests

 

25.1          The Purchaser or its representative shall have the right to inspect and/or test any components of the System, as specified in the Technical Requirements, to confirm their good working order and/or conformity to the Contract at the point of delivery and/or at the Project Site.

 

25.2          The Purchaser and the Project Manager or their designated representatives shall be entitled to attend any such inspections and/or tests of the Components, provided that the Purchaser shall bear all costs and expenses incurred in connection with such attendance, including but not limited to all inspection agent fees, travel, and related expenses.

 

25.3          Should the inspected or tested components fail to conform to the Contract, the Purchaser may reject the component(s), and the Supplier shall either replace the rejected component(s), or make alterations as necessary so that it meets the Contract requirements free, of cost to the Purchaser.

 

25.4          The Project Manager may require the Supplier to carry out any inspection and/or test not specified in the Contract, provided that the Supplier’s reasonable costs and expenses incurred in the carrying out of such inspection and/or test shall be added to the Contract Price.  Further, if such inspection and/or test impedes the progress of work on the System and/or the Supplier’s performance of its other obligations under the Contract, due allowance will be made in respect of the Time for Achieving Operational Acceptance and the other obligations so affected.

 

25.5          if any dispute or difference of opinion shall arise between the parties in connection with or caused by an inspection and/or with regard to any component to be incorporated in the System that cannot be settled amicably between the parties within a reasonable period of time, either party may invoke the process- pursuant to GCC Clause 6 (Settlement of Disputes), starting with referral of the matter to the Adjudicator in case an Adjudicator is included and named in the Contract Agreement.

 

  

- 32 -

  

 

	
26.

	
Installation of the System

 

26.1          As soon as the System, or any Subsystem, has, in the opinion of the Supplier, been delivered, Pre-commissioned, and made ready for Commissioning and Operational Acceptance Testing in accordance with the Technical Requirements the SCC and the Agreed and Finalized Project Plan, the Supplier shall so notify the Purchaser in writing.

 

26.2          The Project Manager shall, within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the Supplier’s notice under GCC Clause 26.1, either issue an Installation Certificate in the form specified in the Sample Forms Section in the Bidding Documents, stating that the System, or major component or Subsystem (if Acceptance by major component or Subsystem is specified in the Contract), has achieved Installation by the date of the Supplier’s notice under GCC Clause 26.1, or notify the Supplier in writing of any defects and/or deficiencies, including, but not limited to, defects or deficiencies in the interoperability or integration of the various components and/or Subsystems making up the System.  The Supplier shall use all reasonable endeavors to promptly remedy any defect and/or deficiencies that the Project Manager has notified the Supplier of.  The Supplier shall then promptly carry out retesting of the System or Subsystem and, when in the Supplier’s opinion the System or Subsystem is ready for Commissioning and Operational Acceptance Testing, notify the Purchaser in writing, in accordance with GCC Clause 26.1.  The procedure set out in this GCC Clause 26.2 shall be repeated, as necessary, until an Installation Certificate is issued.

 

26.3          If the Project Manager fails to issue the Installation Certificate and fails to inform the Supplier of any defects and/or deficiencies within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the Supplier’s notice under .GCC Clause 26.1, or if the Purchaser puts the System or a Subsystem into production operation, then the System (or Subsystem) shall be deemed to have achieved successful Installation as of the date of the Supplier’s notice or repeated notice, or when the Purchaser put the System into production operation, as the case may be.

 

27.           Commissioning and Operational Acceptance

 

	
  

	
27.1.1

	
Commissioning of the System (or Subsystem if specified in the Contract) shall be commenced by the Supplier:

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
immediately after the Installation Certificate is issued by the Project Manager, pursuant to GCC Clause 26.2; or

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
as otherwise specified in the Technical Requirement or the Agreed and Finalized Project Plan; or

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
immediately after Installation is deemed to have occurred, under GCC Clause 26.3.

 

  

- 33 -

  

 

	
  

	
27.1.2

	
The Purchaser shall supply the operating and technical personnel and all materials and information reasonably required to enable the Supplier to carry out its obligations with respect to Commissioning.

 

Production use of the System or Subsystem(s) shall not commence prior to the start of formal Operational Acceptance Testing.

 

27.2        Operational Acceptance Tests

 

	
  

	
  27.2.1

	
The Operational Acceptance Tests (and repeats of such tests) shall be the primary responsibility of the Purchaser (in accordance with GCC Clause 10.9), but shall be conducted with the full cooperation of the Supplier during Commissioning of the System (or Subsystem[s] if specified in the Contract), to ascertain whether the System (or major component or Subsystem[s]) conforms to the Technical Requirements and meets the standard of performance quoted in the Supplier’s bid, including, but not restricted to, the functional and technical performance requirements.  The Operational Acceptance Tests during Commissioning will be conducted as specified in the SCC, the Technical Requirements and/or the Agreed and Finalized Project Plan.

 

At the Purchaser’s discretion, Operational Acceptance Tests may also be performed on replacement Goods, upgrades and new version releases, and Goods that are added or field-modified after Operational Acceptance of the System.

 

	
  

	
  27.2.2

	
If for reasons attributable to the Purchaser, the Operational Acceptance Test of the System (or Subsystem[s] or major component if allowed by the SCC and/or the Technical Specifications) cannot be successfully completed within the period specified in the SCC, from the date of Installation or any other period agreed upon in writing by the Purchaser and the Supplier, the Supplier shall be deemed to have fulfilled its obligations with respect to the technical and functional aspects of the Technical Specifications, SCC and/or the Agreed and Finalized Project Plan, and GCC Clause 28.2 and 28.3 shall not apply.

 

27.3        Operational Acceptance

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
Subject to GCC Clause 27.4 (Partial Acceptance) below, Operational Acceptance shall occur in respect of the System, when

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
the Operational Acceptance Tests, as specified in the Technical Requirements, and/or SCC and/or the Agreed and Finalized Project Plan have been successfully completed; or

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
the Operational Acceptance Tests have not been successfully completed or have not been carried out for reasons that are attributable to the Purchaser within the period from the date of Installation or any other agreed-upon period as specified in GCC Clause 27.2.2 above; or

 

  

- 34 -

  

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
the Purchaser has put the System into production or use for sixty (60) consecutive days.  If the System is put into production or use in this manner, the Supplier shall notify the Purchaser and document such use.

 

	
  

	
27.3.2

	
At any time after any of the events set out in GCC Clause 27.3.1 have occurred, the Supplier may give a notice to the Project Manager requesting the issue of an - Operational Acceptance Certificate.

 

	
  

	
27.3.3

	
After consultation with the Purchaser, and within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the Supplier’s notice, the Project Manager shall:

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
issue an Operational Acceptance Certificate; or

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
notify the Supplier in writing of any defect or deficiencies or other reason for the failure of the Operational Acceptance Tests; or

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
issue the Operational Acceptance Certificate, if the situation covered by GCC Clause 27.3.1 (b) arises.

 

27.3.4           The Supplier shall use all reasonable endeavors to promptly remedy any defect and/or deficiencies and/or other reasons for the failure of the Operational Acceptance Test that the Project Manager has notified the Supplier of.  Once such remedies have been made by the Supplier, the Supplier shall notify the Purchaser, and the Purchaser, with the full cooperation of the Supplier, shall use all reasonable endeavors to promptly carry out retesting of the System or Subsystem.  Upon the successful conclusion of the Operational Acceptance Tests, the Supplier shall notify the Purchaser of its request for Operational Acceptance Certification, in accordance with GCC Clause 27.3.3.  The Purchaser shall then issue to the Supplier the Operational Acceptance Certification in accordance with GCC Clause 27.3.3 (a), or shall notify the Supplier of further defects, deficiencies, or other reasons for the failure of the Operational Acceptance Test.  The procedure set out in this GCC Clause 27.3.4 shall be repeated, as necessary, until an Operational Acceptance Certificate is issued.

 

	
  

	
27.3.5

	
If the System or Subsystem fails to pass the Operational Acceptance Test(s) in accordance with GCC Clause 27.2, then either:

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
the Purchaser may consider terminating the Contract, pursuant to GCC Clause 41.2.2;

 

or

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
if the failure to achieve Operational Acceptance within the specified time period is a result of the failure of the Purchaser to fulfill its obligations under the Contract, then the Supplier shall be deemed to have fulfilled its obligations with respect to the relevant technical and functional aspects of the Contract, and GCC Clauses 30.3 and 30.4 shall not apply.

 

  

- 35 -

  

 

	
  

	
27.3.6

	
If within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the Supplier’s notice the Project Manager fails to issue the Operational Acceptance Certificate or fails to inform the Supplier in writing of the justifiable reasons why the Project Manager has not issued the Operational Acceptance Certificate, the System or Subsystem shall be deemed to have been accepted as’ of the date of the Supplier’s said notice.

 

27.4          Partial Acceptance

 

	
  

	
27.4.1

	
If specified in the Contract, Installation and Commissioning shall be carried out individually for each identified major component or Subsystem(s) of the System.  In this event, the provisions in the Contract relating to Installation and Commissioning, including the Operational Acceptance Test, shall apply to each such major component or Subsystem individually, and Operational Acceptance Certificate(s) shall be issued accordingly for each such major component or Subsystem of the System, subject to the limitations contained in GCC Clause 27.4.2.

 

	
  

	
27.4.2

	
The issuance of Operational Acceptance Certificates for individual major components or Subsystems pursuant to GCC Clause 27.4.1 shall not relieve the Supplier of its obligation to obtain an Operational Acceptance Certificate for the System as a whole (if specified in the Contract) once all major components and Subsystems have been supplied, installed, tested, and commissioned.

 

	
  

	
27.4.3

	
In the case of minor components for the System that by their nature do not require Commissioning or an Operational Acceptance Test (e.g., minor fittings, furnishings or site works, etc.), the Project Manager shall issue an Operational Acceptance Certificate within fourteen (14) days after the fittings and/or furnishings have been delivered and/or installed or the site works have been completed.  The Supplier shall, however, use all reasonable endeavors to promptly remedy any defects or deficiencies in such minor components detected by the Purchaser or Supplier.

 

F.  GUARANTEES AND LIABILITIES

 

	
28.

	
Operational Acceptance Time Guarantee

 

28.1          The Supplier guarantees that it shall complete the supply, Installation, Commissioning, and achieve Operational Acceptance of the System (or Subsystems, if specified in the Contract) within the time periods specified in the Implementation Schedule in the Technical Requirements Section and/or the Agreed and Finalized Project Plan pursuant to GCC Clause 8.2, or within such extended time to which the Supplier shall be entitled under GCC Clause 40 (Extension of Time for Achieving Operational Acceptance).

 

  

- 36 -

  

 

28.2          If the Supplier fails to supply, install, commission, and achieve Operational Acceptance of the System (or Subsystems if specified in the Contract) within the time for achieving Operational Acceptance specified in the Implementation Schedule in the Technical Requirement or the Agreed and Finalized Project Plan, or any extension of the time for achieving Operational Acceptance previously granted under GCC Clause 40 (Extension of Time for Achieving Operational Acceptance), the Supplier shall pay to the Purchaser liquidated damages at the rate specified in the SCC as a percentage of the Contract Price, or the relevant part of the Contract Price if a Subsystem has not achieved Operational Acceptance.  The aggregate amount of such liquidated damages shall in no event exceed the amount specified in the SCC (“the Maximum”).  Once the Maximum is reached, the Purchaser may consider termination of the Contract, pursuant to GCC Clause 41.2.2.

 

28.3          Unless otherwise specified in the SCC, liquidated damages payable under GCC Clause 28.2 shall apply only to the failure to achieve Operational Acceptance of the System (and Subsystems) as specified in the Implementation Schedule in the Technical Requirements and/or Agreed and Finalized Project Plan, This Clause 28-.3 shall not limit, however, any other rights or remedies the Purchaser may have under the Contract for other delays.

 

28.4          If liquidated damages are claimed by the Purchaser for the System (or Subsystem), the Supplier shall have no further liability whatsoever to the -Purchaser in respect to the Operational Acceptance time guarantee for the System (or Subsystem).  However, the payment of liquidated damages shall not in any way relieve the Supplier from any of its obligations to complete the System or from any other of its obligations and liabilities under the Contract.

 

	
29.

	
Defect Liability

 

29.1          The Supplier warrants that the System, including all Information Technologies, Materials, and other Goods supplied and Services provided, shall be free from defects in the design, engineering, Materials, and workmanship that prevent the System and/or any of its components from fulfilling the Technical Requirements or that limit in a material fashion the performance, reliability, or extensibility of the System and/or Subsystems.  Exceptions and/or limitations, if any, to this warranty with respect to Software (or categories of Software), shall be as specified in the SCC.  Commercial warranty provisions of products supplied under the Contract shall apply to the extent that they do not conflict with the provisions of this Contract.

 

29.2          The Supplier also warrants that the Information Technologies, Materials, and other Goods supplied under the Contract are new, unused, and incorporate all recent improvements in design that materially affect the System’s or Subsystem’s ability to fulfill the Technical Requirements.

 

29.3          In addition, the Supplier warrants that: (i) all Goods components to be incorporated into the System form part of the Supplier’s and/or Subcontractor’s current product lines, (ii) they have been previously released to the market, and (iii) those specific items identified in the SCC (if any) have been in the market for at least the minimum periods specified in the SCC.

 

  

- 37 -

  

 

29.4          The Warranty Period shall commence from the date of Operational Acceptance of the System (or of any major component or Subsystem for which separate Operational Acceptance is provided for in the Contract) and shall extend for the length of time specified in the SCC.

 

29.5          If during the Warranty Period any defect as ‘described in GCC Clause 29.1 should be found in .7 the design, engineering, Materials, and workmanship of the Information Technologies and other Goods supplied or of the Services provided by the Supplier, the Supplier shall promptly, in consultation and agreement with the Purchaser regarding appropriate remedying of the defects, and at its sole cost, repair, replace, or otherwise make good (as the Supplier shall, at its discretion, determine) such defect as well as any damage to the System caused by such defect.  Any defective Information Technologies or other Goods that have been replaced by the Supplier shall remain the property of the Supplier.

 

29.6          The Supplier shall not be responsible for the repair, replacement, or making good of any defect or of any damage to the System arising out of or resulting from any of the following causes:

 

 (a)           improper operation or maintenance of the System by the Purchaser;

 

 (b)           normal wear and tear;

 

 (c)           use of the System with items not supplied by the .Supplier, unless otherwise identified in the Technical Requirements, or approved by the Supplier; or

 

 (d)           modifications made to the System by the Purchaser, or a third party, not approved by the Supplier.

 

29.7         The Supplier’s obligations under this GCC Clause 29 shall not apply to:

 

 (a)           any materials that are normally consumed in operation or have a normal life shorter than the Warranty Period; or

 

 (b)           any designs, specifications, or other data designed, supplied, or specified by or on behalf of the Purchaser or any matters for which the Supplier has disclaimed responsibility, in accordance with GCC Clause 21.1.2.

 

29.8           The Purchaser shall give the Supplier a notice promptly following the discovery of such defect, stating the nature of any such defect together with all available evidence, The Purchaser shall afford all reasonable opportunity for the Supplier to inspect any such defect.  The Purchaser shall afford the Supplier all necessary access to the System and the site to enable the Supplier to perform its obligations under this GCC Clause 2.9.

 

29.9          The Supplier may, with the consent of the Purchaser, remove from the site any Information Technologies and other Goods that are defective, if the-nature of the defect, and/or any damage to the System caused by the defect, is such that repairs cannot be expeditiously carried out at the site.  If the repair, replacement, or making good is of such a character that it may affect the efficiency of the System, the Purchaser may give the Supplier notice requiring that tests of the defective part be made by the Supplier immediately upon completion of such remedial work, whereupon the Supplier shall carry out such tests.

 

  

- 38 -

  

 

If such part fails the tests, the Supplier shall carry out further repair, replacement, or making good (as the case may be) until that part of the System passes such tests.  The tests shall be agreed upon by the Purchaser and the Supplier.

 

29.10           If the Supplier fails to commence the work necessary to remedy such defect or any damage to the System caused by such defect within the time period specified in the SCC, the Purchaser may, following notice to the Supplier, proceed to do such work or contract a third party (or parties) to do such work, and the reasonable costs incurred by the Purchaser in connection with such work shall be paid to the Purchaser by the Supplier or may be deducted by the Purchaser from any monies due the Supplier or claimed under the Performance Security.

 

29.11           If the System or Subsystem cannot be used by reason of such defect and/or making good of such defect, the Warranty Period for the System shall be extended by a period equal to the period during which the System or Subsystem could not be used by the Purchaser because of such defect and/or making good of such defect.

 

29.12           Items substituted for defective parts of the System during the Warranty Period shall be covered by the Defect Liability Warranty for the remainder of the Warranty Period applicable for the part replaced or three (3) months, whichever is greater.

 

29.13           At the request of the Purchaser and without prejudice to any other rights and remedies that the Purchaser may have against the Supplier under the Contract, the Supplier will offer all possible assistance to the Purchaser to seek warranty services or remedial action from any subcontracted third-party producers or licensor of Goods included in the System, including without limitation assignment or transfer in favor of the Purchaser of the benefit of any warranties given by such producers or licensors to the Supplier.

 

	
30.

	
Functional

 

30.1           The Supplier guarantees that, once the Operational Guarantees Acceptance Certificate(s) has been issued, the System represents a complete, integrated solution to the Purchaser’s requirements set forth in the Technical Requirements and it conforms to all other aspects of the Contract.  The Supplier acknowledges that GCC Clause 27 regarding Commissioning and Operational Acceptance governs how technical conformance of the System to the Contract requirements will be determined.

 

30.2           “Year 2000 Compliance.” The Supplier warrants that the DLSs and Technologies being supplied under this Contract are designed or modified, and fully tested, to operate without interruption or manual intervention in compliance with Contract requirements for dates before and after 2000 AD, including correct treatment of year 2000 as a leap year, date data century recognition, calculations that accommodate same-century and multi-century formulas and date values, and date data interface fields that allow the specification of century.

 

  

- 39 -

  

 

30.3          If, for reasons attributable to the Supplier, the System does not conform to the Technical Requirements or does not conform to all other aspects of the Contract, the Supplier shall at its cost and expense make such changes, modifications, and/or additions to the System as may be necessary to conform to the Technical Requirements and meet all functional and performance standards.  The Supplier shall notify the Purchaser upon completion of the necessary changes, modifications, and/or additions and shall request the Purchaser to repeat the Operational Acceptance Tests until the System achieves Operational Acceptance.

 

30.4          If the System (or Subsystem[s]) fails to achieve Operational Acceptance, the Purchaser may consider termination of the Contract, pursuant to GCC Clause 41.2.2, and forfeiture of the Supplier’s performance security in accordance with GCC Clause 13.3 in compensation for the extra costs and delays likely to result from this failure.

 

	
31.

	
Intellectual Property Rights Warranty

 

31.1         The Supplier hereby represents and warrants that:

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
the System as supplied, installed, tested, and accepted;

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
use of the System in accordance with the Contract; and

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
copying of the Software and Materials provided to the Purchaser in accordance with the Contract

 

do not and will not infringe any intellectual- Property Rights held by any third party and that it has all necessary rights or at its sole expense shall have secured in writing all transfers of rights and other consents necessary to make the assignments, licenses, and other transfers of Intellectual Property Rights and the warranties set forth in the Contract, and for the Purchaser to own or exercise all Intellectual Property Rights as provided in the Contract.  Without limitation, the Supplier shall secure all necessary written agreements, consents, and transfers of rights from its employees and other persons or entities whose services are used for development of the System.

 

	
32.

	
Intellectual Property Rights Indemnity

 

32.1         The Supplier shall indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser and its employees and officers from and against any and all losses, liabilities, and costs (including losses, liabilities, and costs incurred in defending a claim alleging such a liability), that the Purchaser or its employees or officers may suffer as a result of any infringement or alleged infringement of any Intellectual Property Rights by reason of:

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
installation of the System by the Supplier or the use of the System, including the Materials, in the country where the site is located;

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
copying of the Software and Materials provided the Supplier in accordance with the Agreement; and

 

  

- 40 -

  

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
sale of the products produced by the System in any country, except to the extent that such losses, liabilities, and costs arise as a result of the Purchaser’s breach of GCC Clause 32.2.

 

32.2        Such indemnity shall not cover any use of the System, including the Materials, other than for the purpose indicated by or to be reasonably inferred from the Contract, any infringement resulting from the use of the System, or any products of the System produced thereby in association or combination with any other goods or services not supplied by the Supplier, where the infringement arises because of such association or combination and not because of use of the System in its own right.

 

32.3        Such indemnities shall also not apply if any claim of infringement:

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
is asserted by a parent, subsidiary, or affiliate of the Purchaser’s organization;

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
is a direct result of a design mandated by the Purchaser’s Technical Requirements and the possibility of such infringement was duly noted in the Supplier’s Bid; or

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
results from the alteration of the System, including the Materials, by the Purchaser or any persons other than the Supplier or a person authorized by the Supplier.

 

32.4        If any proceedings are brought or any claim is made against the Purchaser arising out of the matters referred to in GCC Clause 32.1, the Purchaser shall promptly give the Supplier notice of such proceedings or claims, and the Supplier may at its own expense and in the Purchaser’s name conduct such proceedings or claim and any negotiations for the settlement of any such proceedings or claim.

 

If the Supplier fails to notify the Purchaser within twenty-eight (28) days after receipt of such notice that it intends to conduct any such proceedings or claim, then the Purchaser shall be free to conduct the same on its own behalf.  Unless the Supplier has so failed to notify the Purchaser within the twenty-eight (28) days, the Purchaser shall make no admission that may be prejudicial to the defense of any such proceedings or claim.  The Purchaser shall, at the Supplier’s request, afford all available assistance to the Supplier in conducting such proceedings or claim and shall be reimbursed by the Supplier for all reasonable expenses incurred in so doing.

 

32.5        The Purchaser shall indemnify and hold harmless the Supplier and its employees, officers, and Subcontractors from and against any and all losses, liabilities, and costs (including losses, liabilities, and costs incurred in defending a claim alleging such a liability) that the Supplier or its employees, officers, or Subcontractors may suffer as a result of any infringement or alleged infringement of any Intellectual Property Rights arising out of or in connection with any design, data, drawing, specification, or other documents or materials provided to the Supplier in connection with this Contract by the Purchaser or any persons (other than the Supplier) contracted by the Purchaser, except to the extent that such losses, liabilities, and costs arise as a result of the Supplier’s breach of GCC Clause 32.8.

 

  

- 41 -

  

 

32.6        Such indemnity shall not cover any use of the design, data, drawing, specification, or other documents or materials, other than for the purpose indicated by or to be reasonably inferred from the Contract, or any infringement resulting from the use of the design, data, drawing, specification, or other documents or materials, or any products produced thereby, in association or combination with any other Goods or Services not provided by the Purchaser or any other person contacted by the Purchaser, where the infringement arises because of such association or combination and not because of the use of the design, data, drawing, specification, or other documents or materials in its own right.

 

32.7        Such indemnities shall also not apply:

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
if any claim of infringement is asserted by a parent, subsidiary, or affiliate of the Supplier’s organization;

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
to the extent that any claim of infringement caused by the alteration, by the Supplier, or any persons contracted by the Supplier, of the design, data, drawing, specification, or other documents or materials provided to the Supplier by the Purchaser or any persons contracted by the Purchaser.

 

32.8        If any proceedings are brought or any claim is made against the Supplier arising out of the matters referred to in GCC Clause 32.5, the Supplier shall promptly give the Purchaser notice of such proceedings or claims, and the Purchaser may at its own expense and in the Supplier’s name conduct such proceedings or claim and any negotiations for the settlement of any such proceedings or claim.  If the Purchaser fails to notify the Supplier within twenty-eight (28) days after receipt of such notice that it intends to conduct any such proceedings or claim, then the Supplier shall be free to conduct the same on its own behalf.  Unless the Purchaser has so failed to notify the Supplier within the twenty-eight (28) days, the Supplier shall make no admission that may be prejudicial to the defense of any such proceedings or claim.  The Supplier shall, at the Purchaser’s request, afford all available assistance to the Purchaser in conducting such proceedings or claim and shall be reimbursed by the Purchaser for all reasonable expenses incurred in so doing.

 

	
33.

	
Limitation of Liability

 

33.1        Provided the following does not exclude or limit any liabilities of either party in ways not permitted by applicable law:

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
the Supplier shall not be liable to the Purchaser, whether in contract, tort, or otherwise, for any indirect or consequential loss or damage, loss of use, loss of production, or loss of profits or interest costs, provided that this exclusion shall not apply to any obligation of the Supplier to pay liquidated damages to the Purchaser; and

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
the aggregate liability of the Supplier to the Purchaser, whether under the Contract, in tort or otherwise, shall not exceed the total Contract Price, provided that this limitation shall not apply to any obligation of the Supplier to indemnify the Purchaser with respect to intellectual property rights infringement.

 

  

- 42 -

  

 

G.  RISK DISTRIBUTION

 

	
34.

	
Transfer Ownership

 

34.1          With the exception of Software and Materials, the ownership of the Information Technologies and other Goods shall be transferred to the Purchaser at the time of Delivery or otherwise under terms that may be agreed upon and specified in the Contract Agreement.

 

34.2          Ownership and the terms of usage of the Software and Materials supplied under the Contract shall be governed by GCC Clause 15 (Copyright) and any elaboration in the Technical Requirements.

 

34.3          Ownership of the Supplier’s Equipment used by the Supplier and its Subcontractors in connection with the Contract shall remain with the Supplier or its Subcontractors.

 

	
35.

	
Care of the System

 

35.1          The Purchaser shall become responsible for the care System and custody of the System or Subsystems upon their Delivery.  The Purchaser shall make good at its own cost any loss or damage that may occur to the System or Subsystems from any cause from the date of Delivery until the date of Operational Acceptance of the System or Subsystems, pursuant to GCC Clause 27 (Commissioning and Operation-at Acceptance), excepting such loss or damage arising from acts or omissions of the Supplier, its employees, or subcontractors.

 

35.2          If any loss or damage occurs to the System or any part of the System by reason of:

 

	
  

	
  (a)

	
(insofar as they relate to the country where the Project Site is located) nuclear reaction, nuclear radiation, radioactive contamination, a pressure wave caused by aircraft or other aerial objects, or any other occurrences that an experienced contractor could not reasonably foresee, or if reasonably foreseeable could not reasonably make provision for or insure against, insofar as such risks are not normally insurable on the insurance market and are mentioned in the general exclusions of the policy of insurance taken out under GCC Clause 37;

 

	
  

	
  (b)

	
any use not in accordance with the Contract, by the Purchaser or any third party ;

 

	
  

	
  (c)

	
any use of or reliance upon any design, data, or specification provided or designated by or on behalf of the Purchaser, or any such matter for which the Supplier has disclaimed responsibility in accordance with GCC Clause 21.1.2,

 

the Purchaser shall pay to the Supplier all sums payable in respect of the System or Subsystems that have achieved Operational Acceptance, notwithstanding that the same be lost, destroyed, or damaged if the Purchaser requests the Supplier in writing to make good any loss or damage to the System thereby occasioned, the Supplier shall make good the same at the cost of the Purchaser in accordance with GCC Clause 39.  If the Purchaser does not request the Supplier in writing to make good any loss or damage to the System thereby occasioned, the Purchaser shall either request a change in accordance with GCC Clause 39, excluding the performance of that part of the System thereby lost, destroyed, or damaged, or, where the loss or damage affects a substantial part of the System, the Purchaser shall terminate the Contract pursuant to GCC Clause 41.1.

 

  

- 43 -

  

 

35.3          The Purchaser shall be liable for any loss of or damage to_ any Supplier’s Equipment which the Purchaser has authorized to locate within the Purchaser’s premises for use in fulfillment of Supplier’s obligations under the Contract, except where such loss or damage arises from acts or omissions -of the Supplier, its employees, or subcontractors.

 

	
36.

	
Loss of or Damage to Property; Accident or Injury to Workers; Indemnification

 

36.1          The Supplier and each and every Subcontractor shall abide by the job safety, insurance, customs, and immigration measures prevalent and laws in force in the Purchaser’s Country.

 

36.2          Subject to GCC Clause 36.3, the Supplier shall indemnify and-hold harmless the Purchaser and its employees and officers from and against any and all losses, liabilities and costs (including losses, liabilities, and costs incurred in defending a claim alleging such a liability) that the Purchaser or its employees or officers may suffer as a result of the death or injury of any person or loss of or damage to any property (other than the System, whether accepted or not) arising in connection with the supply, installation, testing, and Commissioning of the System and by reason of the negligence of the Supplier or its Subcontractors, or their employees, officers or agents, except any injury, death, or property damage caused by the negligence of the Purchaser, its contractors, employees, officers, or agents.

 

36.3          If any proceedings are brought or any claim is made against the Purchaser that might subject the Supplier to liability under GCC Clause 36.2, the Purchaser shall promptly give the Supplier notice of such proceedings or claims, and the Supplier may at its own expense and in the Purchaser’s name conduct such proceedings or claim and any negotiations for the settlement of any such proceedings or claim.  If the Supplier fails to notify the Purchaser within twenty-eight (28) days after receipt of such notice that it intends to conduct any such proceedings or claim, then the Purchaser shall be free to conduct the same on its own behalf.  Unless the Supplier has so failed to notify the Purchaser within the twenty-eight (28) day period, the Purchaser shall make no admission that may be prejudicial to the defense of any such proceedings or claim.  The Purchaser shall, at the Supplier’s request, afford all available assistance to the Supplier in conducting such proceedings or claim and shall be reimbursed by the Supplier for all reasonable expenses incurred in so doing.

 

36.4          The Purchaser shall indemnify and hold harmless the Supplier and its employees, officers, and Subcontractors from any and all losses, liabilities, and costs (including losses, liabilities, and costs incurred in defending a claim alleging such a liability) that the Supplier or its employees, officers, or Subcontractors may suffer as a result of the death or personal injury of any person or loss of or damage to property of the Purchaser, other than the System not yet achieving Operational Acceptance, that is caused by fire, explosion, or any other perils, in excess of the amount recoverable from insurances procured under GCC Clause 37 (Insurances), provided that such fire, explosion, or other perils were not caused by any act or failure of the Supplier.

 

  

- 44 -

  

 

36.5        If any proceedings are brought or any claim is made against the Supplier that might subject the Purchaser to liability under GCC Clause 36.4, the Supplier shall promptly give the Purchaser notice of such proceedings or claims, and the Purchaser may at its own expense and in the Supplier’s name conduct such proceedings or claim and any negotiations for the settlement of any such proceedings or claim if the Purchaser fails to notify the Supplier within twenty-eight (28) days after receipt of such notice that it intends to conduct any such proceedings or claim, then the Supplier shall be free to conduct the same on its own behalf.  Unless the Purchaser has so failed to notify the Supplier within the twenty-eight (28) days, the Supplier shall make no admission that may be prejudicial to the defense of any such proceedings or claim.  The Supplier shall, at the Purchaser’s request, afford all available assistance to the Purchaser in conducting such proceedings or claim and shall be reimbursed by the Purchaser for all reasonable expenses incurred in so doing.

 

36.6        The party entitled to the benefit of an indemnity under this GCC Clause 36 shall take all reasonable measures to mitigate any loss or damage that has occurred.  If the party fails to take such measures, the other party’s liabilities shall be correspondingly reduced.

 

	
37.

	
Insurances

 

37.1        The Supplier shall at its expense take out and maintain in effect, or cause to be taken out and maintained in effect, during the performance of the Contract, the insurance set forth below.  The identity of the insurers and the form of the policies shall be subject to the approval of the Purchaser, who should not unreasonably withhold such approval.

 

(a)           Cargo Insurance During Transport

 

as applicable, 110 percent of the price of the Information Technologies and other Goods in a freely convertible currency, covering the Goods from physical loss or damage during shipment through receipt at the Project Site

 

(b)           Installation “All Risks” Insurance

 

as applicable, 110 percent of the price of the Information Technologies and other Goods covering the Goods at the site from all risks of physical loss or damage (excluding only perils commonly excluded under “all risks” insurance policies of this type by reputable insurers) occurring prior to Operational Acceptance of the System.

 

(c)           Third-Party Liability Insurance

 

On terms as specified in the SCC, covering bodily injury or death suffered by third parties (including the Purchaser’s personnel) and loss of or damage to property (including the Purchaser’s property and any Subsystems that have been accepted by the Purchaser) occurring in connection with the supply and installation of the DLS.

 

  

- 45 -

  

 

(d)           Automobile Liability Insurance

 

In accordance with the statutory requirements prevailing in the Purchaser’s Country, covering use of all vehicles used by the Supplier or its Subcontractors (whether or not owned by them) in connection with the execution of the Contract.

 

(e)           Other Insurance (if any), as specified in the SCC.

 

37.2        The Purchaser shall be named as co-insured under all insurance policies taken out by the Supplier pursuant to GCC Clause 37.1, except for the Third-Party Liability, and the Supplier’s Subcontractors shall be named as co-insured under all insurance policies taken out by the Supplier pursuant to GCC Clause 37.1 except for Cargo Insurance During Transport.  All insurer’s rights of subrogation against such co-insured for losses or claims arising out of the performance of the Contract shall be waived under such policies.

 

37.3        The Supplier shall deliver to the Purchaser certificates of insurance (or copies of the insurance policies) as evidence that the required policies are in full force and effect.

 

37.4        The Supplier shall ensure that, where applicable; its Subcontractor(s) shall take out and maintain in effect adequate insurance policies for their personnel and vehicles and for work executed by them under the Contract, unless such Subcontractors are covered by the policies taken out by the Supplier.

 

37.5        If the Supplier fails to take out and/or maintain in effect the insurance referred to in GCC Clause 37.1, the Purchaser may take out and maintain in effect any such insurance and may from time to time deduct from any amount due the Supplier under the Contract any premium that the Purchaser shall have paid to the insurer or may otherwise recover such amount as a debt due from the Supplier.

 

37.6        Unless otherwise provided in the Contract, the Supplier shall prepare and conduct all and any claims made under the policies effected by it pursuant to this GCC Clause 37, and all monies payable by any insurers shall be paid to the Supplier.  The Purchaser shall give to the Supplier all such reasonable assistance as may be required by the Supplier in connection with any claim under the relevant insurance policies.  With respect to insurance claims in which the Purchaser’s interest is involved, the Supplier shall not give any release or make any compromise with the insurer without the prior written consent of the Purchaser.  With respect to insurance claims in which the Supplier’s interest is involved, the Purchaser shall not give any release or make any compromise with the insurer without the prior written consent of the Supplier.

 

  

- 46 -

  

 

	
38.

	
Force Majeure

 

38.1        “Force Majeure” shall mean any event beyond the reasonable control of the Purchaser or of the Supplier, as the case may be, and which is unavoidable notwithstanding the reasonable care of the party affected and shall include, without limitation, the following:

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
war, hostilities, or warlike operations (whether a state of war be declared or not), invasion, act of foreign enemy, and civil war;

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
rebellion, revolution, insurrection, mutiny, usurpation of civil or military government, conspiracy, riot, civil commotion, and terrorist acts;

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
confiscation, nationalization, mobilization, commandeering or requisition by or under the order of any government or de jure or de facto authority or ruler, or any other act or failure to act of any local state or national government authority;

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
strike, sabotage, lockout, embargo, import restriction, port congestion, lack of usual means of public -transportation and communication, industrial dispute, shipwreck, shortage or restriction of power supply, epidemics, quarantine, and plague;

 

	
  

	
(e)

	
earthquake, landslide, volcanic activity, fire, flood or inundation, tidal wave, typhoon or cyclone, hurricane, storm, lightning, or other inclement weather condition, nuclear and pressure waves, or other natural or physical disaster;

 

	
  

	
(f)

	
failure, by the Supplier, to obtain the necessary export permit(s) from the governments of the Country(s) of Origin of the Information Technologies or other Goods, or Supplier’s Equipment provided that the Supplier has made all reasonable efforts to obtain the required export permit(s), including the exercise of due diligence in determining the eligibility of the System and all of its components for receipt of the necessary export permits.

 

38.2        If either party is prevented, hindered, or delayed from or in performing any of its obligations under the Contract by an event of Force Majeure, then it shall notify the other in writing of the occurrence of such event and the circumstances of the event of Force Majeure within fourteen (14) days after the occurrence of such event.

 

38.3        The party who has given such notice shall be excused from the performance or punctual performance of its obligations under the Contract for so long as the relevant event of Force Majeure continues and to the extent that such party’s performance is prevented, hindered, or delayed.  The Time for Achieving Operational Acceptance shall be extended in accordance with GCC Clause 40 (Extension of Time for Achieving Operational Acceptance).

 

38.4        The party or parties affected by the event of Force Majeure shall use reasonable efforts to mitigate the effect of the event of Force Majeure upon its or their performance of the Contract and to fulfill its or their obligations under the Contract, but without prejudice to either party’s right to terminate the Contract under GCC Clause 38.6.

 

  

- 47 -

  

 

38.5        No delay or nonperformance by either party to this Contract caused by the occurrence of any event of Force-Majeure shall:

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
constitute a default or breach of the Contract;

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
(subject to GCC Clauses 35.2, 38.3, and 38.4) give rise to any claim for damages or additional cost or expense occasioned by the delay or nonperformance;

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
if, and to the extent that, such delay or nonperformance is caused by the occurrence of an event of Force Majeure.

 

38.6        if the performance of the Contract is substantially prevented, hindered, or delayed for a single period of more than sixty (60) days or an aggregate period of more than one hundred and twenty (120) days on account of one or more events of Force Majeure during the time period covered by the Contract, the parties will attempt to develop a mutually satisfactory solution, failing which, either party may terminate the Contract by giving a notice to the other.

 

38.7        In the event of termination pursuant to GCC Clause 38.6, the rights and obligations of the Purchaser and the Supplier shall be as specified in GCC Clauses 41.1.2 and 41.1.3.

 

38.8        Notwithstanding GCC Clause 38.5, Force Majeure shall not apply to any obligation of the Purchaser to make payments to the Supplier under this Contract.

 

H.  CHANGE IN CONTRACT ELEMENTS

 

	
39.

	
Changes to the System

 

	
  

	
39.1.1

	
Subject to GCC Clauses 39.2.5 and 39.2.7, the Purchaser shall have the right to propose, and subsequently require, the Project Manager to order the Supplier from time to time during the performance of the Contract to make any change, modification, addition, or deletion to, in, or from the System (interchangeably called “Change”), provided that such Change falls within the general scope of the System, does not constitute unrelated work, and is technically practicable, taking into account both the state- of advancement of the System and the technical compatibility of the Change envisaged with the nature of the System as originally specified in the Contract.

 

A Change may involve, but is not restricted to, the substitution of updated Information Technologies and related Services in accordance with GCC Clause 23 (Product Upgrades).

 

	
  

	
39.1.2

	
The Supplier may from time to time during its performance of the Contract propose to the Purchaser (with a copy to the Project Manager) any Change that the Supplier considers necessary or desirable to improve the quality or efficiency of the System.  The Purchaser may at its discretion approve or reject any Change proposed by the Supplier.

 

  

- 48 -

  

 

	
  

	
39.1.3

	
Notwithstanding GCC Clauses 39.1.1 and 39.1.2, no change made necessary because of any default of the Supplier in the performance Of its obligations under the Contract shall be deemed to be a Change, and such change shall not result in any adjustment of the Contract Price or the Time for Achieving Operational Acceptance.

 

	
  

	
39.1.4

	
The procedure on how to proceed with and execute Changes is specified in GCC Clauses 39.2 and 39.3, and further details and sample forms are provided in the Sample Forms Section in the Bidding Documents.

 

	
  

	
39.1.5

	
Moreover, the Purchaser and Supplier will agree, during development of the Project Plan, to a date prior to the scheduled date for Operational Acceptance, after which the Technical Requirements for the System shall be “frozen.” Any Change initiated after this time will be dealt with after Operational

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
foreign enemy, and civil war:

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
rebellion, revolution, insurrection, mutiny, usurpation of civil or military government, conspiracy, riot, civil commotion, and terrorist acts;

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
confiscation, nationalization, mobilization, commandeering or requisition by or under the order of any government or de jure or de facto authority or rule, or any other act or failure to act of any local state or national government authority;

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
strike, sabotage, lockout, embargo, import, restriction, port congestion, lack of usual means of public transportation and communication, industrial dispute, shipwreck, shortage or restriction of power supply, epidemics, quarantine, and plague;

 

	
  

	
(e)

	
earthquake, landslide, volcanic activity, fire, flood or inundation, tidal wave, typhoon or cyclone, hurricane, storm, lightning, or other inclement weather condition, nuclear and pressure waves, or other natural or physical disaster;

 

	
  

	
(f)

	
failure, by the Supplier, to obtain the necessary export permit(s) from the governments of the Country(s) of Origin of the Information Technologies or other Goods, or Supplier’s Equipment provided that the Supplier has made all reasonable efforts to obtain the required export permit(s), including the exercise of due diligence in determining the eligibility of the System and all of its components for receipt of the necessary export permits.

 

39.2        If either party is prevented, hindered, or delayed from or in performing any of its obligations under the Contract by an event of Force Majeure, then it shall notify the other in writing of the occurrence of such event and the circumstances of the event of Force Majeure within fourteen (14) days after the occurrence of such event.

 

  

- 49 -

  

 

39.3          The party who has given such notice shall be excused from the performance or punctual performance of its obligations under the Contract for so long as the relevant event of Force Majeure continues and to the extent that such party’s performance is prevented, hindered or delayed.  The Time for Achieving Acceptance.

 

39.4          Changes Originating from Purchaser

 

	
  

	
39.4.1

	
If the Purchaser proposes a Change pursuant to GCC Clauses 39.1.1, it shall send to the Supplier a “Request for Change Proposal,” requiring the Supplier to prepare and furnish to the Project Manager as soon as reasonably practicable a “Change Proposal,” which shall include the following:

 

(a)           brief description Of the Change;

 

(b)           impact on the Time for Achieving Operational Acceptance;

 

(c)           detailed estimated cost of the Change;

 

(d)           effect on Functional Guarantees (if any);

 

(e)           effect on any other provisions of the Contract.

 

	
  

	
39.4.2

	
Prior to preparing and submitting the “Change Proposal,” the Supplier shall submit to the Project Manager an “Change Estimate Proposal,” which shall be an estimate of the cost of preparing the Change Proposal, plus a first approximation of the suggested approach and cost for implementing the changes.  Upon receipt of the Supplier’s Change Estimate Proposal, the Purchaser shall do one of the following:

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
accept the Supplier’s estimate with instructions to the Supplier to proceed with the preparation of the Change Proposal;

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
advise the Supplier of any part of its Change Estimate Proposal that is unacceptable and request the Supplier to review its estimate;

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
advise the Supplier that the Purchaser does not intend to proceed with the Change.

 

	
  

	
39.4.3

	
Upon receipt of the Purchaser’s instruction to proceed under GCC Clause 39.2.2 (a), the Supplier shall, with proper expedition, proceed with the preparation of the Change Proposal, in accordance with GCC Clause 39.2.1.  The Supplier, at its discretion, may specify a validity period for the Change Proposal, after which if the Purchaser and Supplier has not reached agreement in accordance with GCC Clause 39.2.6, then GCC Clause 39.2.7 shall apply.

 

  

- 50 -

  

 

	
  

	
39.4.4

	
The pricing of any Change shall, as far as practicable, be calculated in accordance with the rates and prices included in the Contract.  If the nature of the Change is such that the Contract rates and prices are inequitable, the parties to the Contract shall agree on other specific rates to be used for valuing the Change.

 

	
  

	
39.4.5

	
If before or during the preparation of the Change Proposal it becomes apparent that the aggregate impact of compliance with the Request for Change Proposal and with all other Change Orders that have already become binding upon the Supplier under this GCC Clause 39 would be to increase or decrease the Contract Price as originally set forth in Article 2 (Contract Price) of the Contract Agreement by more than fifteen (15) percent, the Supplier may give a written notice of objection to this Request for Change Proposal prior to furnishing the Change Proposal.  If the Purchaser accepts the Supplier’s objection, the Purchaser shall withdraw the proposed Change and shall notify the Supplier in writing of its acceptance.

 

The Supplier’s failure to so object to a Request for Change Proposal shall neither affect its right to object to any subsequent requested Changes or Change Orders, nor affect its right to take into account, when making such subsequent objection, the percentage increase or decrease in the Contract Price that any Change not objected to by the Supplier represents.

 

	
  

	
39.4.6

	
Upon receipt of the Change Proposal, the Purchaser and the Supplier shall mutually agree upon all matters contained in the Change Proposal.  Within fourteen (14) days after such agreement, the Purchaser shall, if it intends to proceed with the Change, issue the Supplier a Change Order.  If the Purchaser is unable to reach a decision within fourteen (14) days, it shall notify the Supplier with details of when the Supplier can expect a decision, If the Purchaser decides not to proceed with the Change for whatever reason, it shall, within the said period of fourteen (14) days, notify the Supplier accordingly.  Under such circumstances, the Supplier shall be entitled to reimbursement of all costs reasonably incurred by it in the preparation of the Change Proposal, provided that these do not exceed the amount given by the Supplier in its Change Estimate Proposal submitted in accordance with GCC Clause 39.2.2.

 

	
  

	
39.4.7

	
If the Purchaser and the Supplier cannot reach agreement on the price for the Change, an equitable adjustment to the Time for Achieving Operational Acceptance, or any other matters identified in the Change Proposal, the Change will not be implemented.  However, this provision does not limit the rights of either party under GCC Clause 6 (Settlement of Disputes).

 

  

- 51 -

  

 

39.5        Changes Originating from Supplier

 

	
  

	
39.5.1

	
If the Supplier proposes a Change pursuant to GCC Clause 39.1.2, the Supplier shall submit to the Project Manager a written “Application for Change Proposal,” giving reasons for the proposed Change and including the information specified in GCC Clause 39.2.1.  Upon receipt of the Application for Change Proposal, the parties shall follow the procedures outlined in GCC Clauses 39.2.6 and 39.2.7, except that the words “Change Proposal” shall be read, for the purposes of this GCC Clause 39.3.1 as “Application for Change Proposal.” However, should the Purchaser choose not to proceed or the Purchaser and the Supplier cannot come to agreement on the change during any validity period that the Supplier may specify in its Application for Change Proposal, the Supplier shall not be entitled to recover the costs of preparing the Application for Change Proposal, unless subject to an agreement between the Purchaser and the Supplier to the contrary.

 

	
40.

	
Extension of Time for Achieving Operational Acceptance

 

40.1        The time(s) for achieving Operational Acceptance specified in the Schedule of Implementation shall be extended if the Supplier is delayed or impeded in the performance of any of its obligations under the Contract by reason of any of the following:

 

	
  

	
 (a)

	
any Change in the System as provided in GCC Clause 39 (Change in the DLS);

 

	
  

	
 (b)

	
any occurrence of Force Majeure as provided in GCC Clause 38 (Force Majeure);

 

	
  

	
 (c)

	
default of the Purchaser; or

 

	
  

	
 (d)

	
(a) any other matter specifically mentioned in the Contract;

 

by such period as shall be fair and reasonable in all the circumstances and as shall fairly reflect the delay or impediment sustained by the Supplier.

 

40.2          Except where otherwise specifically provided in the Contract, the Supplier shall submit to the Project Manager a notice of a claim for an extension of the time for achieving Operational Acceptance, together with particulars of the event or circumstance justifying such extension as soon as reasonably practicable after the commencement of such event or circumstance.  As soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of such notice and supporting particulars of the claim, the Purchaser and the Supplier shall agree upon the period of such extension.  In the event that the Supplier does not accept the Purchaser’s estimate of a fair and reasonable time extension, the Supplier shall be entitled to refer the matter to the provisions for the Settlement of Disputes pursuant to GCC Clause 6.

 

40.3          The Supplier shall at all times use its reasonable efforts to minimize any delay in the performance of its obligations under the Contract.

 

  

- 52 -

  

 

	
41.

	
Termination

 

41.1        Termination for Purchaser’s Convenience

 

	
  

	
41.1.1

	
The Purchaser may at any time terminate the Contract for any reason by giving the Supplier a notice of termination that refers to this GCC Clause 41.1.

 

	
  

	
41.1.2

	
Upon receipt of the notice of termination under GCC Clause 41.1.1, the Supplier shall either as soon as reasonably practical or upon the date specified in the notice of termination

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
cease all further work, except for such work as the Purchaser may specify in the notice of termination for the sole purpose of protecting that part of the System already executed, or any work required to leave the site in a clean and- safe condition;

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
terminate all subcontracts, except those to be assigned to the Purchaser pursuant to GCC Clause 41.1.2 (d) (ii) below;

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
remove all Supplier’s Equipment from the site, repatriate the Supplier’s and its Subcontractors’ personnel from the site, remove from the site any wreckage, rubbish, and debris of any kind;

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
in addition, the Supplier, subject to the payment specified in GCC Clause 41.1.3, shall

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
deliver to the Purchaser the parts of the System executed by the Supplier up to the date of termination;

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
to the extent legally possible, assign to the Purchaser all right, title, and benefit of the Supplier to the System, or Subsystem, as at the date of termination, and, as may be required by the Purchaser, in any subcontracts concluded between the Supplier and its Subcontractors;

 

	
  

	
(iii)

	
deliver to the Purchaser all nonproprietary drawings, specifications, and other documents prepared by the Supplier or its Subcontractors as of the date of termination in connection with the System.

 

	
  

	
41.1.3

	
In the event of termination of the Contract under GCC Clause 41.1.1, the Purchaser shall pay to the Supplier the following amounts:

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
the Contract Price, properly attributable to the parts of the System executed by the Supplier as of the date of termination;

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
the costs reasonably incurred by the Supplier in the removal of the Supplier’s Equipment from the site and in the repatriation of the Supplier’s and its Subcontractors’ personnel;

 

  

- 53 -

  

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
any amount to be paid by the Supplier to its Subcontractors in connection with the termination of any subcontracts, including

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
any cancellation charges;

 

	
  

	
(e)

	
costs incurred by the Supplier in protecting the System and leaving the site in a clean and safe condition pursuant to GCC Clause 41.1.2 (a); and

 

	
  

	
(f)

	
the cost of satisfying all other obligations, commitments, and claims that the - Supplier may in good faith have undertaken with third parties in connection with the Contract and that are not covered by GCC Clauses 41.1.3 (a) -through (d) above.

 

41.2         Termination for Supplier’s Default

 

	
  

	
41.2.1

	
The Purchaser, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies it may possess, may terminate the Contract forthwith in the following circumstances by giving a notice of termination and its reasons therefore to the Supplier, referring to this GCC Clause 41.2:

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
if the Supplier becomes Purchaserrupt or insolvent, has a receiving order issued against it, compounds with its creditors, or, if the Supplier is a corporation, a resolution is passed or order is made for its winding up (other than a voluntary liquidation for the purposes of amalgamation or reconstruction), a receiver is appointed over any part of its undertaking or assets, or if the Supplier takes or suffers any other analogous action in consequence of debt;

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
if the Supplier assigns or transfers the Contract or any right or interest therein in violation of the provision of GCC Clause 42 (Assignment); or

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
if the Supplier, in the judgment of the Purchaser, has engaged in corrupt or fraudulent practices in competing for or in executing the Contract, including but not limited to wilful misrepresentation of facts concerning ownership of Intellectual Property Rights in, or proper authorization and/or licenses from the owner to offer, the hardware, software, or materials provided under this Contract.

 

For the purposes of this Clause:

 

“corrupt practice” means the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting of any thing of value to influence the action of a public official in the procurement process or in contract execution.

 

“fraudulent practice” means a misrepresentation of facts in order to influence a procurement process or the execution of a contract to the detriment of the Purchaser, and includes collusive practices among Bidders (prior to or after bid submission) designed to establish bid prices at artificial non-competitive levels and to deprive the Purchaser of the benefits of free and open competition.

 

  

- 54 -

  

 

	
  

	
41.2.2

	
If the Supplier:

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
has abandoned or repudiated the Contract;

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
has without valid reason failed to commence work on the System promptly;

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
persistently fails to execute the Contract in accordance with the Contract or persistently neglects to carry out its obligations under the Contract without just cause;

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
refuses or is unable to provide sufficient Materials, Services, or labor to execute and complete the System in the manner specified in the Agreed and Finalized Project Plan furnished under GCC Clause 19 at rates of progress that give reasonable assurance to the Purchaser that the Supplier can attain Operational Acceptance of the System by the Time for Achieving Operational Acceptance as extended;

 

then, the Purchaser may, without prejudice to any other rights it may possess under the Contract, give a notice to the Supplier stating the nature of the default and requiring the Supplier to remedy the same.  If the Supplier fails to remedy or to take steps to remedy the same’ within fourteen (14) days of its receipt of such notice, then the Purchaser may terminate the Contract forthwith by giving a notice of termination to the Supplier that refers to this GCC Clause 41.2.

 

	
  

	
41.2.3

	
Upon receipt of the notice of termination under GCC Clauses 41.2.1 or 41.2.2, the Supplier shall, either immediately or upon such date as is specified in the notice of termination:

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
cease all further work, except for such work as the Purchaser may specify in the notice of termination for the sole purpose of protecting that part of the System already executed or any work required to leave the site in a clean and safe condition;

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
terminate all subcontracts, except those to be assigned to the Purchaser-pursuant to GCC Clause 41.2.3 (d) below;

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
(c)deliver to the Purchaser the parts of the System executed by the Supplier up to the date of termination;

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
to the extent legally possible, assign to the Purchaser all right, title and benefit of the Supplier to the System or Subsystems as at the date of termination, and, as may be required by the Purchaser, in any subcontracts concluded between the Supplier and its Subcontractors;

 

  

- 55 -

  

 

	
  

	
(e)

	
deliver to the Purchaser all drawings, specifications, and other documents prepared by the Supplier or its Subcontractors as at the date of termination in connection with the System.

 

	
  

	
41.2.4

	
The Purchaser may enter upon the site, expel the Supplier, and complete the System itself or by employing any third party.  Upon completion of the System or at such earlier date as the Purchaser thinks appropriate, the Purchaser shall give notice to the Supplier that such Supplier’s Equipment will be returned to the Supplier at or near the site and shall return such Supplier’s Equipment to the Supplier in accordance with such notice.  The Supplier shall thereafter without delay and at its cost remove or arrange removal of the same from the site.

 

	
  

	
41.2.5

	
Subject to GCC Clause 41.2.6, the Supplier shall be entitled to be paid the Contract Price attributable to the portion of the System executed as at the date of termination and the costs, if any, incurred in protecting the System and in leaving the site in a clean and safe condition pursuant to GCC Clause 41.2.3 (a).  Any sums due the Purchaser from the Supplier accruing prior to the date of termination shall be deducted from the amount to be paid to the Supplier under this Contract.

 

	
  

	
41.2.6

	
If the Purchaser completes the System, the cost of completing the System by the Purchaser shall be determined.  If the sum that the Supplier is entitled to be _paid, pursuant to GCC Clause 41.2.5, plus the reasonable costs incurred by the Purchaser in completing the System, exceeds the Contract Price, the Supplier shall be liable for such excess.  If such excess is greater than the sums due the Supplier under GCC Clause 41.2.5, the Supplier shall pay the balance to the Purchaser, and if such excess is less than the sums due the Supplier under GCC Clause 41.2.5, the Purchaser shall pay the balance to the Supplier.  The Purchaser and the Supplier shall agree, in writing, on the computation described above and the manner in which any sums shall be paid.

 

  

- 56 -

  

 

41.3        Termination by Supplier

 

	
  

	
41.3.1

	
If:

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
the Purchaser has failed to pay the Supplier any sum due under the Contract within the specified period, has failed to approve any invoice or supporting documents without just cause pursuant to the SCC, or commits a substantial breach of the Contract, the Supplier may give a notice to the Purchaser that requires payment of such sum, with interest on this sum as stipulated in GCC Clause 12.3, requires approval of such invoice or supporting documents, or specifies the breach and requires the Purchaser to remedy the same, as the case may be.  If the Purchaser fails to pay such sum together with such interest, fails to approve such invoice or supporting documents or give its reasons for withholding such approval, fails to remedy the breach or take steps to remedy the breach within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the Supplier’s notice; or.

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
the Supplier is unable to carry out any of its obligations under the Contract for any reason attributable to the Purchaser, including but not limited to the Purchaser’s failure to provide possession of or access to the site or other areas or failure to obtain any governmental permit necessary for the execution and/or completion of the System;

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
then the Supplier may give a notice to the Purchaser of such events, and if the Purchaser has failed to pay the outstanding sum, to approve the invoice or supporting documents, to give its reasons for withholding such approval, or to remedy the breach within twenty-eight (28) days of such notice, or if the Supplier is still unable to carry out any of its obligations under the Contract for any reason attributable to the Purchaser within twenty-eight (28) days of the said notice, the Supplier may by a further notice to the Purchaser referring to this GCC Clause 41.3.1, forthwith terminate the Contract.

 

	
  

	
41.3.2

	
The Supplier may terminate the Contract immediately by giving a notice to the Purchaser to that effect, referring to this GCC Clause 41.3.2, if the Purchaser becomes Purchaserrupt or insolvent, has a receiving order issued against it, compounds with its creditors, or, being a corporation, if a resolution is passed or order is made for its winding up (other than a voluntary liquidation for the purposes of amalgamation or reconstruction), a receiver is appointed over any part of its undertaking or assets, or if the Purchaser takes or suffers any other analogous action in consequence of debt.

 

	
  

	
41.3.3

	
If the Contract is terminated under GCC Clauses 41.3.1 or 41.32, then the Supplier shall immediately:

 

  

- 57 -

  

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
cease all further work, except for such work as may be necessary for the purpose of protecting that part of the System already executed, or any work required to leave the site in a clean and safe condition;

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
terminate all subcontracts, except those to be assigned to the Purchaser pursuant to Clause 41.3.3 (d) (ii);

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
remove all Supplier’s Equipment from the site and repatriate the Supplier’s and its Subcontractor’s  personnel from the site.

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
In addition, the Supplier, subject to the payment specified in GCC Clause 41.3.4, shall:

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
deliver to the Purchaser the parts of the System executed by the Supplier up to the date of termination;

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
to the extent legally possible, assign to the Purchaser all right, title, and benefit of the Supplier to the System, or Subsystems, as of the date of termination, and, as may be required by the Purchaser, in any subcontracts concluded between the Supplier and its Subcontractors;

 

	
  

	
(iii)

	
to the extent legally possible, deliver to the Purchaser all drawings, specifications, and other documents prepared by the Supplier or its Subcontractors as of the date of termination in connection with the System.

 

	
  

	
41.3.4

	
If the Contract is terminated under GCC Clauses 41.3.1 or 41.3.2, the Purchaser shall pay to the Supplier all payments specified in GCC Clause 41.1.3, and reasonable compensation for all loss, except for loss of profit, or damage sustained by the Supplier arising out of, in connection with, or in consequence of such termination.

 

	
  

	
41.3.5

	
Termination by the Supplier pursuant to this GCC Clause 41.3 is without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Supplier that may be exercised in lieu of or in addition to rights conferred by GCC Clause 41.3.

 

41.4        In this GCC Clause 41, the expression “portion of the System executed” shall include all work executed, Services provided, and all Information Technologies, or other Goods acquired (or subject to a legally binding obligation to purchase) by the Supplier and used or intended to be used for the purpose of the System, up to and including the date of termination.

 

41.5        In this GCC Clause 41, in calculating any monies due from the Purchaser to the Supplier, account shall be taken of any sum previously paid by the Purchaser to the Supplier under -.the Contract, including any advance payment paid pursuant to the SCC.

 

	
42.

	
Assignment

 

42.1        Neither the Purchaser nor the Supplier shall, without the express prior written consent of the other, assign to any third party the Contract or any part thereof, or any right, benefit, obligation, or interest therein or thereunder, except that the Supplier strati be entitled to assign either absolutely or by way of charge any monies due and payable to it or that may become due and payable to it under the Contract.

 

 

  

- 58 -

  

SECTION III:  SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (SCC)

 

Special Conditions of Contract (SCC)

 

The following Special Conditions of Contract (SCC) shall supplement or amend the General Conditions of Contract (GCC).  Whenever there is a conflict, the provisions of the SCC shall prevail over those in the General Conditions of Contract.  For the purposes of clarity, any referenced GCC clause numbers are indicated in the left column of the SCC.

 

A.           Contract and Interpretation

 

	
1.

	
Definitions (GCC Clause 1)

 

	
GCC 1.1(a)

	
N/A

	
GCC 1.1(b)(1)

	
The Purchaser is:  The Commissioner General, Tanzania Revenue Authority

	
GCC 1.1(b)

	
The Project Manager is: Deputy Commissioner Technical Services (Domestic Revenue Department)

	
GGC 1.1(c)

	
Appendix 4 and 5 are not applicable

	
GCC 1.1(e)(i)

	
The Purchaser’s Country is: United Republic of Tanzania

	
GCC 1.1(e)(iii)

 

	
The Project Site(s) is/are:  ‘Named sites in the Project Implementation Plan (“PIP”).

	
GCC 1.1(x)(e)

	
The Contract shall remain , in force from the date of execution until the expiration of the Concession Period (as defined in the BOT Arrangement and Payment Terms Appendix D) unless the Contract is terminated earlier in accordance with the terms set out in the Contract.

	
GCC 1.1(xii)(e)

	
There will be no Post-Warranty Service Period

 

	
2.

	
Contract Documents (GCC Clause 2)

 

	GCC 2.1	In the event of a discrepancy or conflict between the provisions of the documents constituting the Contract Agreement, the order of precedence of the documents will be as follows:
	 	
(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

(g)

(h)

(i) 

	
The Special Conditions of Contract;

The General Conditions of Contract;

The Appendices to the Special Conditions of Contract; (Appendix A Technical Solution, Appendix B Scope of Work, Appendix G Bill of Materials and Prices, Appendix D BOT and Payment term, Appendix E Project Implementation Plan and Appendix F Software Escrow Agreement)

Minutes of a Pre-contract Negotiation Meeting between the Purchaser and the Supplier.

The Schedule of Requirements;

The Technical Specifications;

The Bid Form and the Price Schedule submitted by the Bidder;

The Purchaser’s Notification of Award; and

The Supplier’s Technical Proposal on the Computerized Drivers’ Licences on Build, Operate and Transfer (BOT) arrangement;

 

  

- 59 -

  

 

	
3.

	
Interpretation (GCC Clause 3)

 

	
GCC 3.1.1

	
The language of the Contract, all correspondence -and communications to be given, and all other documentation to be prepared and supplied under the Contract not otherwise specified in the Technical Requirements shall be: English.

 

	
4.

	
Notices (GCC Clause 4)

 

	
GCC 4.1

	
Notices shall be addressed to:

 

For the Purchaser:

 

Commissioner General,

Tanzania Revenue Authority

Solcoine Drive,

P. 0. Box 11491, Dar es Salaam, Tanzania,

Fax +255-22-2128594

Email: secretarytratender@tra.qo.tz

Website: vvww.tra.go.tz

 

For the Supplier:

 

Legal Department

On Track Innovations Ltd (OTI)

Z.H.R. Industrial Zone,

P. O. Box 32,

Rosh Pina,12000

Israel.

Fax: ÷ 972 4 6938887

Email: legal@otiglobal.com

 

Copy to:

 

Mr. Haim Confino

Fax: + 972 72 2221001

Email: confino@otiglobal.com

Website: www.otiglobal.com

  

- 60 -

  

 

	
5.

	
Governing Law (GCC Clause 5)

 

	
GCC 5.1

	
The Contract shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the United Republic of Tanzania

 

	
6.

	
Settlement of Disputes (GCC Clause 6)

 

	
GCC 6.1.1

GCC 6.1.4

	
There shall be no Adjudicator appointed.

This clause shall not apply.

	
GCC 6.2.3

	
The rules of procedure for arbitration proceedings are:

 

Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Contract, or breach, termination or invalidity thereof, shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the ICC (international Chamber of Commerce) Arbitration Rules as at present in force.  The venue will be London, England and the language will be English.

 

B.           Subject Matter of Contract

 

	
7.

	
Scope of the System (GCC Clause 7)

 

	
GCC 7.3

	
The Supplier’s obligations under the Contract will include the following recurrent cost items, as identified in the Recurrent Cost Form in the Supplier’s Bid:

 

The recurrent cost items/services that are included in the Contract; are provided in the Technical Requirements where each item/service is specified in detail.

 

The Supplier shall stock and/or provide spare parts for card printer, which are most vulnerable to wear and tear or depreciation

 

The Supplier agrees to supply spare parts required for the operation and maintenance of the System, as stated below, for three years beginning with Operational Acceptance.  Moreover, the price of such spare parts shall be those specified in the spare parts price schedule submitted by the Supplier as part of its bid.  These prices shall include the purchase price for such spare parts and other costs and expenses (including the Supplier’s fees) relating to the supply of spare parts.

 

The Supplier shall provide the product manufacturer’s guarantee that the equipment supplied shall not be obsolete for at least five years.

 

  

- 61 -

  

 

	
8.

	
Time for Commencement and Operational Acceptance (GCC Clause 8)

 

	
GCC 8.1

	
The Supplier shall commence work on the System: no later than thirty (30) days from the Date of signing the Contract.

	
GCC 8.2

	
Operational Acceptance:  Operational Acceptance shall be consistent with the Implementation Schedule in the Technical Requirements Section.

 

	
9.

	
Supplier’s Responsibilities (GCC Clause 9)

 

	
GCC 9.8

	
The Supplier shall permit the Purchaser to inspect the accounts and records of the Supplier with regards t to the-performance of the Supplier’s obligations under this contract and to have them audited by auditors appointed by the Purchaser as agreed by the Parties.  Purchaser’s inspection shall be conducted in coordination with Supplier, following advance notice and at times which do not disrupt the Supplier’s performance under this Contract.

 

	
10.

	
Purchaser’s Responsibilities (GCC Clause 10)

 

	
GCC 10.4

	
In addition to the Purchaser’s responsibilities under GCC 10.4, the Purchaser will also facilitate the obtaining of visas and entry permits for Supplier’s and Subcontractor’s personnel.

	
GCC 10.12

	
The Purchaser shall have the following additional responsibilities:

(i)           The Purchaser shall provide adequate personnel for data capture for operating the DLS.

(ii)          The Purchaser shall provide the working sites and offices and network infrastructure of the Project.

(iii)         The Purchaser shall ensure that the relevant laws and regulations required in connection with the Project are promulgated or enacted;

(iv)         that the Purchaser shall ensure that during the term of the Contract, a driver’s license validity period shall not exceed 36 months, and

(v)           to ensure that all driver’s licenses in existence prior to the commencement of the Project will require to be exchanged for the new Driver’s License Card supplied under this Contract, within a period not exceeding 36 months from the commencement of the Concession Period.

 

The Purchaser shall ensure that the conditions set out in paragraphs (iv) and (v) are fulfilled by not later than 1st February, 2010 (“Date of Commencement of the Project”).  The Purchaser will notify the Supplier in writing once the said conditions have been fulfilled to enable the Supplier to initiate major investment in connection with the Project.

 

If, within sixty (60) days after delivery of the notification referred I to above, the Purchaser has not performed any of its obligations required for commencement of the Project under the Contract, it shall pay to the Supplier by way of liquidated damages the sum of 0.5% of the Contract Price for each further week of delay after expiry of the sixty (60) day period.  The maximum liquidated damages are 10 percent of the Contract Price.

 

  

- 62 -

  

 

C.            Payment

 

	
11.

	
Contract Price (GCC Clause 11)

 

	
GCC 11

	
The Contract Price shall be as specified in Appendix d - ROT and Payment Terms.

 

Any optional items not included in the Contract Price shall be paid for in accordance with and as set out in Appendix C - BOM

 

	
12.

	
Terms of Payment (GCC Clause 12)

 

	
GCC 12

	
The Contract Terms of Payments shall be as specified in Appendix D - BOT and Payment Terms.

 

  

- 63 -

  

 

	
13.

	
Securities (GCC Clause 13)

 

	
GCC 10.4

	
(i) The percentage of Performance Security as a percentage of the Contract shall be 5% of one-thirty sixth of the Contract Price.

(i)    The Performance Security shall be reduced prorata by the portion of the Contract Price payable for that particular year.

(ii)   The parties may, by written agreement, extend or alter the term stated in this Clause for the provision of security.

 

	
14.

	
Taxes and Duties (GCC Clause 14)

 

	
GCC 14.1

	
The Supplier shall be responsible for all taxes and duties, incurred on the importation of the contracted Goods into Tanzania.  The Supplier shall however be entitled to recover the cost of all such taxes and duties paid if such duty and/or taxes are excluded from the Contract Price in Article 2 of the Contract Agreement and the Price Schedule it refers to.  The goods to be imported by the Supplier shall be restricted to goods in the Bid Form and Price Schedule and the tax paid by the Supplier shall be recovered by increasing the minimum number of cards to be supplied to the Purchaser.  The definition of minimum number of Cards wherever used in the Contract shall be deemed to mean **THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.** plus the number of any additional Cards.

 

D.            Intellectual Property

 

	
15.

	
Copyright (GCC Clause 15)

 

	
GCC 15.3

	
The Purchaser may assign, license, or otherwise voluntarily transfer its contractual rights to use the Standard Software or elements of the Standard Software, without the Supplier’s prior written consent: at end of the Concession Period pursuant to Appendix D - BOT and Payment Terms.

	
GCC 15.4

	
The Purchaser’s and Supplier’s rights and obligations with respect to- Customized Software shall be as specified in the Contract.

	
GCC 15.5

	
The parties shall enter into a software escrow Agreement as stipulated in Appendix F.

  

- 64 -

  

 

	
16.

	
Software License Agreements (GCC Clause 16)

 

	
GCC 16.1(a)(iii)

	
The Standard Software license shall be valid throughout the United Republic of Tanzania

	
GCC 16.1(b)(ii)

	
The Software license shall permit the Software to be used or copied for use or transferred to a replacement computer of Purchaser provided the replacement computer falls within approximately the same class of machine and maintains approximately the same number of user and is approved as adequate, in advance, by Supplier.

	
GCC 16.1(b)(vii)

	
In addition to the persons specified in GCC Clause 16.1 (b) (vi), the Software may be disclosed to, and reproduced for use by, authorized personnel subject to the same restrictions as are set forth in this Contract.

 

	
17.

	
Confidential Information (GCC Clause 17)

 

	
GCC 17.1

	
There are no modifications to the confidentiality terms expressed in GCC Clause 17.1.

	
GCC 17.6

	
The provisions of this GCC Clause 17 shall survive the termination, for whatever reason, of the Contract for 5 years after the Contract period.

 

E.            Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning, and Acceptance of the System

 

	
18.

	
Representatives (GCC Clause 18)

 

	
GCC 18.1

	
The Purchaser’s Project Manager shall have the following additional powers and / or limitations to his or her authority to represent the Purchaser in matters relating to the Contract subject the cards for licences to quality conformance testing as specified ID-1 in ISO 7810.

	
GCC 18.2.2

	
The Suppliers Representative shall have the following additional powers if stated in the Contract: NA

 

	
19.

	
Project Plan.  (GCC Clause 19)

 

	
GCC 19.1

	
Chapters in the Project Plan shall address the following subject:

(a)  Project Organization and Management Plan;

(b)  Delivery and Installation Plan;

(c)  Training Plan;

(d)  Pre-commissioning and Operational Acceptance Testing Plan;

(e)  Task, Time, and Resource Schedules and any other subject as stipulated in Appendix E -Project Implementation Plan.

 

	
GCC 19.2

	
Within, thirty (30) days from the Date of Signing the Contract, the Supplier shall present a Project Plan to the Purchaser.  The Purchaser shall, within, fourteen (14) days of receipt of the Project Plan, notify the Supplier of any respects in which it considers that the Project Plan does not adequately ensure that the proposed program of work, proposed methods, and/or proposed Information Technologies will satisfy the Technical Requirements and/or the SCC (in this Clause 19.2 called “non-conformities” below).  The Supplier shall, within ten (10) working days of receipt of such notification, correct the Project Plan and resubmit to the Purchaser.  The Purchaser shall, within, ten (10) working days of resubmission of the Project Plan, notify the Supplier of any remaining non-conformities.  This procedure shall be, repeated as necessary until the Project Plan is free from non-conformities.  When the Project Plan is free from non-conformities, the Purchaser shall provide confirmation in writing to the Supplier.  This approved Project Plan (“the Agreed and Finalized Project Plan”) shall be contractually binding on the Purchaser and the Supplier.

 

  

- 65 -

  

 

	
20.

	
Subcontracting (GCC Clause 20)

 

	
GCC 20

	
There are no Special Conditions of Contract applicable to GCC Clause 20.

 

22.           Procurement, Delivery, and Transport (GCC Clause 22)

 

	
GCC 22.5

	
Not applicable as the Contract is under BOT arrangement.

 

23.           Product Upgrades (GCC Clause 23)

 

	
GCC 23.4

	
The Warranty Period is not applicable for the BOT.

 

24.           Implementation, installation, and Other Service s (GCC Clause 24)

 

	
GCC 24

	
In Addition to GCC 24, the parties agree on other services to be provided to include: training, and in particular the Transfer of skills and knowledge to TRA staff.  Skills transfer and training services are high priority deliverables and must be undertaken as a specific initiative within the assignment.  The Authority’s objective is to be as self-sufficient as possible in the operation so as to sustain the investment through in-house support and maintenance of the system.  Training of the systems Applications should be done prior to full deployment of the system and must continue whenever is necessary.  All other training and transfer of knowledge shall continue during the entire period of development and implementation.  The Supplier shall specify and come up with a detailed proposal for skills transfer, which will include training of managerial, technical and operational staff.

  

- 66 -

  

 

25.           Inspections and Tests (GCC Clause 25)

 

	
GCC 25

	
The Purchasers shall inspect and certify the Information Technologies, Materials, and other Goods prior to Production, Processing and supply or delivery to destination.  This activity is imperative in order to minimize cases where the Purchaser receives goods and services that do not conform to the Technical Requirements and shorten the repair or replacement time.

 

27.           Commissioning and Operational Acceptance (GCC Clause 27)

 

	
GCC 27.2.2

	
Operational Acceptance Testing shall be conducted in accordance with the Criteria for User Acceptance Testing specified in the technical requirements.

	
GCC27.2.2

	
If the Operational Acceptance Test of the System, or Subsystem(s), cannot be successfully completed within no more than ninety (90)1, days from the date of Installation or any other period agreed upon by the Purchaser and the Supplier, then GCC Clause 27.3.5 (a) or (b) shall apply, as the circumstances may dictate.

	
27.3.1(c)

	
Operational Acceptance shall occur when the Purchaser has put the System into production or use for thirty (30) days.

 

F.           Guarantees and Liabilities

 

28.          Operational Acceptance Time Guarantee (GCC Clause 28)

 

	
GCC 28.2

	
Liquidated damages shall be assessed and charged at 0.5 percent per week of the contract price.  The maximum liquidated damages are 10 percent of the Contract Price, or relevant part of the Contract Price if the liquidated damages apply to a Subsystem.

Liquidated damages as provided in this clause shall also apply in a case of termination of the Contract by the Purchaser for reasons attributable to it, or to the Government of the Republic of Tanzania.

 

  

- 67 -

  

 

29.           Defect Liability (GCC Clause 29

 

	
GCC 29.3(iii)

	
The Supplier warrants to the best of its knowledge that the following items have been released to the market for the following specific minimum time periods:  All Standard Software must have been commercially available in the market for at least three months.

	
GCC 29.4

	
The optional additional Warranty Period is for one year and shall begin from the date of Transfer of the Project to TRA by remitting the quoted annual service cost for that service per agreed SLA.

	
GCC 29.10

	
During the Concession Period, the Supplier must commence the work necessary to remedy defects or damage one (1) hour of notification for Dar es Salaam and 2 working days outside Dar es Salaam.

	
GCC 31.1

	
The representation and warranty given in GCC 31.1 is to the best of-the knowledge of the Supplier and given as of the date of execution of the Contract.

 

G.            Risk Distribution

 

34.           Transfer of Ownership (GCC Clause 34)

 

	
GCC 34

	
The supplier should transfer all software source code of the CDLS and customization done for Purchaser including technical documentation and other relevant materials related to Project during transfer of the Project to Purchaser as stipulated under the Escrow Agreement in Appendix F.  Transfer of the System shall be undertaken in accordance with the provisions of the BOT Arrangement and Payment Terms - Appendix D.

 

35.           Care of the System (GCC Clause 35)

 

	
GCC 35

	
The Purchaser will be responsible for the system after transfer of the COLS project.

	
GCC 36.2

	
Supplier liable only for gross negligence of Supplier or Subcontractors.

	
GCC 36.4

	
Applicable provided that peril was not caused by any direct intentional or negligent act or failure of Supplier.

	
GCC 36.5

	
provided, however, that no admission prejudicial to the Supplier, or settlement shall be made or entered into by Purchaser without obtaining prior written approval from Supplier, unless mandated by law.

 

  

- 68 -

  

 

37.           Insurances (GCC Clause 37)

 

	
GCC 37.1(c)

	
The Supplier shall obtain Third-Party Liability Insurance in the amount of deductible limits of no more than the amount provided in the Contract Value.  Third Party liability Insurance of Supplier is limited to coverage for injury and loss occurring in connection with Supplier’s acts during the supply and installation of the DLS.

	
GCC 38.3

	
Applies as long as the party alleging a Force Majeure has not contributed, directly or indirectly, to the event constituting Force Majeure.

	
GCC 41.1

	
GCC 41.1 shall not apply to the Contract.

	
GCC 41.2.1

	
The period of notice in clause 41.2.1 shall be a 45 day advance notice of termination.

	
GCC 41.2.4

	
GCC clauses 41.2,4, 41.2.5 and 41.2.6 shall not apply.

	
GCC 41.2.5

 

GCC 41.2.6

	
In the event of termination pursuant to GCC 41.2.1 or 41.2.2, the Supplier shall pay to the Purchaser a penalty of 10% of the Contract Price which sum shall be in full and final settlement of all claims and liabilities due to the Purchaser in connection with such termination and the Purchaser will have no further claim or demand against the Supplier.  The Supplier shall have-the full right and title to the Equipment, System and Software.

	
GCC 41.3.3

	
Clause 41.3.3 (b) and (d) (ii) shall not apply.

	
GCC 42.1

	
The Purchaser recognizes that the Supplier intends to incorporate a joint venture entity for the purposes of undertaking the Project.  The Purchaser confirms and agrees to the intended assignment of the Contract to the joint venture company.

  

- 69 -

  

 

SECTION IV: APPENDICES A - F TO THE SPECIAL CONDITIONS

 

APPENDIX A - TECHNICAL; SOLUTION

 

**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**

 

  

  

  

 

APPENDIX B - SCOPE OF WORKS

 

Appendix B - Scope of Work [SOW]

 

Overview

 

This document defines the roles and responsibilities for the Tanzania CDLS Agreement as agreed and signed on the date of November 20, 2009 (The “Agreement”). The parties of this document are: the Purchaser and the Supplier as stipulated in the Agreement.

 

The Supplier responsibilities:

 

	
·

	
Analyze the requirements and design the specifications of the Tanzania CDLS Project.

 

	
·

	
Implement the project, including: data capture, AFIS system (Automatic Fingerprint Identification System), decentralized card production at the districts fixed sites and delivery of the Driving Licenses.

 

	
·

	
Train the trainers.

 

	
·

	
Develop, adapt, integrate, install, and test the designed equipment, software and applications.

 

	
·

	
Manage the operation of the data capture, cards production and delivery.

 

	
·

	
Provide warranty for the supplied components for the project duration as specified in the Agreement.

 

This SOW is based on the following assumptions:

 

1.             The Purchaser responsibilities:

 

	
  

	
·

	
Assigning a project management team, and allocating the Project Manager from its side which shall have the authority and capacity to implement decisions and who has the aforementioned skills needed in the project:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
With experience of 5-10 years in managing National or large-scale IT projects.

 

	
  

	
2.

	
With technical and commercial capacity to manage the project.

 

	
  

	
3.

	
With contract negotiations capabilities.

 

	
  

	
4.

	
Being able to take over the project management in the future.

 

	
  

	
5.

	
Provide staff that will operate the stations of the project.

 

	
  

	
·

	
Assign personnel for operating all the workstations and functions of the system. The persons should all be computer literate - have basic computer usage skills, and have used a PC in the past.

 

  

  

  

 

	
  

	
·

	
The count of station operators needed is based upon station count. Each capture station needs one or two operators:

 

	
  

	
·

	
One to operate the computer and

 

	
  

	
·

	
One to help applicants fill their application forms and check the accuracy of the content of those forms.

 

	
  

	
·

	
One person to handle the card printer.

 

	
  

	
·

	
All other stations need 1 operator.

 

	
  

	
·

	
The expected total number of operators required is specified in the Appendix C -Bill of Materials and Prices.

 

	
  

	
·

	
Provide System administrators (1 per each fix and production site).

 

	
  

	
·

	
Provide Database administrator (1 per each large production site).

 

	
  

	
·

	
Urging the citizens to come and renew/upgrade their Driving License (this is a crucial issue for the success of the project). Enforce the laws about driving without a valid license to encourage drivers to carry a valid driving license.

 

	
  

	
·

	
Providing timely responses during the design and operational phases. Due to the lack of time we anticipate in this project, all comments on the submitted designs and design issues should be answered within 3 working days.

 

	
  

	
·

	
The Purchaser will provide the Central Site in Dar-Es-Salaam, a Disaster Recover Site and all the regional Sites. The Central and Disaster Recovery sites will be fully connected to stable electricity (with backup power generator), WAN, telephone communication, and water. The Purchaser will provide all the other needed sites with the same. The required size of sites will be provided 2 weeks after the Agreement effective date.

 

	
  

	
·

	
Provide the professional operators, supervisors, Data base administrator, System administrator, and other local staff, in addition to the local projects Managers.

 

	
  

	
·

	
Purchaser’s staff assigned to use and maintain the system will have proper qualifications prior to the start of the training sessions. The Purchaser will operate the system only with trained personnel, who have been qualified to work in the various sub-systems, and only according to the Supplier’s approved operation manuals and procedures.

 

	
  

	
·

	
Supporting all mutual activities: integration, acceptance tests, etc.

 

	
  

	
·

	
Provide access to the Supplier’s staff to the relevant sites and offices.

 

  

  

  

 

	
  

	
·

	
The Purchaser will provide security means to all the project sites. Those security means will cover all the physical installations, as well the physical security of the Supplier’s staff at all times.

 

	
  

	
·

	
The Purchaser will exempt the Supplier from all types of taxes on all its imported goods, (Example: computers and IT equipment).

 

	
  

	
·

	
Assist the Purchaser in obtaining work permits and visas for its staff, if and when necessary.

 

2.             IMPORTANT

 

This SOW details the various tasks and responsibilities for this project; however, each activity listed herewith would be considered valid only if it is listed with the respective quantity in Appendix C - Bill of Materials and Prices.

 

3.             Activities

 

	
Activity

	
Supplier Responsibility

	
Purchaser Responsibility

	
Product Outcome

	
Districts, Central Site and DRS offices setup

	
Specify and participate and consult in selection of components for infrastructure for Central Site, DRS and Districts to conduct all activities from (including infrastructure, backup power generation and UPS, and office equipment)

	
Assigning appropriate buildings for the Central site, DRS and Districts connected to electricity, water, phone line, internet connection, WAN

	
District, Central Site and DRS offices ready for use.

	
Proper data capturing sites setup

	  	
Providing proper data capturing conditions in all capture sites by allocating rooms with controlled lighting for this purpose.

	
Achieve proper and consistent data capturing conditions.

 

  

  

  

 

	
Recruitment of project teams

	
Forming and recruit the functions required for the project. Refer to the Project Implementation Plan [PIP]. Specify the needed manpower for Purchaser team. The Supplier will also interview and vet the top-level staff.

	
Forming and recruit the functions required for the project. Refer to the Project Implementation Plan [PIP]. Supply The Supplier with CVs of top-level staff.

	
Teams ready for work.

	
Project detailed planning

	
Plan in details all activities and assign tasks to staff.

	
Approve all activities and assignments.

	
Approved project plan sheet.

	
Issue and publish a Bill for replacing current DLs to the new ones

	  	
Issue and publish a Bill for replacing current DLs to the new ones

	
Bill is published.

	
Awareness campaign

	
Will advise the Purchaser on means of achieving public awareness to replace the current Driving Licenses, to the new ones, guarantee success of project

	
Will run a campaign of public awareness based on television, radio, newspapers, and public rallies with the scope of informing the public about the new DL card, the need to have it, to carry it, and the enforcement of these new rules and regulations. The campaign will run throughout the project length, but will be most intense in the beginning.

	
The public will come to replace their DL cards.

	
Requirements extraction

	
Define functional requirements, interface requirements, definition of roles and responsibilities, definition of neighboring computer systems (other computer based systems that exchange data with us,), security-requirements, etc.

	
Provide personnel qualified to specify, and then approve requirements. Review, comment and eventually sign-off of requirements.

	
Freeze of mutually agreed requirements list.

 

  

  

  

 

	
System analysis and detailed design

	
Analyze the Purchaser’s requirements and provide detailed design document, including final DL card layout and graphics, and reports layout.

	
Provide personnel qualified to review, and then approve design of system and documents. Review, comment and eventually sign-off the detailed design document.

	
Freeze of detailed design document.

	
Sites Surveys

	
Perform site surveys and provide the Purchaser with sites’ configurations (room layout).

	
Rectify security flaws to comply with requirements of ISO security standards

	
Site planning maps for sites’ rooms’ and stations’ layout.

	
Establishment of sites infrastructure

	
Consult the Purchaser regarding construction and supervise the central Site infrastructure work. Including air conditioned, physical security, furniture and networking

	
Construction and supervise the central Site infrastructure work. Including air condition, physical security, furniture and networking

	
Central Site ready for HW and SW installation.  Any delay in this step delays end of project.

	
HW, SW and consumables purchase.

	
Submit purchase orders for all required hardware and software components.

	  	
HW and SW ready for development and integration.

 

  

  

  

 

	
Customization, QA and integration (including graphic design)

	
Create all the code that has been identified in the design phase and integrate it with the hardware.

	  	
A functional product conforming to the design specification and requirements list.

	
Pre-ATP of the system in Israel

	
Run acceptance test procedure to ensure a functional product conforming to design spec.

	
Prepare the technicians and trainees to participate in receiving the System and operate all project operation sites.

	
Test procedures for the system.

	
Packaging and shipment

	
Pack and ship all systems to Tanzania. All shipments will be sent to ports (airport or sea-port). Receive all packages, clear customs and transport them to their final destination

	
Assist in clearing all goods free from any taxes and duties from the airports/ports and customs.

	
All packages ready in the sites for installation.

	
Installations and integration of Central production site and DRS.

	
The Supplier will install and integrate the equipment it supplied and connect it to the existing local infrastructure of power supply and network.

	
All sites and infrastructure needed for system installation are ready. Send the local staff to participate in the construction of the central production site and DRS. Provide guarded storage space for the delivered systems, which are awaiting installation.

	
A functional product conforming to the design specification and requirements list.

Test procedures for the system.

	
Installation and integration of the fixed capture sites in the Districts.

	
Install and integrate the system components.

	
All sites and infrastructure needed for system installation are ready.  Send the local staff to participate in the construction of the Districts capture sites.

	
A functional product conforming to the design specification and requirements list.

Test procedures for the system.

 

  

  

  

 

	
Installation and integration of the Police systems

	
Install and integrate the system components.

	
All sites and infrastructure needed for system installation are ready.  Send the local staff to participate in the construction of the Police sites.

	
A functional product conforming to the design specification and requirements list.

Test procedures for the system.

	
Train the Trainers

	
Train staff that would be the trainers of the System.

Training would be conducted using frontal instruction and hands-on training in use, configuring and monitoring of system.

	
The personnel attending the Train the Trainers course.  They should pass certain pre-requisite requirements.  All of them should be fluent in English.

Trainers should have experience in using Windows and Windows applications.

 

The Purchaser should allocate the training venue and technical means.

	
Well-trained personnel ready to train the operators of the system.

	
Training.

	
Train Purchaser staff to use, manage and maintain the system.  Training would be conducted using frontal instruction and hands-on training in use, configuring and monitoring of system.

	
Provide the personnel attending each course should pass certain pre-requisite requirements.  All of them should be fluent in English.

Operators should have experience in using Windows and Windows applications.

System administrators should have very good working knowledge and experience with Windows 2008/XP/7 administration.

Database administrators should have passed Oracle DBA courses and have working knowledge and experience with Oracle 10g/11g in Windows environments.

The Purchaser should allocate the training venue and technical means.

	
Well-trained personnel ready to deploy the systems, and give technical support.

 

  

  

  

 

	
Documentation

	
Provide documentation

	  	
Documentation

	
Pilot project

	
Run the system for 3 weeks for testing the proposed system and underlying assumptions in realistic conditions.

	
Support pilot project and help fix any issues discovered during it, which are by their nature and according to this contract under Purchaser responsibility.

	
Pilot detailed Report.

	
Installation and integration of the rest of fixed district sites.

	
Install and integrate the system components

	
Participate in the process.

	
A functional product conforming to the design specification and requirements list.  Test procedures for the system.

	
Operation See detailed description

	
Manage overall operation. Provide technical support

	
Operate:

1.  Central Sites

2.  Capturing sites

	  
	
Security See detailed description

	
1.  Card Security means (against counterfeiting).

2.  Secure login to the various systems.

3.  Security of data stored in media (CD, Disk-On-Key etc.)

	
Provide Physical security for all sites. Provide guard detail for each site. Provide security as part of mobile team to ensure smooth operation.

	
Physical security of sites and data.

 

  

  

  

 

	
Setup local support office.

	
The Supplier and its local maintenance partner will setup office for handling 2nd and 3rd level maintenance calls, and keep spare parts for 1-for-1 replacements. This will be open between 9:00 and 17:00 on weekdays (not including holidays).

	
Levels 1 level support of maintenance and support.

	
Operational local support center.

	
Provide Software Source Code under Escrow Agreement

	
At the end of the concession period and after all financial terms were paid to the provider in full as stipulated in Appendix C, the Supplier will provide the software source code to a an Escrow agent

	  	
Source code in a sealed envelope locked at the safe of an escrow agent

 

4.             Products

 

This section defines the projects’ deliverable products.

 

	
Product Code

	
Product Title

	
Product Type

	
Associated Activities

	
Delivery Date/Milestones

	
P-001

	
PETG Card

	
Smart Card

	  	  

 

  

  

  

 

P-001: PETG Smart Card -

 

Description

 

Highly durable, ISO compliance, ID1 size smart card. Includes graphic design, overt and covert security features to prevent card counterfeit. This definition of the card upgrades the one existing in the RFP and proposal. The chip provides and ISO 18013 compliant application.

 

Packaging and delivery procedure - See Packaging and delivery procedure

 

5.             Additional issues

 

	
1.

	
After project Activation, as described below, the countdown for development and deployment of the new system begins, counting down towards the milestones described in the project timetable, such as installation of main site, acceptance test procedure, production of first card, etc.

 

	
2.

	
The project begins with the establishment of capture and production facility at the central site in Dar-es-Salaam. After this site is working at full capacity according to the applicant quantities defined in the BOOT, we shall continue to gradually deploy the other sites in the country.

 

	
3.

	
The Supplier may temporarily add more equipment to cover for peak demand. This extra equipment is not part of the project and the equipment will not be delivered to the Purchaser when the time comes to transfer the project to the Purchaser. The Supplier may remove such equipment from the project when it considers that the need for the extra equipment has passed.

 

Maintenance of the system after the end of the BOT, when the equipment will already be owned by the Purchaser, will be performed by the Supplier for a nominal price that appears in the financial section of this contract.

 

6.             Project Activation

 

In order to start to implement the project in Tanzania, there are several activates and action items need to be complete. All the tasks together are mandatory to continue the massive work effort on the project and start the pilot.

 

  

  

  

 

The project Activation Date is the completion of the entire following requirements by both parties. The preconditions, which must be met in order to declare Project Activation, are:

 

	  	
Description

	
Responsibility

	
1.

	
Present the applicable Laws and regulations relevant to the compulsory use of DL cards.

	
Purchaser

	
2.

	
Assigning Supplier Project management team

	
Supplier

	
3.

	
Assigning a project management team: Project Manager, Provide Database administrator, System administrators, and professional operators

	
Purchaser

	
4.

	
Provide official letter from the Purchaser to the all tax authority, customs, municipalities and any other in-country office that may collect taxes.  The letter should declare that the products and workers supplied for this project are exempt from any tax, VAT or other form of taxation for the duration of the project.

	
Purchaser

	
5.

	
Provide the Central Site building in Dar-es-Salaam, and all the other fixed sites and guarded storage space with the agreed infrastructure

	
Purchaser

	
6.

	
Provide the plan for Purchaser Campaign to urge the drivers’ public to enroll to the new CDLS and get new eDL card.  Allocate Campaign Manager, detailed plan with implementation timetable.

	
Purchaser

	
7.

	
Provide yearly (for 3 years) Visa free of charge for the Supplier team (this Visa will be renewed automatically until the termination of the project).

	
Purchaser

	
8.

	
Provide the top level system requirements

	
Purchaser

	
9.

	
Provide requirements document for government approval

	
Supplier

	
10.

	
Approve and freeze the project requirements

	
Purchaser

	
11.

	
Provide the top-level technical project design

	
Supplier

	
12.

	
Approve and freeze the top-level technical project design

	
Purchaser

	
13.

	
Provide the sketches for the Graphics and Card design (including the hologram)

	
Supplier

	
14.

	
Approve and freeze sketch for the Graphics and Card design (including the hologram).

	
Purchaser

	
15.

	
Provide the enrollment forms design

	
Supplier & Purchaser

	
16.

	
Freeze enrollment forms design.

	
Purchaser

 

  

  

  

 

Attachments to Appendix B

 

A.           Purchaser’s operation responsibilities - detailed description

 

The Purchaser is responsible to:

 

1.           Recruit all capturing teams.  Recruitment of each .employee requires the Supplier’s approval, and operation would be managed by the Supplier. At least two policemen shall secure each fixed site.

 

B.            District and Central Office Setup

 

The Purchaser is responsible to:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
Setup needed infrastructure, inclusive furniture, proper lighting conditions, office equipment, and Internet connection.

 

	
  

	
2.

	
Connect power-line,

 

	
  

	
3.

	
Setup phone line.

 

	
  

	
4.

	
Provide the appropriate fire inspection.

 

	
  

	
5.

	
Provide reasonable care to prevent equipment exposure to contaminants that cause damage to the equipment or interruption of service. Ensure a safe work environment for The Supplier personnel. If problems are encountered with hazardous materials, The Supplier will immediately halt work and Purchaser will be responsible for the abatement of the problem.

 

	
  

	
6.

	
Provide permanent physical security (armed guards presence is mandatory) 24 hours a day upon start of activities for the whole project duration.

 

	
  

	
7.

	
Provide access to The Supplier personnel to all facilities where the system is to be installed and operated during the project. Access must be available 24 hours a day during the course of this project.

 

C.            Training

 

	
  

	
1.

	
The Supplier will provide training on the subjects of system operation, management and maintenance. The Supplier has the right to reject candidates who do not meet minimum requirements. The Purchaser will provide replacement candidates meeting the professional requirements.

 

	
  

	
2.

	
The system operation will be taught using a methodology of “train the trainer”. This means that The Supplier will teach the intended instructors, who, in turn, will teach the operators. The intended instructors should be familiar with existing regulations and procedures relating to emission of documents. They will be taught system operation and trained to perform it on the actual system. Later they will be responsible for training additional teams of operators who will operate the workstation in the field.

 

  

  

  

 

	
  

	
3.

	
For system management and maintenance The Supplier will teach properly qualified personnel who already have official qualifications in the areas of Windows 2003 Server Administration, Network Administration, and Database Administration. The Supplier will provide information about the specific implementation of the delivered system, but will NOT teach the administration skills.

 

	
  

	
4.

	
As part of the training of the administrators, The Supplier has the right to invite a small group of them to come to Israel during the final system integration and participate in it, in order to gain better understanding of the system.

 

D.            Security

 

The Supplier and the Purchaser shall furnish physical and logical security as described herewith:

 

I.              The Supplier responsibilities:

 

1.           Card Security means:  The Supplier would provide overt and covert security features against forgery of the Tanzania DL card. These features are integrated into the card along with its different layers and would make the Tanzania DL card very hard to counterfeit yet very easy to verify its authenticity.

 

Pre-Printing Layer:

 

	
  

	
1.1

	
Deformation pattern -  wire mesh patterns having deformations corresponding to 3-D images.

 

	
  

	
1.2

	
Guilloche - drawing that is composed of multiple laced thin curved lines that cross each other in a complex fashion.

 

	
  

	
1.3

	
Microtext Printing - Small letters or numbers that are difficult to counterfeit or forge. Can be seen only with magnifying glass.

 

	
  

	
1.4

	
UV Printing - Printing using special ink which can be viewed only under ultra-violet light.

 

Personalization Layer:

 

1.5           Shadow image - The holder’s image printed as minimized ghost image.

 

Lamination Layer:

 

1.6           Holographic laminate.

 

  

  

  

 

2.             Secure login to the various systems: The Supplier would provide secure login to the workstations and servers based on Microsoft operating system technology.

 

	
  

	
2.1

	
The workstation will be protected with passwords for its BIOS setup and boot sequence.

 

	
  

	
2.2

	
Login to all workstations will be with name and password, enforcing secure policies of long passwords, periodic changes, auditing.

 

	
  

	
2.3

	
Single sign-on to Oracle will be achieved using OPS$ mechanism.

 

	
  

	
2.4

	
Standard use of Windows security policies.

 

II.            Purchaser responsibilities:

 

Provide permanent physical security (armed guards presence is mandatory) 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, upon start of activities in all sites and for all activities for the whole project duration.

 

Armed guards would secure:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
Central site

 

	
  

	
2.

	
Fixed capturing sites.

 

	
  

	
3.

	
The Supplier personnel according to the circumstances

 

E.             Management and reporting

 

The parties will appoint a program manager, one on behalf of each party, who will serve as a single point of contact for the purpose of communication and project management. The Supplier will be responsible for conductions the project according to the contract and will provide the periodic project’s status reports.

 

  

  

  

 

APPENDIX C - BILL OF MATERIALS AND PRICES

 

	
Component

	
Feature

	
Quantity

	
Total Price

	
Optional Prices per Unit

	
 

**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**

 

	  	
Total Project NET Price per volume

	
$17,255,000

	  	  

Price, Terms, Conditions and Comments

 

**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**

 

  

  

  

 

APPENDIX D - BOT AND PAYMENT TERMS

 

  

  

  

 

Appendix D: BOT & Payments Terms

 

This Appendix D (hereinafter referred to as “Terms and Conditions”) defines the Build-Operate-Transfer method, and the terms and conditions for the payment for the Build, Operate and Transfer (BOT) Contract Between Tanzania Revenue Authority and On Track Innovations Ltd., for the Design, Development, Implementation, Installation and Commissioning of a Computerized Driver’s Licenses System under Build, Operate and Transfer (BOT) Arrangement (the “Agreement”) as agreed and signed on the date of November 25, 2009 (the “Agreement”) and to which this Appendix is attached. The parties to the Agreement are: Tanzania Revenue Authority (the “Purchaser”), and On Track Innovations Ltd, (as the lead partner in the bidding consortium consisting of On Track Innovations Ltd and LR Group) (the “Provider”).

 

Capitalized terms defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Agreement.

 

1.           The Build- Operate-Transfer Agreement:

 

	
  

	
1.1.

	
The Purchaser wishes Provider to provide it with services in order to perform and implement the Project relative to the acquisition and setup in the Republic of Tanzania of a system for the management, the customization and the supply of a minimum of **THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**  computerized and secured national Electronic Driver’s Licenses (the “Official Documents” or “Driver’s License Cards”) (“Minimum Number of Licenses”), as well as the supply of the Licenses themselves (together the “Project”), within the period as defined in the Agreement.

 

	
  

	
1.2.

	
In connection with the Project, the Purchaser wishes to engage Provider to provide such services and take such actions on a Build- Operate-Transfer method (the “BOT”) under the conditions set forth in the Agreement.

 

	
  

	
1.3.

	
The Purchaser commits that Provider will be the exclusive and the sole supplier for the Project (and for the avoidance of doubt, the Purchaser shall not be entitled to produce and issue Official Documents independently on its own) for such period as defined in the Agreement.

 

	
  

	
1.4.

	
The Purchaser will use all means to protect Provider’s investment in the Project and the Provider’s ownership of the System, the Infrastructure and the “Transferred Equipment” (described in Appendix C), as mentioned in the Agreement.

 

	
  

	
1.5.

	
The BOT of this Agreement consists of few phases as described in details in Appendix B - Statement of Work - (the “SOW”) and Appendix E - Project Implementation Plan (the “PIP”) to the Agreement.

 

  

  

  

 

1.5.1.       Build:

 

	
  

	
1.5.1.1.

	
During the Setup phase (as defined in the SOW), Provider will invest in the System design (as set forth in the SOW), importing the System, set-up, training, supplying raw material, install and check the system and more (together the “BUILD”) as stipulated in Appendix C - Bill of Materials and Prices (the “BOM”) to BUILD  the Project.

 

	
  

	
It is noted that Provider’s estimate of the initial investment for the Build phase is 8,000,000 US$.

 

	
  

	
1.5.1.2.

	
The implementation plan for this Build phase is specified in the PIP.

 

1.5.2.       Operate:

 

	
  

	
1.5.2.1.

	
During the Operate phase, Provider will supervise the operation of the System and all other Infrastructure and Transferred Equipment. The Purchaser will use all means to protect Provider’s investment and Provider’s ownership of the System, the Infrastructure and the provided equipment, as detailed under the Agreement.

 

	
  

	
1.5.2.2.

	
The Purchaser will supply the Sites to operate the System. as stipulated in the Appendix C BOM and prices. Manpower to operate the System(s) such as: operators, supervisors, coordinators, technicians and project managers. The list of required manpower and relevant quantity would be provided as described in the next article and the list of the Purchaser’s tasks is listed in the SOW. The Purchaser will be responsible for ensuring that the use of the System complies with the administrative and legal requirements of mandatory Laws, in particular with respect to civil liberties, personal data registration rules, and all other administrative and legal constraints existing in relation to the Project, and the Purchaser shall indemnify and hold the Provider (as well as its officers, employees and agents) harmless from any and all liability, as well as consequent fines, penalties or any other payment, action or restraint that will apply on Provider as a result of the Purchaser’s failure to fulfill its responsibilities under this Section 1.5.2.2.

 

	
  

	
1.5.2.3.

	
Provider will be responsible to manage the operation of the Project; will manage the manpower which would be provided by the Purchaser. The manpower would be provided for the following functions: system Operators, Supervisors, System Administrator, Database Administrator, Project Manager, and warehouse managers and workers, Sites Guards and printer operators and supervisors, Quality Assurance operators. Provider would supply raw material for the documents, maintain the System, train, and manage the Documents personalization, all as set forth in the SOW.

 

  

  

  

 

	
  

	
1.5.2.4.

	
The implementation plan for this Operate phase is specified in the PIP.

 

	
  

	
1.5.2.5.

	
The Provider shall make best efforts so that the supplied System and the equipment during the Operate phase will be sufficient for the issuance of a minimum of **THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**  Official Documents within the concession period of 3 (three) years from the date of issuing the first new Driver License Card (“Concession Period”). In the event that at the expiration or termination of the Concession Period, the minimum number of **THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.** Official Documents have not been issued, then:

 

	
  

	
1.5.2.5.1.

	
the parties shall extend the Concession Period for an additional 1 year, and the Provider shall continue to Operate and get income and the Concession Period shall be deemed to be extended accordingly,

 

	
  

	
1.5.2.5.2.

	
In the event that after the end of the 1 year extension, the number of issued cards during the Concession Period (as extended) is still below **THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.** (and accordingly that the total contract price paid to the Provider is below US$ 17,255,000), the Purchaser will pay the Provider the difference between US$17,255,000 and the sum received by the Provider at the end of the said extension, such sum to be paid within fourteen (14) days of the expiry of the said extension period Example: if for example only **THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.** cards will have been issued by the end of the Concession Period (as extended) - a sum of **THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.** will be paid to the Provider. After the Purchaser will pay the Provider the above difference of the cards’ value that were not issued - the Provider will provide the Purchaser the same amount of card raw material.

 

  

  

  

 

1.5.3.       Transfer:

 

On the Transfer Date, the Purchaser will have the right to receive title, or license in the Transferred Equipment and Provider will transfer or provide license in the Transferred Equipment to the Purchaser. The Transfer is subject to Purchaser’s compliance with its obligations and covenants pursuant to the Agreement, as confirmed by Provider in writing. To exercise the transfer right, the Purchaser should notify Provider in writing, 6 months before the end of the Concession Period (as defined in. the . Agreement) (or as may be extended pursuant to the provisions hereof). The transfer shall be subject to following provisions:

 

	
  

	
1.5.3.1.

	
Upon the Transfer Date, Provider shall transfer to the Purchaser, free and clear from any lien or encumbrance created by Provider and without the payment of any consideration by the Purchaser, all its rights, title and interest in and to the Transferred Equipment, provided however, where such Transferred Equipment includes any intangible assets (e.g., computer software), Provider shall grant the Purchaser a perpetual, royalty- free, non-transferable, non-assignable license to use such intangible assets limited to the rights that Provider owns.

 

	
  

	
1.5.3.2.

	
Three months prior to the expected Transfer Date, Provider and the Purchaser shall meet and agree on the mechanics of transfer.

 

	
  

	
1.5.3.3.

	
The Transferred Equipment and all other equipment transferred pursuant to this Article 1.5.3 shall be transferred on an “as is” basis and any warranties which would otherwise be implied by statute or otherwise, including, without limitation, warranties as to title, fitness for the purpose, the absence of hidden or inherent defects, description or otherwise of whatsoever nature will be excluded and after the Transfer Date and Provider shall be under no liability whatsoever to the Purchaser in respect of the operation or otherwise of the Sites, Systems, Infrastructure or any part of the Transferred Equipment by the Purchaser or a person designated by the Purchaser and the Purchaser shall indemnify and keep Provider indemnified against any liability to any person arising from the use or operation of the Sites, Systems, Infrastructure or any part of the Transferred Equipment after the Transfer Date, provided however that Provider shall subrogate or assign the Purchaser any and all rights and benefits which it is able to subrogate or assign of any unexpired warranties of repair in respect of the Transferred Equipment under applicable laws or otherwise, if any.

 

  

  

  

 

	
  

	
1.5.3.4.

	
The Purchaser shall be responsible for all costs and expenses (including legal fees and taxes or duties) incurred in connection with the transfer referred in this Article 1.5.3 and shall, at its own cost obtain or effect all approvals, licenses, registrations and filings and take such other actions as may be necessary for the transfer contemplated in this Article 1.5.3, and reimburse Provider, on demand, for all such costs and expenses incurred by Provider in respect of such transfer.

 

	
  

	
1.5.3.5.

	
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in no event shall Provider be required to transfer or grant any right in the Transferred Equipment, if the Purchaser did not or does not comply with its full payment obligations pursuant to the Agreement.

 

	
  

	
1.5.3.6.

	
Maintenance Period after Transfer: During the duration of the Concession Period the Provider will be responsible for the maintenance of Equipment. Once the concession period expires or is terminated maintenance of system would be subject to an annual maintenance fee as stipulated in Appendix C. the fee is to be paid before the start of the annual maintenance.

 

2.             Terms and Conditions

 

	
  

	
2.1.

	
The consideration paid by each Applicant and the Purchaser for each Official Document shall be as specified in the price list attached as Appendix C to the Agreement (the “Fees”).

 

	
  

	
2.2.

	
Purchaser Guarantees

 

	
  

	
2.2.1.

	
The Purchaser guarantees that the minimum consideration to be received by Provider for the purchase of Official Documents by Applicants and by the Purchaser during the Concession Period (as may be extended pursuant hereto) (the “Purchaser’s Guaranteed Payments”) shall be the proceeds of the issuance of the Minimum Number of Driver Licenses, as stated in Section 1.1 above.

 

	
  

	
2.2.1.1.

	
The payments pursuant to this Section 2 shall be made to such bank account designated by Provider and the Purchaser for the said purpose only.

 

  

  

  

 

	
  

	
2.3.

	
Payments

 

2.3.1.           The Purchaser and the Provider would jointly open an escrow bank account in a reputable local Bank.  All payments by the Applicants would be made directly to this escrow account. The bank would have an instruction that: every day at the end of the working day, the Bank would transfer the accumulated money per the following principle: **THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.** equal to **THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.** for each Applicant shall be paid to the Provider and the balance of the Drivers’ Licenses fees shall be paid to the Purchaser. The Provider will be paid the amounts due to it in US dollars.

 

2.3.2.           Upon payment in the bank the Applicant would be given an anti-counterfeit receipt, immediately following payment by the Applicant. With this receipt in hand the applicant would be able to start the registration into the system in order to receive the Official Document.

 

2.3.3.           It is assumed no currency restriction would prevail throughout the duration of the concession period. In case restriction would be imposed, this project would be exempt from it and the Purchaser would allow automatic conversion of all the US Dollars to be transferred out of Tanzania to such foreign bank accounts as may be provided by the Provider.

 

	
  

	
2.4.

	
Guarantees

 

	
  

	
2.4.1.

	
Provider undertakes to finance the Project whether by-independent resources or otherwise. In any event, to allow such finance, the Purchaser shall provide guarantees acceptable to the Provider.

 

	
  

	
2.5.

	
General

 

	
  

	
2.5.1.

	
Anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, Provider reserves the right to assign certain payments due to Provider from the Purchaser to be made to third parties, the details of which shall be submitted to the Purchaser in writing from time to time, if at all.

 

	
  

	
2.6.

	
Net Payments:  All amounts to be paid under the Agreement, including the Fees and the Guaranteed Payments, are net amounts.

 

  

  

  

 

	
  

	
2.7.

	
Delay of Payments

 

	
  

	
2.7.1.

	
Without derogation from any other remedy under the Agreement or under applicable law, Provider has the right to stop all activities under this Agreement should any payment delay exceed 45 days and any portion of any consideration to be paid to Provider, which shall not be transferred by the Purchaser to Provider or its designee on its due date, shall bear an interest of 1.5% (one and half percent) per month from the due date. Such interest shall be compounded daily. In addition, in such event:

 

	
  

	
2.7.1.1.

	
Provider’s schedules for implementation of the Project shall be automatically extended for a period equal to the Purchaser’s delay plus an additional 45 days.

 

	
  

	
2.7.1.2.

	
Provider will price and can ask for the payment of additional charge for the additional costs associated with the delay caused by the stoppage of the activities.

 

	
  

	
2.7.1.3.

	
Provider will resume activities only upon execution of the full payment of all amounts in arrears.

 

	
  

	
2.7.1.4.

	
Provider has the sole right to take back the System and charge the Purchaser for the cost of additional expenses.

 

	
  

	
2.7.1.5.

	
Provider would be entitled to the agreed amounts as stipulated in the Agreement.

 

	
  

	
2.7.1.6.

	
In a case of disagreement between the Provider and the Purchaser, the provisions for resolution of conflict under the Contract will apply.

 

	
  

	
2.7.2.

	
If the Purchaser does not fulfill any of his obligations in accomplishing implementation activity as per the agreed plan (Appendix B, C and E), and if this failure causes delay in other activities then the Provider will have the right to undertake and perform completion of the activity by himself and/or other subcontractor and the Purchaser will forthwith reimburse the Provider for all costs and expenses incurred by the Provider in this regard together with such administrative charges and other costs as may be applied by the Provider.

 

  

  

  

 

APPENDIX E - PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION PLAN

 

**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**

 

  

  

  

 

APPENDIX F - SOFTWARE ESCROW AGREEMENT

 

[Form of Software Escrow Agreement to be attached once agreed by the parties]

 

  

  

  

 

SECTION V: MINUTES OF A PRE-CONTRACT NEGOTIATION MEETING.

 

**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**

 

  

  

  

 

SECTION VI: THE SCHEDULE OF REQUIREMENTS & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS;

 

  

  

  

 

	
  

	
1.0

	
Introduction

 

The driver’s license is one of the most familiar documents issued by governments. The traditionally, the most important function of the driver’s license has been to improve traffic safety. The license can be issued only to drivers who demonstrate the ability to safely operate a motor vehicle. When a law enforcement officer stops a driver for a traffic offence, the license is used to quickly establish a motorist’s identity and indicate whether the motorist should be allowed to continue to drive The current driver’s licence is a folded paper document with a photo of the licence holder, a serial licence number, the class of licence, signature and stamp of issuing officer and four blank pages for endorsements, if any The document is not durable and can be easily forged. The driver’s licence is valid for three years and does not correspond to the International Road Traffic Model Status.  As a road safety tool, photo driving licenses are the most effective means of confirming that drivers are qualified and are who they say they are. The photograph is taken at the time the figure prints are captured and stored into the computer database. They will make it harder for disqualified and unlicensed drivers - serious traffic offenders - to flout the law by driving on forged, stolen or borrowed licences. That makes our roads safer for everyone

 

	
  

	
2.0

	
Current System

 

The existing manual driver’s licence register shows that there are approximately 600,000 licences. It is estimated that 80% of these licences are still active. The records also show that approximately 70% of all driver’s’ licences were issued in Dar as Salaam. If the regional distribution of driver’s licences follows a similar distribution pattern as that of the motor vehicles then the number of active licence holders in the major regions would be as shown in the table on Table 1 below

 

Table 1

Transactions per Region (220 working days per year)

 

	
Region

	
Total

	
Transactions per day if three years transition period

	
Dar es Salaam

	
250,000

	
380

	
Tanga

	
20,000

	
30

	
Arusha

	
20,000

	
30

	
Mwanza

	
20,000

	
30

	
Iringa

	
15,000

	
23

	
Kagera

	
15,000

	
23

	
Kilimanjaro

	
5,000

	
8

	
Mbeya

	
5,000

	
8

	
Morogoro

	
5,000

	
8

	
Zanzibar

	
5,000

	
8

	
Remaining regions

	
40,000

	
61

	
TOTAL

	
400,000

	
609

 

  

  

  

 

3.0          Proposed System.

 

Manufacturing and ‘issuing of driving licences shall be done in a cost effective and customer friendly way. The licence shall be of high security standard and be recognised by the police, Purchasers and other financial institutes as an accepted identification document.

 

The TRA will undertake all card manufacturing procedures on its own, i.e. handle applications, payments, registration procedures, card manufacturing and issuance of the card.

 

The Supplier shall provide TRA with a modern and top of the range system for manufacturing and issuing of Driving Licences according to the Tanzanian legislation, the user requirements, functional and Systems Designs Specifications (SDS) which will form part of the Terms of Reference.

 

Procedures for Production and Issuance of Driving Licence

 

There are four stages involved in the production and issuance of a driving licence. A detailed description of the procedures is described in Table 2. The first stage, which is mainly the responsibility of the driver, is managed outside the TRA except the issuance of a Provisional (Learner’s) Licence. The second stage of the prices should be undertaken by TRA who would process the registration of drivers, monitor and control the revenue collection and also-safeguard against fraud and illegal issuance of licences. Also the third stage, which involves the production of the cards, will be undertaken by TRA. The fourth stage is the distribution of the driving licenses to the drivers.

 

Table 2: Processes for the Production and Issuance of Driving Licences

 

 

The applicant has to undergo Driving Learners Training (Education), a procedure which is administered by approved Driving Schools (institutions) in located all over the country and Driving Licence Testing, a procedure administered by the Police Traffic. All the above processes are mandatory before one applies for driving licence. The TRA issues a Provisional Driving Licence Class H, which allows the applicant to undertake driving training classes and subsequently undertake a Driving Licence Test after payment of a Test Fee.

 

  

  

  

 

Transition Period

 

The current Tanzania Driving Licence is valid for a period of three years. A practical conversion and distribution model would be to use the expiry date as the date when a renewal should be effected. It is estimated that the annual renewal volume of driving licences would be 333,000. This estimate does not include new registrations. The transition period by which all old driving licences would have been replaced would be three years.

 

Data Capturing

 

All mandatory driving particulars must be submitted by the licence holder/applicant on an Application Form to be used for data capture.

 

Data capturing will be done according to two separate procedures as described below.

 

Data capturing at the TRA computerised offices and the Traffic Police

 

Offices shall be online connected to the central database and shall undertake capturing of specified driver’s bio data and biometric data by using live scan equipment. This implies that the applicant has to approach any of the TRA offices in order to:

 

·           Submit personal particulars on an application form

 

·           Be photographed

 

·           Submit fingerprint

 

·           Submit signature.

 

Individual particulars, La name and address will mainly be retrieved from the TIN system using online connection to the TIN database. Furthermore, the Police Vehicle Inspector shall input information of the Certificate of Competence whose template will be provided by the System. All data will be stored and processed for further issuing of driving licences.

 

Driving Licence System Software

 

The CDLS software shall be entirely owned by the TRA in order to monitor and exercise full control over the driving licence database. The Terms of Reference for the application hardware and software are described in this document.

 

  

  

  

 

Driving Licence Register

 

The scope of the system includes:

 

	
  

	
·

	
The recording of Learners Driving Licence application

 

	
  

	
·

	
The recording of Learners Driving Licence test result

 

	
  

	
·

	
The authorisation of a Learners Licence

 

	
  

	
·

	
The issuing of Learner’s Licence document

 

	
  

	
·

	
The recording of Driving Licence application

 

	
  

	
·

	
The recording of Driving. Licence test result The authorisation of a Driving Licence

 

	
  

	
·

	
The recording of a professional driving permit

 

	
  

	
·

	
The authorisation of professional driving permit

 

	
  

	
·

	
The ordering of Driving Licence

 

	
  

	
·

	
The issuing of Driving Licence Document whilst the Driving Licence is produced

 

	
  

	
·

	
The calculation and recording of fees

 

	
  

	
·

	
The administrative maintenance of fees

 

	
  

	
·

	
The-production of Management Reports

 

	
  

	
·

	
The production of Driving Licences.

 

4.0          Funding

 

The project is to be self-financing and therefore implemented on a cost recovery basis. Therefore, the supplier will be required to raise their own funds for the project and recover their costs from the sales of driving licences.  The funding shall cover all necessary system input during the payback period, such as:

 

	
  

	
·

	
Development of an integrated DLS

 

	
  

	
·

	
Implementation of the DLS

 

	
  

	
·

	
Supply of computer equipment

 

	
  

	
·

	
Supply of card manufacturing equipment

 

  

  

  

 

	
  

	
·

	
Supply of materials

 

	
  

	
·

	
Supply of consumables

 

	
  

	
·

	
Installation & commissioning of the system

 

	
  

	
·

	
Training of TRA staff

 

	
  

	
·

	
Operating the system for a period of one year after implementation.

 

The supplier shall be refunded all investments and operational costs as shown in the Price Schedule during the payback period.

 

5.0          Business Objectives

 

The existing Driving Licence Administration System has a number of weaknesses, believed to contribute to road accidents and loss of revenue to the Government. These problems were identified by a previous study conducted in order to assess the requirements and to review the costs and benefits of modernising the Registration of Motor Vehicle and Driving Licence. Some of the findings were:

 

	
  

	
·

	
Driving Licences are issued on substandard documents, which can be easily forged and counterfeited.

 

	
  

	
·

	
Lack of automated central register of driving licences opens possibilities for fraudulent issuance of driving licences. It also makes it difficult to verify genuineness of driving Licences as there is no reference Database.

 

	
  

	
·

	
The procedures to obtain driving licences are cumbersome and involve more than one government body.

 

	
  

	
·

	
The number of forged licences and unauthorised/untrained drivers is very high and cannot be easily identified and controlled.

 

The Government of the United Republic of Tanzania would like to implement the computerisation of the Driving Licence through a “Build, Operate and Transfer (BOT)” scheme. The TRA would now like to invite eligible firms to submit proposals to undertake the development of a computerised Driving Licence System and supply, install and commission relevant equipment for the production and issuance of driving licence cards as described in the Technical specifications on a “Build, Operate and Transfer” (BOT) scheme.

 

  

  

  

 

The overall goal of the ‘Build-Operateeand Transfer” (BOT) of a Computerized Driving Licence System (CDLS-) shall be to develop and implement a computerised and modern system for processing and issuing of Driving Licences with high physical security and in a customer service oriented way. Development of the Driving Licence, Issuing arid Manufacturing system shall be based on the-TRA Business (User) and Functional Requirements. Other specific objectives include:

 

	
  

	
·

	
Minimize the number of fraudulent licences.

 

	
  

	
·

	
Enhance law enforcement.

 

	
  

	
·

	
Improve registration system, quality and reliability of information.

 

	
  

	
·

	
Improve revenue collection and accountability.

 

	
  

	
·

	
Comply with Interactional Standards

 

	
  

	
·

	
Maintain a reliable database for monitoring and administering drivers’ compliance to the law

 

	
  

	
·

	
Curb and eliminate unscrupulous drivers who cause many accidents.

 

The Supplier to suggest appropriate solution to address this i.e. by SMS/Email alerts to mobile police Units.

 

	
  

	
·

	
Reduce accidents caused by wreck less driving.

 

The TRA will assist the Consultancy firm through a Project Implementation Team (PIT) in accomplishing the tasks specified in the ToR and the Activity Plan. The Commissioner for Domestic Revenue shall be the owner of the Project and the Deputy Commissioner for Technical Services shall be the overall Supervisor of the Driving Licence Project.

 

  

  

  

 

6.0          Acronyms Used in These Technical Requirements

 

	  	
Term

	
Explanation

	  	
Bps

	
bits per second

	  	
Cps

	
Characters per second

	  	
DBMS

	
patabase management system

	  	
DOS

	
Disk Operating System

	  	
Dpi

	
dots per inch

	  	
Ethernet

	
IEEE 802.3 Standard LAN protocol

	  	
GB

	
Gigabyte

	  	
Hz

	
Hertz (cycles per second)

	  	
IEEE

	
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers

	  	
ISO

	
United Nations International Standards Organization

	  	
KB

	
Kilobyte

	  	
KVA

	
Kilovolt ampere

	  	
LAN

	
Local area network

	  	
Lpi

	
lines per inch

	  	
Lpm

	
lines perfninute

	  	
MB

	
Megabyte _

	  	
MTBF

	
Mean time between failures

	  	
NIC

	
Network interface card

	  	
NOS

	
Network operating system

	  	
ODBC

	
Open Database Connectivity

	  	
OLE

	
Object Linking and Embedding

	  	
OS

	
Operating system

	  	
PCL

	
Printer Command Language

	  	
Ppm

	
Pages per minute

	  	
RAID

	
Redundant array of inexpensive disks

	  	
RAM

	
Random access memory

	  	
RISC

	
Reduced instruction-set computer

	  	
SCSI

	
Small Computer System Interface

	  	
SNMP

	
Simple Network Management Protocol

	  	
SQL

	
Structured Query Language

	  	
TCP/IP

	
Transmission Control Protocol 1 Internet Protocol

	  	
V

	
Volt

 

  

  

  

 

B. BUSINESS FUNCTION AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

 

	
7.1

	
Business Requirements to Be Met by the System and Scope of Work

 

The scope of work and services required shall include the following:

 

	
  

	
·

	
Submission of a detailed Activity Plan including:

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Inception report

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Conference room pilot

 

	
  

	
ü

	
System specification document

 

	
  

	
ü

	
System modifications

 

	
  

	
ü

	
System testing

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Acceptance testing (including user and technical documentation and development and support tools

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Training

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Delivery of module

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Procurement and supply of computer hardware, peripherals, equipment and software

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Hardware/ software tuning

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Hand over and delivery of complete system

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Implementation of Live System

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Final project report.

 

	
  

	
·

	
Development and implementation of a system for application, registration of eligible drivers, producing interfaces to Driving Licences card production facilities according to the Tanzanian legislation. The user requirements, functional and Systems Designs Specifications (SDS) will also form part of the Terms of Reference. The Supplier shall develop the SDS from the Business and Functional Requirements. The SDS should be transparent and have to be agreed upon by between the Supplier and the Contracting Authority;

 

	
  

	
·

	
The Authority shall agree with the Supplier on the minimum specifications for the computer hardware and its peripherals, Operating and  .Database Management Software, development Software and equipment. However, the Supplier should be able to propose the indicative minimum specifications as shown in the Technical Specifications.

 

	
  

	
·

	
The supplier shall, for a period of one year after the implementation of the system, keep adequate technical staff in order to operate the system. This staff shall, in cooperation with TRA personnel, manage and resolve day-to-day problems, produce system and management reports and on the whole fine tune the system according to agreed actions.

 

  

  

  

 

7.2           Methodology, Organization, and Time Frame

 

7.2.1        Methodology

 

The bidding firm shall be required to complete and provide the following:

 

	
  

	
·

	
Details of the proposed approach and methodology including:

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Best Practice Standards - the TRA’s Project Management Methodology is PRINCE methodology (PRoject IN a Controlled Environment) II. The use of this methodology, which is adapted to suit the specific conditions and constraints of the TRA projects, will ensure that all the deliverables meet the quality standards required under ISO 78101 and ISO/IEC2 CD 18013-1 certification.

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Transfer of skills and knowledge to TRA staff. Skills transfer and training services are high priority deliverables and must be undertaken as a specific initiative within the assignment. The Authority’s objective is to be as self-sufficient as possible in the operation so as to sustain the investment through in-house support and maintenance of the system. The bidding firm shall specify and come up with a detailed proposal for skills transfer, which will include training of managerial, technical and operational staff.

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Original Manufacturer’s/Product Authorisation is mandatory.

 

	
  

	
·

	
Proof of minimum 5 years of experience of developing and implementing similar systems. Similar installations must not be less than 2 years. In order to verify past experience, the following must be provided:

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Name of project

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Value of project

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Length of project

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Short description of project

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Nature of solution provided

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Principal client contact name, title and address details

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Written certification letters from authoritative contact persons from at least two countries where similar projects have been implemented.

 

1 ISO means International Organization for Standardization

  

2 IEC means International Electra Technical Committee

 

  

  

  

 

	
  

	
·

	
Technical Capability Requirement should include:

 

	
  

	
ü

	
In case of Joint Venture, the Head Technical member or its main execution partner collectively should have experience of doing at least three similar projects;

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Minimum of 5- years experience in supplying and implementing driving licence projects;

 

	
  

	
ü

	
CDL needs to be integrated with CMVRS and other applications of TRA, bidder to have integration experience especially with Government Revenue Authorities;

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Bidder must be SEL level 3 or ISO certified company; v’ Bidder must provide evidence of local support

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Experience in doing large government security projects that are similar to the CDLS

 

	
  

	
·

	
Proof of previous experience in undertaking BOT projects and should attach addresses of at least two contact References who can be easily contacted by TRA.

 

	
  

	
·

	
Proof that their core business is within the area of developing software for personal identification systems such as Driving Licence Systems, National ID Systems or similar systems.

 

	
  

	
·

	
An explanation setting out clearly the limits of the services proposed and further services that could prove useful with cost estimates and corresponding period of performance.

 

	
  

	
·

	
An explanation setting out the extent to which the documentation shall be provided. Mandatory documentation to be availed to TRA at various stages of the project life cycle includes Systems Design Specification, Technical Manuals, and User/Operational Manuals.

 

	
  

	
·

	
Audited Annual Financial Accounts of., the latest three consecutive years from accredited firms.

 

7.2.2        Qualifications, Related Experience and Reference of Bidder

 

The proposal should establish the ability of the Bidder to satisfactorily perform the required work by reasons of: experience in performing work of a similar nature; demonstrated competence in the services to be provided; strength and stability of the firm; staffing capability; work load; record of meeting schedules on similar projects; and supportive client references. The Bidder shall:

 

	
  

	
a.

	
Provide a brief profile of the firm, including the types of services offered; the year founded; form of the organization (corporation, partnership, sole proprietorship); number, size and location of offices; and number of employees

 

  

  

  

 

	
  

	
b.

	
Provide a general description of the firm’s financial condition and identify any_conditions (e.g., bankruptcy, pending litigation, planned office closures, impending merger) that may impede Bidder’s ability to complete the project.

 

	
  

	
c.

	
Describe the firm’s experience in performing work of a similar nature to that solicited in this RFP, and highlight the participation in such work by the key personnel proposed for assignment to this project. Describe any experience in working with the various government agencies identified in this RFP.

 

	
  

	
d.

	
Identify members of the consortium by company name, address, contact person, telephone number and project function, Describe Bidder’s experience working with each Committee Member or subcontractor.

 

	
  

	
e.

	
Provide as a minimum three (3) references for the projects cited as related experience, and furnish the name, title, address and telephone number of the person(s) at the client organization who is most knowledgeable about the work performed. Bidder may also supply references from other work not cited in this section as related experience.

 

	
  

	
f.

	
Audited Annual Financial Accounts of the latest three consecutive years from accredited firms.

 

	
  

	
g.

	
Proof of previous experience in undertaking BOT projects and should attach addresses of at least two contact References who can be easily contacted by TRA.

 

	
  

	
h.

	
Proof that their core business is within the area of developing software for personal identification systems such as Driving License Systems, National ID Systems or similar systems.

 

	
  

	
i.

	
An explanation setting out clearly the limits of the services proposed and further services that could prove useful with cost estimates and corresponding period of performance.

 

	
  

	
j.

	
An explanation setting out the extent to which the documentation shall be provided. Mandatory documentation to be availed to TRA at various stages of the project life cycle includes Systems Design Specification, Technical Manuals, and User/Operational Manuals.

 

	
  

	
k.

	
Proof of minimum 5 years of experience of developing and implementing similar systems. Similar installations must not be less than 2 years. In order to verify past experience, the following must be provided:

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Name of project

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Value of project

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Specify Length of project

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Short description of project

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Nature of solution provided

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Principal client contact name, title and address details

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Written certification letters from authoritative contact persons from at least two countries where similar projects have been implemented.

 

  

  

  

 

7.2.3        Organization

 

he organisation, the size of the personnel and any other assistance to be received from specialist subcontractors for the performance of the Contract, the deadlines for the presentation of reports, the timetable of work of the experts, in each case giving the duration of work On developing the system at TRA premises and at the Consultants premises for each stage of implementation of the project.

 

7.2.4        Project Management

 

7.2.4.1 Purchaser’s obligation

 

The following Personnel shall be provided by the Purchaser for the duration of the BOT Project Life Cycle:

 

	
  

	
t

	
Project Technical Manager who shall be responsible for technical issues including coordination and ensuring that all procurement is made as per technical specifications. Specification of replacement parts and consumables as made according to industry standards

 

	
  

	
t

	
At least one Business Analyst who shall work closely with the Supplier’s Development Team until the system is Signed-off.

 

	
  

	
t

	
Operational staff who will be required to operate the CDLS throughout the designated centers as per implementation schedule.

 

7.2.4.2 Supplier’s Obligation

 

The Supplier shall give details and provide the following personnel who shall be responsible for the implementation of the BOT Project as below:

 

	
  

	
t

	
Project Manager who shall be responsible for development, installation, commissioning and implementation of the entire Project throughout the BOT Project lifecycle.

 

	
  

	
t

	
A Business Analyst who shall be responsible for Business and Systems Design Specifications

 

	
  

	
t

	
A Systems Analyst who shall specify the physical models, functional specifications and perform all systems development work

 

	
  

	
t

	
Technical Support staff for the duration of the Project. They will include a Database Administrator, Systems Administrator and Network Administrator

 

	
  

	
t

	
The Supplier shall provide in the Bid Document CVs of proposed personnel.

 

7.2.4.3 Description and Qualifications of Personnel

 

The Consulting firm shall provide CVs for her key personnel who will be involved in the project. Contents of the CVs could be as follows:

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
Identification (name, date and place of birth, nationality, address, etc.)

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
Languages

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
Educational Background including relevant Qualifications in developing and implementing medium to large installations of computerized projects

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
Summary of relevant working experience

 

  

  

  

 

	
  

	
(e)

	
Details of working experience (including current employer and place of work):

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
Provide education, experience, and applicable professional credentials of project staff.

	
  

	
(ii)

	
Furnish brief resumes (not more than two [2] pages each and in accordance with provided template) for the proposed Project Manager and other key personnel.

	
  

	
(iii)

	
Indicate adequacy of man-hours utilizing a table projecting the labour-hour allocation to the project by individual task.

	
  

	
(iv)

	
Include a project organization chart, which clearly delineates communication/reporting relationships among the project staff.

	
  

	
(v)

	
Identify key personnel proposed to perform the work in the specified tasks and include major areas of each member’s work.

	
  

	
(vi)

	
include a statement that key personnel will be available to the extent proposed for the duration of the project acknowledging that no person designated as “key” to the project shall be removed or replaced without the prior written concurrence of the Committee.

 

	
  

	
(f)

	
CVs of specialist subcontractors with their references shall also form part of this Annexure.

 

7.3          Functional Performance Requirements of the System

 

7.3.1        Technology and Skills Transfer

 

The Supplier shall transfer skills and knowledge to TRA staff. Skills transfer and training services are high priority deliverables and must be undertaken as a specific initiative within the assignment. The Authority’s objective is to be as self-sufficient as possible in the operation so as to sustain-the investment through in-house support and maintenance of the system.

 

7.3.2        Manufacturer’s/Product Warranty and maintenance

 

The supplied products and services should have a warranty of not less than twelve calendar months commencing from the date of final commissioning. After the warranty period, the Supplier shall enter into separate maintenance and support agreement in respect of hardware and software. The Supplier shall therefore explain the extent and service level agreement for maintaining the products and services and the annual maintenance charges that will be applicable.

 

7.3.3        Technical Support

 

Indicate the scope of technical support during the contract period and After Sales Support capability.

 

  

  

  

 

7.3.4        Production of Performance log

 

The Supplier shall provide daily statistic reports indicating production volumes and collection.

 

7.3.5        Support Documentation

 

The Supplier shall provide TRA with all necessary documentation in order to be able to operate all systems and ensure sustainable manufacturing components and services.

 

  

  

  

 

C.           TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

 

8.1          General Technical Requirements

 

8.1.1        Introduction

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
Language Support: , All information technologies must provide support for the English business language. Specifically, all display technologies and software must support the ISO 2000 standard method.

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
Dates: All information technologies MUST properly display, calculate, and transmit date data, including, but not restricted to 21st-Century date data. Date format must be “mmidd/yyyy”.

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
(0) Electrical Power: All active (powered) equipment must operate on Tanzania voltage range and frequency range, e.g., 220V +120V, 50Hz ÷/- 2Hz I. All active equipment must include power plugs standard in Tanzania.

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
Environmental: ‘Unless ‘otherwise specified, all equipment must operate in environments of as follows: temperature range 10-30 degrees centigrade and, humidity, range, 20-80 percent relative humidity, and dust conditions 0-40 grams per cubic meter of dust.

 

	
  

	
(e)

	
Safety: Unless otherwise specified, all equipment must operate at noise levels no greater than 55 decibels.

 

	
  

	
(f)

	
All electronic equipment that emit electromagnetic energy must be certified as meeting emission standard, of US FCC class B or EN 55022 and EN 50082-1 or quivalent, emission standards.

 

  

  

  

 

8.2          Current Software Integration

 

The TRA has a number of Wide Area Network (WAN) based application systems currently in operation. The present mode of operation of these systems (whether centralized or decentralized) and the preferred mode of operation is given on the Table 3:

 

Table 3

	

S/No

	

Department

	

Operational System

	

Mode

	

Protocol and Performance levels

	

1.

	

Customs

	

Automated Systems for Customs Data (ASYCUDA++)

	

Centralized

	

TCP/IP, Critical Mission, 99.9%

	  	  	

RADDEx

	

Centralized

	

TCP/IP, Critical Mission, 99.9%

	

2.

	

Domestic Revenue

	

Taxpayer

Identification Number (TIN)

	

Centralized

	

TCP/IP ,

Critical

Mission,

99.9%

	  	  	

Integrated Tax Administration System (ITAX)

	

Centralized

	

TCP/IP,

Critical

Mission,

99.9%

	  	  	

Central Motor Vehicle registration System (CMVRS)

	

Centralized

	

TCP/IP, Mission Critical, 99.9%

	  	  	  	

Centralized

	

TCP/IP

	

3.

	

Finance Finance

	

Integrated Financial Management System

(EPICOR)

	

Centralized

	

TCP/IP, Mission Critical, 99.9%

	  	  	

Revenue receipting Accounting Systems (RRAS)

	

Centralized

	

TCP/IP, Mission Critical, 99.9%

	  	  	

Integrated Financial Management System (EPICOR)

	

Centralized

	

TCP/IP, Mission Critical, 99.9%

	

 

4.

	

 

Human Resources

	

Integrated Payroll and Human

Resources

Management System (PEODESY)

	

Centralized

	

TCP/IP, Mission Critical, 99.9%

	

5.

	

Research and Policy

	

Data Warehouse

	

Centralized

	

TCP/IP, Mission

Critical, 99.9%

	

6.

	

ICT

	

Disaster Recovery

	

Centralized

	

TCP/IP,

	  	  	

Site

	  	

Mission Critical, 99.9%

	  	  	

Help Desk

	

Centralized, Blade Servers’ technology

	

TCP/IP,

Mission Critical, 99.9%

	  	  	

Data Center

	

Centralized,

Blade

Servers’

technology

	

TCP/IP, Mission

Critical, 99.9%

 

The long- term strategy for the mix of TRA Business Systems and CDLSs is to have a web-based application, n-tier architecture and servers connected via future TRA VPN/WAN facilities and a Data Recovery Site (DRS) for remote back-up. All production Servers must conform to blade technology and must be installed at the Data Center and Backup Servers at DRS. This strategy needs to be taken into account when designing the CDL System.

 

  

  

  

 

8.2          Business Model

 

It is anticipated that TRA will collaborate with the winning firm or consortium in a public private partnership to operate the Identity Management System. TRA will represent to the Government of the United Republic of Tanzania in all agreements and activities relating to the conception, setup and operations of the System. The winning firm or consortium will provide technical expertise, operational expertise, project management expertise and funding to finance the setup of the System.. IRA’s preferred partnership model is a Build-Transfer-Operate (BTO) where the winning firm or consortium assumes responsibility for the setup of the System. Bidders must Identity data and critical infrastructure must remain the property of TRA while the winning firm or consortium assumes operation of the System on behalf of TRA under a separate operating agreement.

 

8.2.1           Requirements Proposal

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
Proposals should clearly describe their proposed business model for setup and operations of the Identity management System

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
Proposals should delineate the different roles TRA and the firm or consortium will play in the different stages of conception, setup and operations- of the Identity Management System.

 

	
  

	
(iii)

	
Proposals should identify all costs involve and clearly specify those costs that are to be borne by TRA. Proposals should also identity charges that will be levied to members of the public and business entities or organizations accessing Identity information.

 

	
  

	
(iv)

	
Proposal Submissions must clearly identify the following:

 

	
  

	
t

	
Business/Market Opportunity

 

	
  

	
t

	
Product and Services that will be offered

 

	
  

	
t

	
Strategic options for ensuring wider penetration and adoption of Identity Management within the economy

 

	
  

	
t

	
The different revenue streams that will accrue to the ID management System

 

	
  

	
t

	
Strategies to maintain and grow the revenue base of the ID management System

 

	
  

	
t

	
Capabilities that will be brought in by the firm or

 

	
  

	
t

	
consortium and those that will be developed within TRA to achieve optimal operating performance of the System and protect the integrity of the ID management System

 

	
  

	
t

	
A ten (10) year financial projection

 

	
  

	
t

	
Project Financing Plan and Financial partners and terms of finance

 

  

  

  

 

	
  

	
t

	
Payment Models and Preferred Payment mechanisms

 

	
  

	
t

	
Implications to Sectoral and Tariff Issues

 

8.3          CDLS Database and Application Software Specification

 

The Application Software development or customisation of an existing state of the art proven software and implementation shall cover the following technical features and requirements:

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
Database Software: Oracle RDBMS 10G 64 bit or latest with all development tools and licences as per User Requirement Specifications provided in this document.

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
Application Development Tools: Development or customisation using web technology development tools. The development tool shall be supported by Oracle 10G or higher version. Any other quoted Application software should be compatible with TRA existing hardware and software operating environment.

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
Operating Environment: The Bidder should quote and provide for necessary latest Operating and Application software compatible with TRA existing hardware and software operating environment.

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
System must be interfaced or integrated with the following:-

 

	
  

	
i)

	
Epicor Financial-system

 

	
  

	
ii)

	
ITAX/TIN System

 

	
  

	
iii)

	
Disaster Recovery Site

 

	
  

	
iv)

	
CMVRS

 

	
  

	
v)

	
National Identifilation System (under development by National ID Authority)

 

	
  

	
vi)

	
Automatic Fingerprint Identification System (to supplied, installed by Supplier)

 

	
  

	
vii)

	
Data Warehouse System

 

	
  

	
viii)

	
Police Traffic (Regional Headquarters) to be provided with facilities and access as provided in this document (Implementation Schedule).

 

	
  

	
ix)

	
Automated Database Consolidation and Secure Online Query System being developed for the Tanzania Police

 

	
  

	
a.

	
System must be open, scalable, and inter-operable.

 

	
  

	
b.

	
Warranty and Maintenance Support throughout the period under BOT. Thereafter, the IRA shall enter into a Service Level Agreement (SLAG). The SLAG shall be part of the Tender Document.

 

	
  

	
c.

	
Warranty and Maintenance and Support the Supplier will be expected to provide warranty and maintenance support for the entire period that the BOT is in operation.

 

	
  

	
d.

	
Quality Control Function: the function is to allow for checking the logical as well as capability of operating the system in a practical environment. It should include the running of structured query languages on the database so as to display a mock-up card showing the relevant data including photographs, fingerprint and signature.

 

  

  

  

 

	
  

	
e.

	
System Software and System-Management Utilities:

 

	
  

	
t

	
The TRA has in place a Data Centre equipped with Blade Servers technology and a Data Recovery Site located at least 30 km from the Data Centre. The CDLS should operate in the above environment and ensure on-fine, real-time backup

 

	
  

	
f.

	
Operating Software Environment: The Bidder should quote and, provide for necessary latest Operating and Application software compatible with TRA existing hardware and software operating environment.

 

	
  

	
t

	
Database engine: Oracle 10G 64 bit or latest version

 

	
  

	
t

	
OS and Database fine tuning and optimization mandatory,

 

	
  

	
t

	
Anti-virus- Corporate edition - Kaperisky, Norton, Symantec, etc. (all latest version). Any anti-virus quoted must be compatible with the existing TRA Anti-virus software in operation.

 

	
  

	
t

	
Utilities: The Bidder should specify the latest versions of Systems administration, maintenance, and trouble shooting tool and must provide the applicable training and manuals

 

8.4          Management, Administration, and Security Specifications

 

General Requirements: In addition to the management, administration, and security requirements specified in each section covering the various hardware -and software components of the System, the System must also provide for the following management, administration, and security features a the overall system revel.

 

	
  

	
t

	
Technical management and troubleshooting:

 

	
  

	
t

	
User and usage administration:

 

	
  

	
t

	
Security (logical as well as physical)

 

8.5          Minimum Hardware Specifications

 

The following are indicative minimum specifications which should guide the Bidder in quoting for the CDLS solution. The Bidder, however, quote for the latest models, versions of the hardware and software. Actual purchases of the hardware and software shall be discussed and get the approval of the purchaser prior to ordering of same.

 

  

  

  

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
All servers and workstations should have Factory installed asset tag name indicating Tanzania Revenue Authority, system type, order number and tag number. The CPU processor, memory and hard disks and Operating System should bear original serial numbers.

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
The Supplier shall confirm to be able to supply Corporate Servers

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
and workstations with single memory chips.

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
The following are indicative minimum specifications for the computer hardware:

 

(i) Operational & Backup Servers

 

	Server blade—HP ProLiant BL 480c Carrier-Grade Server Blade
	
Processors

	

Quad-Core 64-bit Intel Xeon Processor 5400 Series 3.20 GHz

	
Processor

	

2x6 MB L2

	
Cache Memory

	

Fully buffered DDR2 667 MHz (8) DIMMs/up to 32 GB

	
Front side bus

	

1333MHz

	
Management

	

Dual-channel SAS, internal only

	
NICs & I/O

	

(2) GbE/2.5 GbE mf NICs

	
Internal HP storage

	

(2) SFF SAS bays, 72 GB 15K and 146 GB 10K drives,

battery-backed write cache with RAID 6

	
OS support

	

Red Hat 64 bit or latest version

	
Mezzanine slots

	

1x4; 1x8

	
Dimensions and weight

	

Height: 7.154 in. (18.17 cm) (half-height)

Width: 2.03 in. (5.16 cm)

Depth: 20.02 in. (50.85 cm)

Maximum weight: 14.20 lb. (6.44 kg)

	Interconnects
	
Ethernet

	

HP 1/10Gb-F Virtual Connect Ethernet module

HP GbE2c Layer 2/3 Ethernet switch

HP 10Gb Ethernet BL–c switch

HP 1Gb Ethernet Pass-Thru module

WS-CBS3020-HPQ, Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP

	NEBS and ETSI Certifications
	

Requirements met

 

	

NEBS NRTL Certified to NEBS Level-3 Criteria (GR-63-CORE, GR-1089-CORE)

ETSI Certified to EN 300 019, EN 300 386, and EN 300 753

 

 

 

 

 

(ii) Application: Corporate Servers and Operating Software

 

	Server—blade HP ProLiant BL 480c Carrier-Grade Server Blade
	
Processors

	

Quad-Core 64-bit Intel Xeon Processor 5400 Series 3.20 GHz

	
Processor

	

2x6 MB L2

	
Cache Memory

	

Fully buffered DDR2 667 MHz (8) DIMMs/up to 32 GB

	
Front side bus

	

1333MHz

	
Management

	

Dual-channel SAS, internal only

	
NICs & I/O

	

(2) GbE/2.5GbE mf NICs

	
Internal HP storage

	

(2) SFF SAS bays, 72 GB 15K and 146 GB 10K drives, battery-backed write cache with RAID 6

	
OS support

	

Red Hat 64 bit or latest version

	
Mezzanine slots

	

1x4; 1x8

	
Dimensions and weight

	

Height: 7.154 in. (18.17 cm) (half-height)

Width: 2.03 in. (5.16 cm)

Depth: 20.02 in. (50.85 cm)

Maximum weight: 14.20 lb. (6.44 kg)

	Interconnects
	
Ethernet

	

HP 1/10Gb-F Virtual Connect-Ethernet module

HP GbE2c Layer 2/3 Ethernet switch

HP 10Gb Ethernet BL-c switch

HP 1Gb Ethernet Pass-Thru module

 

WS-CBS3020-HPQ, Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 for HP

	NEBS and ETSI Certifications
	

Requirements met

	

NEBS NRTL Certified to NEBS Level-3 Criteria (GR-63-CORE, GR-1089-CORE)

ETSI Certified to EN 300 019, EN 300 386, and EN 300 753

 

(iii) Front-end Corporate Workstations and Operating Software

 

	
Make

	
Branded corporate personal computer

	
Processor

	
Intel Core 2 Duo Processor

	
Cache memory

	
4MB L2 Cache

	
Main Memory

	
2GB DDR2/ SDRAM

	
Hard Disk Storage

	
80GB SATA-10 KRPM HDD

	
Video Graphics Accelerator Card

	
Intel Graphics Media Accelerator 3000 (GMA3000)

	
Display

	
17” Flat Monitor

	
Optical drive

	
DVD/ RW 8/ 24X

	
NIC

	
10,100, 1000MBPS

	
Keyboard

	
Standard English keyboard

	
Mouse

	
Laser mouse with roll wheel, USB Interface

	
Operating System

	
Windows Vista Business

	
Ports

	
Stereo in, stereo out

	  	
9 USB 2.0 ports, 2 front, 6 back and 1 internal

	  	
1 parallel port, 1 serial port, 1 VGA port

	  	
1 RJ-45 network port

 

  

  

  

 

(iv)          Database Engine

 

Oracle RDBMS 10G 64 bit

 

	
  

	
(v)

	
Image Capture Station

 

The image captures and records the images of the applicants who apply for a CDL. There are four types of data:-

 

	
  

	
§

	
Facial Photograph

 

	
  

	
§

	
Signature

 

	
  

	
§

	
Five fingerprints

 

	
  

	
§

	
Application number which links the images to the idemntity of the CDL applicant. This number must be unique in the entire system.

 

The following equipment should be integrated:-

 

	
  

	
§

	
Smart Card chip

 

	
  

	
§

	
Smart card Reader

 

	
  

	
§

	
Digital camera

 

	
  

	
§

	
AFIS

 

	
  

	
§

	
Finger Prints reader

 

	
  

	
§

	
Barcode Readers: for verification of previously system generated] printouts, Provisional Driving Licenses and other forms used in the system.

 

	
  

	
§

	
Signature

 

	
  

	
(vi)

	
Local Area Network and Wide Area Network Connectivity

 

	
  

	
t

	
Network Cards - Dual NICs 10/100/1,000 mpbs Ethernet TCP/IP protocol or latest technology.

 

	
  

	
t

	
Appropriate software, preferably Oracle Net9 or latest version.

 

8.6          Card Printer Specification

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
The technical charaCteristics described below are indicative and not exhaustive. Additional equipment as well as various types of consumables might be included during ordering of the equipment. Page 23 of 58

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
The supplier shall provide card printers with the following minimum requirements:

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Minimum capacity: 100 - 250 or

	
Double side printing more cards/hour

 

Full colour Printing

 

Double side Laminating

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Dual side printing

 

  

  

  

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Dual process system

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Full colour printing

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Clear Protective (Overlay) mechanism

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Optical Variable Ink

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Edge-to-edge printing

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Card Cleaning Mechanism

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Input/Output Card Hopper Capacity equal to card printing capacity

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Reject Card Compartment

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Micro positioning card transport system for enhanced color photos

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Ability to print covert texts

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Built in security features to prevent unauthorized usage

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Ability to print 300dpi resolution

 

8.7          Image Live Capture Station

 

The supplier shall provide Image Capture Station with associated products and services. A Schedule of Requirement/Delivery is provided. The Supplier should:

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
Quote the price of the Image Capture Station and associated products

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
Describe capturing procedures

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
Indicate live capturing capacity and quality

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
Specify Software and Software scalability

 

	
  

	
(e)

	
provide live capturing equipment with the following minimum requirements:

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Integrated workstation as stated above

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Digital Camera with the following minimum specifications :

 

Imager:                              lx Imager = 3.5 Mega pixels

 

Resolution:                      1024 x 768 Resolutions

 

Colour:                              colour

 

Real Time Viewing, Flash

 

  

  

  

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Bar Code Reader: To read and decrypt ID and 2D barcodes

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Chip Set 128 Kb (for a smart card chip)

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Signature capturing Panel: Indicate processing specifications including signing area

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Fingerprint Sensor:

 

At least 520 DPI

 

Automatic quality verification

 

Adequate Controls to match the finger print and unique number eg. TIN; and

 

Provide an Automatic Fingerprint Identification System (AFIS).

 

8.8          Storing media, equipment and software

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
Describe storing procedures

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
Indicate storing requirement

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
Specify Software capability

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
Specify Software scalability

 

8.9          Biometrics Technology including Automatic Fingerprint Identification System (AFIS)

 

The Bidder shall provide a solution for uniquely identifying drivers using biometrics technology (including AFIS) at the point of registration or any other time that could be required the Authorities or law enforcers.

 

8.10        Retrieval of software

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
Indicate the technical specification and the price for the software

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
Indicate retrieval procedures (Indexing will be done on the TIN number or National Identification number)

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
Indicate retrieval capacity

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
State the software for retrieval

 

	
  

	
(e)

	
Specify Software scalability.

 

8.11        Card Manufacturing and Issue Specification

 

Manufacturing and issuing of driving licenses shall be done in a cost effective and customer friendly way. The manufactured licenses shall be of high security standard and potentially be recognised by the Police, Purchasers and other financial institutes as an accepted identification document.

 

8.11.1      Cards - physical characteristics

 

  

  

  

 

Cards should have the following minimum requirements:

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
Cards should follow the International Traffic Model Statue.

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
The physical characteristics of the International Vehicle Driving Card shall conform to ISO 7810: Identification cards -Physical characteristics. The nominal dimensions of the card shall conform to those specified for ID-1 in ISO 7810. Cards are also required to be backward compatible with magnetic swipe cards specifications used by ATMs locally.

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
Card material should:-

 

	
  

	
§

	
The card must be tamper resistant to alteration, counterfeit, etc

 

	
  

	
§

	
Should provide at least 4 overt level one security features on each card as defined by major National Standards

 

	
  

	
§

	
Should provide at least 4 overt level 2 security features as defined by major National Standards

 

	
  

	
§

	
Proposed security features should be layered with the finished product to max security and authenticity

 

	
  

	
§

	
All COLS to be produced in secure facility controlled with process balances to ensure reconciliation of 100% of all production materials

 

	
  

	
§

	
The Bidder to recommend any other security features and the following conditions must be met:-

 

	
  

	
ü

	
Material chosen shall be durable and conform to ISO 7810. Supplier should specify features and proof of quality and durability including International accepted Testing methods.

 

	
  

	
ü

	
be environmental friendly, for example the card should not present toxic hazard in the course of normal use

 

	
  

	
ü

	
have high thermal resistance have a lifespan of at least five years

 

	
  

	
ü

	
be suitable for printing and coating with protective overlays.

 

The Bidder shall come up with a prototype design of the card. The TRA reserves the right to accept, modify or reject the proposed design. The final selection of security features to be incorporated in the card shall be made by the TRA. Card samples submitted together with the bid, will be sent to an authorised and independent technical institute for test against below mentioned standards. The bidder will be charged all costs related to such tests.

 

8.11.2      Cards - Security Features

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
Card security shall conform to ISO 7810 and ISO/IEC CD 18013-1 standards. The security features/techniques shall be described as indicated below in four sections:

 

	
  

	
§

	
Card-body Materials a Security Printing

 

	
  

	
§

	
Protection against copying

 

	
  

	
§

	
Personalization

 

	
  

	
§

	
CDL should contain a pair of digital water mark

 

  

  

  

 

	
  

	
§

	
Should us special ultra violet fluorescent dye in the ribbon, a fully detailed ghost UV image

 

	
  

	
§

	
Secure ID cards should contain additional UV variable covert features

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
The above features/techniques are mandatory and shall include encoded information as part of the Driving License number in order to give it more secure coding.

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
The card shall comply with all mandatory features applicable to the offered material/production methodology. The card shall also keep some optional features in order to enhance security. The supplier shall propose and describe how the proposed combination of mandatory and optional security features/techniques will protect the card against counterfeiting and fraudulent alterations of cards.

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
Security features shall be of three levels:

 

	
  

	
§

	
Features easy to detect and identify by TRA officials, etc.

 

	
  

	
§

	
Features easy to detect and identify by officials, such as Police and Driving License issuing Authorities

 

	
  

	
§

	
Features easy to detect and identify by forensic examination or by specialist verification equipment.

 

	
  

	
(e)

	
The Supplier shall describe each feature and its significance.

 

	
  

	
(f)

	
The Supplier shall add additional features and give a description of its significance:

 

	
  

	
i.

	
Micro printing

 

	
  

	
ii.

	
Image Ghosting

 

	
  

	
iii.

	
Ultra-Violet Printing

 

	
  

	
iv.

	
UV Printing

 

	
  

	
v.

	
Foil

 

	
  

	
vi.

	
Covert Marking

 

	
  

	
vii.

	
Hologram

 

	
  

	
viii.

	
Coat of Arms

 

	
  

	
(g)

	
The card shall be difficult to forge or to tamper with Any attempt to tamper with the card shall result in the irreversible and visible destruction of the card and some of the security features. The exact set up of security features shall be finalized on award of contract.

 

8.11.3      Other mandatory Requirements and card Operating System

 

TRA preference is for cards

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
Running a JavaCard compliant Card Operating System that meets the JavaCard 2.1.1 and 2.2 specifications.

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
Transmission Protocols. Cards must support, both T=0 and T=1 transmission protocols

 

  

  

  

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
Storage:

 

	
  

	
t

	
32 kilobyte ROM minimum on all cards

 

	
  

	
t

	
32 kilobyte EEPROM minimum 128k Byte cards

 

	
  

	
t

	
1kByte RAM minimum for all cards

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
Functionality

 

Cards should support the following functions: biometric on-card matching, post issuance updates, PKI functionality and on-card key-pair generation

 

	
  

	
(e)

	
Encryption Algorithms

 

	
  

	
t

	
Cards must support Rivest Shamir Adleman (RSA) algorithm with a key-length of at least 1024 bits

 

	
  

	
t

	
Cards must also support Triple Data Encryption Standard (Triple-DES) and Advanced Encryption Standard (AES)

 

	
8.12

	
Harmonization with Various ID cards Initiatives of Various Government Agencies Requirements

 

Tasks:

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
Identify and document the identity management and security requirements of various government agencies and associated institutions including but not limited to:

 

	
  

	
t

	
National ID Authority - National ID Card

 

	
  

	
t

	
Independent National Electoral Committee (INEC) - Voters Registration Card

 

	
  

	
t

	
Tanzanian Immigration Service - Passports

 

	
  

	
t

	
Financial Institutions - Bank Cards and ATM Cards

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
Identify and document the various ID card and identity management initiatives of the various government agencies

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
Identify and document minimal information requirements of GMPC to meet the base requirements of the federal government agencies and associated institutions.

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
Map key business processes associated with registration, issuance, usage, maintenance and support of identity cards and management of related identity information at the various agencies and associated institutions

 

Key Deliverables:

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
Strategy document outlining information requirements of the various agencies and integration requirements into a national identity management system

 

Proposal Requirements

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
Proposals must demonstrate their understanding of the various ID

 

  

  

  

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
management initiatives and ID card schemes in existence at the different agencies. The proposals should not include any contractual terms or other sensitive information relating to existing schemes.

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
Proposals must provide a clear strategy to harmonize business processes, data formats, technical standards and information exchange mechanisms between the different agencies.

 

	
8.13

	
Exceptions and Deviations Requirements

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
Including an approach to harmonize the National Identity Management Solution and the identified Government Agencies to allow instantaneous referencing between databases and feedback to Government agencies on correction and/or incorrect identities.

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
Building of family based identity references

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
Enhanced Disaster Recovery Site to a 100% redundant production site that is_mirrored. I.e_ a so called master-master configuration is proposed to facilitate 24/7/365 operations.

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
Utilization of both face recognition and fingerprint identification to ensure high reliability in automatic biometric identification with the option to include other technologies in future (iris and others)

 

	
  

	
(e)

	
Introduction of a closed private network as the primary WAN.

 

	
  

	
(f)

	
Introduction of a detailed section on card personalization based on the establishment of up to six(6) production sites in Tanzania

 

	
  

	
(g)

	
Introduction of an extensive key management system based on secure access modules that have been tried and tested in identity management solutions implemented internationally

 

	
  

	
(h)

	
Use of the GMPC as transactional card for NHIS

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
Use of the GMPC as transactional card for pensions including the use as

 

	
  

	
(j)

	
an e-purse for pension payments

 

	
8.14

	
Card Acceptance Devices (CAD) Requirements

 

Tasks

 

The following are the general requirements for all card acceptance devices (CAD). Additional specific requirements for point-of-sale application points follow:

 

	
  

	
a)

	
All CADS must be purpose designed for the Tanzanian environment (especially weather condition’s), and be made of rugged, rust-proof material

 

	
  

	
b)

	
All CADs must be programmable at authorized TRA locations and by authorized persons only. No programming shall be done at the reader.

 

	
  

	
c)

	
All CADs must be able to store some cardholder transactions in. an offline condition where there is no real-time network connectivity between the CAD and the TRA central database.

 

  

  

  

 

Point-Of-Sale Card Readers

 

Point-of-sale card readers would be deployed largely for retail transactions spanning Police, TRA payments, Immigration at Borders, etc. The CADs must have the following minimum functionalities:

 

	
  

	
a)

	
All POS CADs must be a single countertop device made of rugged, rustproof metal with no moving parts (i.e. disk drives). Personal Computer workstations consisting of a PC terminal , CPU and keyboard are not acceptable as POS readers

 

	
  

	
b)

	
Provide a programmable and spill-resistant flush keyboard

 

	
  

	
c)

	
Provide visual indication of an offline condition

 

	
  

	
d)

	
Provide full product control, full cash accountability, full payment method flexibility, and full reporting capability

 

	
  

	
e)

	
Protect against power loss by providing sufficient memory to store up to 10,000 transactions, menus, configurations, and programs in a powered down state for a period exceeding one year. Memory -must be battery-backed non-volatile solid state

 

	
  

	
f)

	
Become fully operational in less than 30 seconds after power is restored with no operator intervention without the use of low-reliability devices such as disks or other external media

 

	
  

	
g)

	
Be able to support a patron display, an electronic scale, a cash drawer, a kitchen printer, a journal/receipt printer, a bar code scanner, a remote printer, a Personal Identification Number (PIN) pad and/or a fingerprint sensor

 

	
  

	
h)

	
The POS software must be able to assign rights and privileges to various categories of operators which determine what operations can be performed each user o The POS software must be able to support, at a minimum, the following reporting capabilities. Please include a set of sample reports

 

	
  

	
i)

	
Reconcile the balances of debit accounts with the balance of all reader transactions for a specified date

 

	
  

	
j)

	
Display information on one cardholder, all cardholders, or cardholders within a specified range of ID numbers for a specified date

 

	
  

	
k)

	
Report the actions of a specified cardholder for a range of dates and times

 

	
  

	
l)

	
Report all or some of the transactions performed by an authorized operator for a range of dates

 

	
  

	
m)

	
Report the privilege use activity at a specified location for a range of dates and times

 

	
  

	
n)

	
Report the number of patron sales in detail (i.e., peak periods, highest sales per patron, etc.).

 

	
  

	
o)

	
Run a journal report from a workstation rather than from a POS reader for a specified date.

 

	
  

	
p)

	
Summarize information about cardholders and their privileges and accounts for the report date.

 

	
  

	
q)

	
Report the quantity of different products selling at a specified location during a specified period of time for a specified range of dates

 

	
  

	
r)

	
Report sales and patron counts for all or selected locations for a range of dates and times

 

	
  

	
s)

	
Schedule the date and time that reports will be run automatically (i.e., without operator attention).

 

  

  

  

 

Pre Submission Conference Note

 

It is recommended that transactions should only be government based in the commencement phase of the project. Other financial applications can be introduced in the later stages of the program. TRA should not be saddled with P08 management.

 

	
8.15

	
Information on the Card

 

Below are proposed contents of front and back of the card. The final content will be decided in cooperation with the-supplier. Information on the face of the card

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
The national Coat of Arms

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
Tanzania Flag

 

	
  

	
(iii)

	
Country Name

 

	
  

	
(iv)

	
Family Name

 

	
  

	
(v)

	
Given Names

 

	
  

	
(vi)

	
Date of Birth

 

	
  

	
(vii)

	
Sex

 

	
  

	
(viii)

	
Date of Issue

 

	
  

	
(ix)

	
Date of Expiry

 

	
  

	
(x)

	
Issuing Authority

 

	
  

	
(xi)

	
License Number

 

	
  

	
(xii)

	
Portrait

 

	
  

	
(xiii)

	
Signature

 

	
  

	
(xiv)

	
License Class

 

	
  

	
(xv)

	
Categories of Vehicles

 

	
  

	
(xvi)

	
Date of Issue per Category (may be on the rear side)

 

	
  

	
(xvii)

	
Date of expiry per Category (may be on the rear side)

 

	
  

	
(xviii)

	
Restrictions (Vehicle and/or driver, may be on the rear side)

 

	
  

	
(xix)

	
Conditions/Information (may be on the rear side)

 

	
  

	
(xx)

	
Photograph of Driver (20 mm *25 mm)

 

	
  

	
(xxi)

	
A micro-chip set should contain all driving data Information on the rear of the card

 

	
  

	
(xxii)

	
Details of driving licence classification codes

 

	
  

	
(xxiii)

	
Restrictions (vehicles and/or driver, may be on the face side of the card)

 

	
8.16

	
Computer and Equipment Consumables

 

The Supplier shall provide TRA with all necessary consumables/ accessories such as print ribbons, laminating foils, holograms/holographic overlays and other appliances that belong to the chosen technology and manufacturing procedures. If security printed paper for the purpose of various application forms or similar will be used, the Supplier shall also provide these according to TRA specification.

 

  

  

  

 

	
8.17

	
Physical Access Control into Card Printing Facility and the Server Room

 

Although the Purchaser will ensure that all possible physical security measures is made to ensure that unauthorised access into the computer room and the card printing facilities is restricted, the Supplier shall propose:

 

	
  

	
t

	
Secure access controls and describe the features and proof of their sustainability.

 

	
8.18

	
Network and Communications Specifications

 

See Table 3 above

 

	
8.19

	
Training Specification 8.19.1 Target Groups

 

The bidder should include provision for training the following categories of TRA staff:

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
Business Analysts (6 people)

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
ICT Managers_ (6 people)

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
Police Officers (30)

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
Senior Management (40)

 

	
  

	
(e)

	
User Trainers (100)

 

8.19.2      Training Requirements

 

(i)            Local technical training shall consist of:

 

	
  

	
t

	
Advanced training web-based development tools

 

	
  

	
t

	
Web Enabled Applications

 

	
  

	
t

	
Operating Software Programming and Tuning

 

	
  

	
t

	
Oracle Database Administration

 

	
  

	
t

	
Oracle Database Tuning and optimization

 

	
  

	
t

	
Administration (Systems Administrators) of the CDLS(Staff to be trained in this category possesses Degree/Diploma in Computer Science or related area)

 

(ii)           User Training

 

	
  

	
t

	
Application User training

 

	
  

	
t

	
Help Desk

 

	
  

	
t

	
Use and application of all equipment used in the operation of the CDLS

 

	
  

	
t

	
General Operating Procedures

 

	
  

	
t

	
Operation of the CDLS

 

(iii)           Management Training

 

	
  

	
t

	
Security aspects of the CDLS

 

	
  

	
t

	
Management Information Reports

 

	
  

	
t

	
Controls

 

  

  

  

 

(iv)          The Supplier shall also provide the following materials

 

	
  

	
t

	
Technical Training Materials

 

	
  

	
t

	
User Training materials

 

	
  

	
t

	
Technical Manual

 

	
  

	
t

	
User Manual

 

	
  

	
t

	
Operations Manuals

 

	
8.20

	
Service Specifications

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
System Integration: the DLS shall be integrated with Automatic Finger Identification System (AFIS), and ITAX/TIN System

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
The Service to be initially provided by the Supplier in conjunction with the equipment and software is listed in Schedule of requirements and shall include installation of equipment and related services listed on appropriate Schedules, and the training. This agreement includes equipment maintenance, software support, software maintenance and supply of all consumables for five years. Thereafter such services may be obtained under separated contract from an authorized maintenance organization.

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
The Purchaser shall not be primarily responsible for obtaining any visas, entry or work permits, or other governmental permission required for the Supplier’s personnel, but will provide reasonable co-operation and assistance in obtaining such permission and documents.

 

	
8.21

	
Technical support Specifications

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
The Supplier reserves the right to assign, reassign and substitute personnel at any time, or to subcontract to third parties who are, in the Supplier’s sole judgment, qualified to render services. However, the Supplier shall notify and seek approval of such changes by the Purchaser.

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
The Supplier shall provide a schedule for the support for the following services:

 

	
  

	
t

	
Warranty Services

 

	
  

	
t

	
User Support

 

	
  

	
t

	
Technical Assistance- Train an in-house development team

 

	
  

	
t

	
Post Warranty maintenance including resolution of problems and enforcing standards

 

	
  

	
t

	
Maintain ISO accreditation of the System

 

	
8.22

	
Data Conversion Specifications

 

The Supplier shall be responsible for the conversion of the existing manual records as provided by the Regulations within three years

 

  

  

  

 

	
8.22.1

	
Documentation Requirements

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
En-User documentations:- User and Operations Manuals

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
Technical Documentations: Logical and Phygcal Data Models, Systems Design Specification Documents and Technical Manuals.

 

	
8.23

	
Stationery and Other Recurrent Cost Items

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
The Supplier shall provide all relevant stationery and recurrent items including computer stationery.

 

	
D.

	
TESTING AND QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENTS

 

	
9.1

	
Inspection

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
Factory Inspections:  The Supplier shall provide factory inspection certificates

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
Inspections following delivery:  All equipment shall be inspected on delivery. For upcountry-destined goods, physical inspection shall be carried out. Configuration of IT related goods like Servers, workstations, printers; etc. shall be conducted at TRA Headquarters before shipped to commissioning sites.

 

	
9.2

	
Pre-commissioning Tests

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
In addition to the Supplier’s standard check-out and set-up tests, the Supplier (with the assistance of the Purchaser) must perform the following tests on the System and its Subsystems before Installation will be deemed to have occurred and the Purchaser will issue the Installation Certificate(s) (pursuant to GCC Clause 26 and related SCC clauses).

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
The Entire System: Pre-commissioning Tests for the entire System are: subject to tests, test conditions, success criteria, etc as specified in the User Acceptance Testing Criteria

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
Operational Acceptance Tests

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
Pursuant to GCC Clause 28 and related SCC clauses, the Purchaser (with the assistance of the Supplier) will perform the tests on the System and its Subsystems following installation to determine whether the System and the Subsystems meet all the requirements mandated for Operational Acceptance.

 

	
9.3

	
Operational Acceptance Tests

 

Pursuant to GCC Clause 28 and related SCC clauses, the Purchaser (with the assistance of the Supplier) will perform the all tests on the System and its Subsystems following Installation to determine whether the System and the Subsystems meet all the requirements mandated for Operational Acceptance.

 

  

  

  

 

	
E.

	
IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE AND WORK BREAKDOWN STRUCTURE (WBS)

 

This work breakdown structure identifies all the work to be executed to supply and installation of computerised Driving Licence Production Issuing system and database archive. It does not include the work to be done when the service is up and running. This dictionary also identifies the responsible party to execute each work element.

 

	
10.1

	
MAJOR COMPONENTS

 

The efforts of work in connection with the supply and installation of a computerised driving permits production issuing system and database archive include the following components:

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
The driving Licence Card

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
Card Production Facility

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
Development of the Drivers Licence Module Software

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
Production Management system

 

	
  

	
(e)

	
Production Machine

 

	
  

	
(f)

	
The Driving Licence Module /Card production facility interface

 

	
  

	
(g)

	
Infrastructure environment

 

	
  

	
(h)

	
Computer infrastructure

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
Personnel

 

	
  

	
(j)

	
Network Infrastructure

 

	
  

	
(k)

	
Sundry items

 

10.1.1     The Driving Licence Card

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
The effort to do the details layout and artwork of the card and any other development related to the card itself and produce samples of the card for approval. A first model will be made, the user will then have the opportunity to comment and suggest changes after with a second model will be made. The user will then have another chance to suggest minor adjustment before the design will be fixed.  Purchaser will be responsible for the execution of the work and will establish the Purchaser requirements and obtain the user approval.

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
The quality of the images on the relevant image -scanning sheet (155) will determine the quality of the final product. In order to obtain better quality photos, fingerprints and signatures the Purchasers will have to implement a minimum quality standard. This also includes a pamphlet to be distributed to all relevant parties such as all photographers and relevant driving licence capturing offices.

 

10.1.2     Card Production Facility

 

The effort to produce and/or develop, test, deliver, install and commission the following components:

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
Production Management System

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
Production Machine(s)

 

  

  

  

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
Capturing Station (s)

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
Quality Assurance Units

 

This item covers all the hardware and software of the card production facility to be supplied as stipulated in the proposal provided by the Supplier.

 

These items includes the work to do the factory testing by the Supplier in country of manufacture as well as the installation and testing in Tanzania. The Supplier will be responsible for the shipping of this equipment from country of manufacture to Dar es Salaam, Tanzania.

 

10.1.3     Development of the Drivers Licence Software.

 

The Supplier according to the proposal will provide solution for computerization of driving license to be installed at the Purchasers’ offices. (Supplier should abide by International best practices). The following documentation will support the design for the development of driving licence system:

 

Among the deliverable the supplier should provide the following:

 

System design specification documentation (manual)

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
Technical documentation

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
Operational/User documentation

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
Training documentation

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
User acceptance testing procedure documentation

 

The Supplier shall establish an action plan for on site training which shall be approved by the Purchaser.

 

The Purchaser shall provide access through the TRA domain.

 

10.1.4     Production Management System

 

The supplier shall manage and the purchaser shall understudy production of the driving license.

 

  

  

  

 

10.1.5     Production Facility.

 

The responsibility of the supplier will be to ensure the availability of production machine hardware and consumables during the entire period of operation. The Purchaser shall confirm the commencement and duration of the project to convert all old drivers licence issued to the new proposed Drivers Licence Card.

 

10.1.6     The driving licence System/card production facility interface.

 

The design and development of the Driving Licence System /card production facility interface shall be a web based and an N tier solution. The System shall provide an online update to the systems installed at an established Data Recovery Site for off line backup and disaster recovery. The Systems shall also have a hot backup at the site for instant recovery/changeover on failure of the primary Servers. All Operational Servers must reside at the TRA Data Center.

 

10.1.7     Infrastructure /Environment

 

The Supplier, in agreement with the Purchaser shall establish site where the computerised driving licence system and archive shall be accommodated. The Supplier shall implement the building alterations and additions where necessary. This includes all structural, electrical, air - conditioning and other works in order to create a suitable environment for this facility.

 

The Supplier shall implement a security system (with procedures) for the driving licence production facility.

 

10.1.8     Computer Infrastructure

 

The Supplier shall procure, test and install all related hardware according to proposal provided by the Supplier will be responsible for the shipping of this equipment from the source, and however the Purchaser will assist with this exercise.

 

10.1.9     Personnel

 

The Supplier will supply all the necessary and appropriate personnel who will be responsible to maintain the card production facility for a period of duration of the contract. The Supplier may appoint the necessary staff to operate, maintain and administer the card production facility.

 

10.1.10  Sundry items

 

The Supplier should be responsible for procurement of all consumable goods including printing materials including application forms:

 

  

  

  

 

F:            USER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFICATION

 

Overview

 

The purpose of this document is to give a functional overview of ‘Driving Licenses’ requirements and rules as stipulated in the Road Traffic Act no 30 of 1973 and the signed contract between the Government of Tanzania (TRA) and a Contractor on Build Operate and Transfer (BOT) arrangement (scheme).

 

11.1        Scope

 

This document will describe the functional driver license requirements. The network, hardware and other implementation requirements falls outside the scope of this document.

 

	
  

	
11.2

	
Acronyms, Abbreviations, Terms and Definitions Acronyms and Abbreviations

 

	
CDLS

	
Computerized Driving License System

	
CDL

	
Computerized Driving License

	
DL

	
Driving License

	
CPF

	
Card Production Facility

	
PSV

	
Passenger Service Vehicles

	
TIN

	
Taxpayer Identification Number

	
RTA

	
Road Traffic Act no 20 of 1973

	
TRA

	
Tanzania Revenue Authority

	
TTRN

	
Tanzania Traffic Registration Number

	
SALJC

	
Southern Africa Development Community

	
ISO

	
The International Organization for Standardization

 

  

  

  

 

11.3        Terms and Definitions

 

	
License Class:

	
Description

	
Class A

	
Licenses to drive motorcycles with or without a sidecar and whose capacity exceeds 125cc or 230kg.

	
Class Al

	
Licenses to drive motorcycles with or without a sidecar and whose capacity is less than 125cc or 230kg.

	
Class A2

	
Licenses to drive motor powered tricycles and qaudricycles.

	
Class A3

	
Licenses to drive moped whose capacity does not exceed 50cc.

	
Class B

	
Licenses to drive all types of motor vehicles except motor cycles, commercial, heavy duty and public service vehicles

	
Class C

	
Licenses to drive public service vehicles with seating capacity of 30 and more passengers in addition to the driver. Vehicles in this category may be combined with a trailer having a maximum authorized mass of not more than 750kg.  Applicants must have held Class Cl or E license for a period of not less than five years.

	
Class C1

	
Licenses to drive public service vehicles with seating capacity of 15 but less than 30 passengers in addition to the driver. Vehicles in this category may be combined with a trailer having a maximum authorized mass of not more than 750kg. Applicants must have held Class D license for a period of not less than five years.

	
Class C2

	
Licenses to drive public service vehicles with seating capacity of four but less than 15 passengers. Vehicles in this category may be combined with a trailer having a maximum authorized mass of not more than 750kg. Applicants must have held Class D license for a period of not less than five years.

	
Class C3

	
Licenses to drive public service vehicles with seating capacity of four or less passengers inclusive of the driver. Vehicles in this category may be combined with a trailer having’ a maximum authorized mass of not more than 750kg. Applicants must have held Class D license for a period of not less than five years.

	
Class D

	
Licenses to drive all types of vehicles except motorcycles, heavy duty and public service vehicles.

	
Class E

	
Licenses to drive all types of vehicles except motorcycles and public service vehicles. Applicants must ‘have held Class D Licenses for not les than three years.

	
Class F

	
Licenses to drive track laying vehicles steered by their tracks.

	
Class G

	
Licenses to drive farm or mine vehicles.

	
Class H

	
Provisional licenses for learner drivers.

	
Driving License

	
A License issued under part iv of the Traffic and Road Safety Act 1998

	
Learning Driving License

	
Learner Driving License

	
Foreign License

	
A passport holder of a foreign country.

	
Temporary Driving License

	
A CDL issued to drivers while the license is being ordered and printed. The temporary TDL is valid 3 months.

	
Certificate of Competence

	
A certificate issued by the police officer after-the applicant has successfully completed the necessary test in a particular driving License class.

	
Test Receipt

	
A receipt issued to the applicant, which entities him/her to undergo a driving test.

  

  

  

 

11.4        Specific Requirements

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
This system is a complete Computerized Driving License System

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
(CDLS) that consists of capturing of data, scanning of images, payment and ordering of Tanzania CDLs, printing and issuing of a CDL to a driver.

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
The new CDLs will replace the current manual DL system in mainland Tanzania.

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
Implementation will be undertaken in all mainland regions and linked with the Tanzania Police Traffic at the regional Headquarters in mainland Tanzania.  Although Tanzania is a member of SADC, various stake holders within the government have decided not to convert to the new classes of SADC and the international standard. However, the new card will be ISO compliant and the layout of the new smart driving license cards will conform to the ISO standard.

 

11.5        Functions

 

Generic Person

 

Purpose

 

The purpose of this ‘generic person’ function is to uniquely identify a person in the system. This function will be used in all processes to either capture or identify a person.

 

Person Details

 

The following details of the person applying must be captured. Any of the identification types listed below is acceptable.

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
Identification types are:

	
  

	
(i)

	
TIN (Taxpayer Identification Number)

	
  

	
(ii)

	
Diplomatic Passport

	
  

	
(iii)

	
Foreign Passport

	
  

	
(iv)

	
Tanzania Passport

	
  

	
-

	
The country from which the identification type originates. It defaults to Tanzania when the identification type is TIN.

	
  

	
-

	
The driver’s license system must interface with the TIN system, National ID (if available), and Police Traffic. When a TIN number is used the person detail of the applicant must be retrieved from the TIN system or National ID. No changes on the person detail are allowed. Changes on the person details must be dome through the TIN system or National ID.

	
  

	
-

	
The identification number

	 	
(v) 

	
The number must be entered

	
  

	
-

	
The table below describes the identification types with the corresponding driver categories as well as the financial implication of the driver category.

 

  

  

  

 

	
Identification Type

	
Driver Category

	
Fees Payable

	
TIN

	
T – Tanzanian Citizen

	
Yes

	
Diplomatic Passport

	
D – Diplomat

	
No

	
Foreign Passport

	
F – Foreigner

	
Yes

	
  

	
-

	
Surname (same as that of TIN or National ID)

	
  

	
-

	
Full names (first name and middle names)- as that in TIN or National ID

	
  

	
-

	
Nature of person - the options are male or female

	
  

	
-

	
Birth date

	
  

	
-

	
Age - only if the date of birth is not given. When the age is entered, the system must calculate the date of birth by subtracting the age from the day when the applicant information is captured.

	
  

	
-

	
There is no maximum age limit for a driving license.

	
  

	
-

	
Postal address

	
  

	
-

	
Physical address

	
  

	
-

	
Phone number

	
  

	
-

	
Personal restrictions valid options are:

	
  

	
(vii)

	
None

	
  

	
(viii)

	
Corrective lenses

	
  

	
(ix)

	
Artificial limb

 

Since there is currently no uniform national identification system, a unique “Tanzania Traffic Registration Number” (TTRN) will be generated for each driver where the identification type is “Diplomatic Passport”, “Foreign Passport”. The format will be as follows:

	
  

	
-

	
Date of birth with a Sequential number starting at 0000001. This number will continue with the same sequence currently used by the existing motor vehicle system.

 

11.6        Live Image Capture Station

 

Purpose

This function will be in the beginning of the driving license process. With this functionality minimum personal information are captured as well as live images are taken Of each applicant - which consist of the face, five fingerprint and signature - and stored digitally on the database.

Input

Valid identification

A pre-printed application form, indicating the function the applicant wishes to be done.

Requirements and Rules

The following functions can be selected:

-      Convert (Tanzania Existing) Driving License

-      Provisional License

-      Issuance of Test Fee

 

  

  

  

 

-      Issuance of Certificate of Competence

-      New Driving License

-      Renewal of Driving License

-      Convert Foreign Driving License

-      Duplicate Driving License

Facial images, five fingerprints and a signature image of the applicant will be taken.

If there is no image on the system, an image must be taken. A combo (provision) to select fingers of right or left arm.

On renewal a new image of the driver shall be captured.

Output

A one-dimensional bar-coded application form for the function selected must be printed.

 

11.7        Provisional Driving License (Class H)

 

Purpose

The purpose of this function is to record an application for a provisional driving license. The provisional driving license will be used by the learner driver while learning the rules of the road and the art of driving so as to get prepared for the driving test. A learner driver must be enrolled at a registered driving school. All applicants applying for a provisional license will get a provisional driving license.

Input

Valid identification

A completed personalized application form

Requirements and Rules

The driving class for which the learner driver is applying must be captured.

Applicants must be 16 years and older of age to apply for A, A1, A2 and A3.

Applicants must be 18 years and older of age to apply for A, A1, A2, A3 and B.

Applicants must be 21 years and older of age to apply for all classes except C classes.

The vehicle restrictions are:

-      None

-      Automatic transmission

-      Physically disabled

-      Electrically powered

The driver restriction can be updated.

The applicant must not be marked as suspended on the computerized system. The system will enforce this validation.

The provisional driving license is valid for 3 months. from the date of issue.

A provisional License fee must be charged and the applicable fee paid must be printed on the associated Provisional License’ document.

A person applying for a Learner’s Driving License shall make a payment at a Bank Payment details of the applicant shall be uploaded electronically into the DLS.

Output

A combined Provisional License.

 

  

  

  

 

The following information must be printed on the provisional License:

-      Identification type, Nationality and Identification Number as described in paragraph 6.1.2.

-      Full names and address

-      The learner license class Date of expiry

-      Date and place of issue

-      Issuing officer

-      Photograph

-      Payment Detail

 

11.8        Application for Testing

 

Purpose

The applicant can apply for a driver test if the applicant is confident that he can drive a vehicle that falls under a particular license class. Applicants in the outer districts, where the district is not computerized can still apply at their local authority and be issued with a manual receipt.

After payment at a Bank a Bank Pay-in slip will be issued by the bank to the applicant. This Bank Pay-in slip is taken to the Police Officer as proof of payment for the driving test. The profile of the applicant including payment status should be viewed by the Police Officer.

Input

A valid learner’s license must exist.

Requirements and Rules

The applicant information must exist on the system.

A learner’s license must exist and must be valid.

The vehicle restriction must be captured or updated.

The applicant must not be marked as suspended on the computerized system. The system will enforce this validation.

The test fee.

Output

After the test fee has been paid, a Bank Pay-in slip must be issued.

The Bank Pay-in slip must contain the following information:

-      Identification number

-      Name

-      Address

-      License class

-      Fee Amount.

 

11.9        Generation and Issuance of Certificate of Competence

 

Purpose

After the applicant has paid a Test fee at a Bank the applicant shall undergo testing by a Police Officer for the class applied. A successful applicant shall be issued with a Certificate of Competence (COC) by a Police Vehicle Inspector. The COC shall be generated by the System.

 

  

  

  

 

Requirements and Rules

The applicant information must exist on the system.

A learner’s license must exist and must be valid.

The vehicle restriction must be captured or updated.

The applicant must not be marked as suspended on the computerized system. The system will enforce this validation.

The test fee must have been paid. The Test Fee is valid for three months and expires once a Test is undertaken.

Medical Examination certificate for eye fitness

Input

-      Provisional Driving License

-      Payment

Medical Examination certificate for eye fitness

Mandatory Test results (to be provided in a format)

Date and name of police station must be captured.

The vehicle restrictions must be captured.

The driver restriction can be updated.

A Police Officer shall mark through a special window that the Applicant has undergone medical examination and that he is fit to own a driving license for that class.

If the Results: Pass, the system shall generate and issue a unique Certificate of Competence; otherwise “Fail” the system shall cancel the validity of Test Fee in case it was within three months.

If an applicant fail a test but during which the Learner’s License is still valid the applicant may go for another test using the valid Learner’s License but will be subjected to pay a Test fee.

Output

-      Certificate of Competence

 

11.10     New Driving License (CDL) XXX

 

Purpose

After an applicant has passed the driving test and is issued with a certificate of competence, the applicant can apply for a driving license at a computerized region.

Input

A provisional license and certificate of competence.

A completed bar-coded application form.

Payment

Eye Medical Certificate

Requirements and Rules

A driving license is valid for 5 years.

The license class must be the same as on the certificate of competence.

The applicant must not be marked as suspended on the computerized system. The system will enforce this validation.

A driving license fee (a matrix or table of fee structure to be created) must be charged.

 

  

  

  

 

A function (drop down combo facility) whereby the License Card shall be printed at a designated or nearest Card Printing Facility (shown on the Distribution Table).

Output

After the License has been validated and Driver’s Payment Table updated after payment through the Bank th6 following apply:

The system shall generate and issue a new CDL at a designated Card Printing Facility (CPF).

The new CDL will be valid for five years from the issue date.

After the CDL has been printed from a designated CPF the CDL shall be sent to TRA Regional Office where the driver had requested or default as per distribution Table.

 

11.11     Renewal of a Driving License

 

Purpose

CDL can be renewed for further periods of five years upon having obtained an Eye Medical Certificate which shall verified by a Police officer.

Input

A Police Officer shall mark through a special window that the Applicant has undergone medical examination and that he is fit to own a driving license for that class.

A CDL not older than five years from the date of issue. Expired CDLs will be punched and given back to the applicants.

A completed application form Payment

Requirements and Rules

No changes to the driving class and vehicle restrictions can be made.

The driver restriction can be updated.

The applicant must not be marked as suspended on the computerized system_ The system will enforce this validation.

An application can be made for a five-year license.

The validity of the renewed license should begin from the expired date of issue of the new license.

A renewal license fee must be charged.

A 25% penalty after a grace period of 30 days upon late renewal on the renewal fee must be charged. The percentage value and the grace period will be stored as parameters.

Output

After the License has been validated and Driver’s Payment Table updated after payment through the Bank the following apply:

	
  

	
-

	
The system shall generate and issue a new CDL at a designated Card Printing Facility (CPF).

-      The new COL will be valid for five years from the issue date.

	
  

	
-

	
After the CDL has been printed from a designated CPF the CDL shall be sent to TRA Regional Office where the driver had requested or default as per distribution Table.

 

  

  

  

 

11.12     Convert Foreign Driving License

 

Purpose

This function will be used to convert a foreign driving license for a Tanzania CDL., The corresponding Tanzania License class will be manually determined by the Tanzania Police Officer and then be captured on the system.

Input

The foreign driving license

A completed application form

Foreign passport

Certified driving status from the country of origin.

Payment for non Diplomats

Requirements and Rules

The-passport number, country and date of issue must be captured.

The foreign license number, type of license, restrictions, expiry date and, if available, the date of issue of the foreign license must be captured.

The corresponding Tanzania driving class or class, with the vehicle restriction, must be captured.

Foreigners coming from non-Common Wealth countries and SADC members will be retested by the police. The applicant shall be subjected to the same conditions as for a new applicant. If they pass the test, a certificate of competence will be issued to the applicant. The certificate of competence number, date of issue and place of issue must be captured. A license is valid for five years.

A license fee must be charged.

Output

After the License has been validated and Driver’s Payment Table updated after payment through the Bank the following apply:

The system shall generate and issue a new CDL at a designated Card Printing Facility (CP F).

The new CDL will be valid for five years from the issue date.

After the CDL has been printed from a designated CPF the CDL shall be sent to TRA Regional Office where the driver had requested or default as per distribution Table.

 

11.13     Conversion (Take-on) to a Computerized Driving License

 

Purpose

This function will allow the applicant to convert the manually generated (currently in use) Tanzania driving license to the new Tanzania CDL. Before the current licenses are converted, they will be verified and certified. Applicants with Passenger Service Vehicle (PSV) classes will be retested by the Police Officer and be issued with a unique PSV certificate.

Input

The current driving license will be cancelled and retained by the applicant.

The applicant should have a relevant ID (eg. TIN or National ID and passport)

A completed application form

Certificate of Competence

Eye Medical Certificate

Payment

 

  

  

  

 

Requirements and Rules

After verification of the old Tanzania driving license by the Police Officer, the officer shall capture mandatory fields of the COC.

The unique license number, issue date, the place of issue and the driving class of the old Tanzania driving license must be captured. If a duplicate COC number is detected the process must be stopped and reported to the Police Officer for further action.

The PSV certificate date and the region where it was issued must be captured if the converted license has a PSV class.

The corresponding new driving license class, with the vehicle restrictions on each, must be captured.

The applicant must not be suspended.

A unique certificate of competence number, date of issue and the region where it was issued must be captured for CDL’s. This activity shall be captured by the Police Officer.

An application can be made for a five-year License.

The new CDL will be valid for five years from the issue date.

The remaining validity period on the old driving License will be lost when converting to the CDL. r_

No refunds or credit will be given in respect of the remaining validity on the old driving License.

A five-year conversion license fee must be paid.

On issuance of the CDL the system should be mark as issued.

The system should be able reconcile cards manufactured against those, issued.

Output

After the license has been validated and payment received the following will apply:

The system shall generate and issue a new CDL at a designated Card Printing Facility (CPF).

The new CDL will be valid for five years from the issue date.

After the CDL has been printed from a designated CPF the CDL shall be sent to TRA Regional Office where the driver had requested or default as per distribution Table.

 

11.14     Duplicate Driving License

 

Purpose

An applicant can apply for a duplicate CDL after the loss, damage or theft was reported to the police.

Input

The applicant’s information must exist on the computerized system as a holder of a valid CDL

Police report

Valid identification

Payment (Loss report fee)

Payment for Duplicate card

 

  

  

  

 

Requirements and Rules

The current License must be valid and should not have expired.

If the License has expired, the applicant must apply for a renewal,

The reason for a duplicate License can be lost, damaged or stolen.

Remarks must be captured, e.g. to capture comments from the police report.

The police report number must be captured if the reason for the duplicate card is stolen, damaged or lost.

The applicant must not be on suspension. No changes can be made to the CDL. No images must be taken of the applicant. A duplicate License fee must be charged.

Output

After the license has been validated and payment received the following will apply:

The system shall generate and issue a new CDL at a designated Card Printing Facility (CPF).

The new CDL will be valid for five years from the issue date.

After the CDL has been printed from a designated CPF the CDL shall be sent to TRA Regional Office where the driver had requested or default as per distribution Table.

 

11.15     Convert Provisional - New Driving License

 

Purpose

This function will be used to convert applicants who are in possession of a provisional license and certificate of competence, issued through the old manual system and who wishes to apply for a new driving license.

Input

None

Requirements and Rules

No new Provisional Licenses should be issued three months before rollout of the CDL System.

Output

None

 

11.16     Suspension of a Driver

 

Purpose

	
  

	
(a)

	
This function will be used to suspend a driver due to the Court ruling.  Once convicted by the court, the CDL will be retained at a Police Station where the offence was committed. The Police Officer updates the driver’s records with the suspension details and the CDL is kept at Police Station for custodian. A Police Officer shall block any transactions until the suspension is uplifted.

	
  

	
(b)

	
The law also provides for senior officers of the traffic Police to suspend a driving license where the officer finds that the offence committed warrants such suspension. In this regard the system shall have such provision, a window for the Police officer to suspend a vehicle.

 

  

  

  

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
The System shall have a log of all offences committed by a driver but do not amount to a suspension. The System shall provide a Window for’a Police Traffic Officer to book the offence without suspension. The system shall keep these statistics and according to the rule:

	
  

	
(i)

	
an accumulated number of accident offences (3 accident offences) shall constitute to an automatic suspension of the driving license and the Traffic Police should be able to access such report and notification through the System.

	
  

	
(ii)

	
An accumulation of Notification of fines more than five (5) times the system shall automatically suspend the license for three months

	
  

	
(iii)

	
In an event of accident causing death, the suspension shall be for a lifetime.

	
  

	
(v)

	
The System shall have roles defined for Officers from the level of Assistant Superintendent of Police as per Section 28 of the Road Safety Law number 3011973 (R.E 2002).

 

Input

Driving license

Valid Identification

Court Order

Capture the period, court case number, court judgment reference and period

Requirements and Rules

The court case number and Court judgment reference number must be captured.

Capture the period of the suspension.

Remarks must be captured. No fees are charged.

No application for a driving license or test can be made while the driver is on suspension.

Output

Report on Suspension.

 

11.17     Uplifting of a Driving License

 

Purpose

 

A driver’s suspension can be uplifted when the suspension period has expired, or his/her suspension has been cancelled (uplifted) via a court ruling.

 

Input

 

A court ruling

 

Valid Identification

 

Police officer shall uplift the Suspension

 

  

  

  

 

Requirements and Rules

 

Reason for uplifting of suspension must be captured.

 

A court ruling number and date

 

Update Driver’s database

 

Output

 

No fee must be charged.

 

The driver suspension has been uplifted by the Police Officer. The driving license must be returned to the driver.

 

11.18     Cancellation of a Driving License

 

Purpose

This function will be used to cancel a driver due to the Court ruling. Once convicted by the court, the CDL will be retained at a Police Station where the offence was committed. The Police Officer updates the driver’s records with the cancellation details and the CDL is kept at Police Station for custodian. The driver’s records shall be permanently blocked for any transactions by a Police Officer.

Input

Driving license

Valid Identification

Court Order

Capture the period, court case number, court judgment reference and period

Requirements and Rules

The court case’ number and Court judgment reference number must be captured.

Capture the period of the suspension. Remarks must be captured. No fees are charged.

No application for a driving license or test can be made for a driver whose License is cancelled.

Output

Report on cancellation driving license.

 

11.19     Reports

 

Statistical Report

 

	
  

	
·

	
Licenses Issue/class/station/date/ Annual /six months/ quarterly/monthly

 

	
  

	
·

	
Number of licenses suspended

 

	
  

	
·

	
Licenses issue/class/officer/date/station

 

	
  

	
·

	
License by region, age, sex

 

  

  

  

 

Ad-hoc or User Tailored Reports

 

	
  

	
·

	
Apart from developing standard Reports, the System should be integrated with tools for report writing such as Crystal report writer, Excel, etc. for user defined reports. Format for the Standard reports shall be agreed upon with the users while tools will be supplied by the Contractor.

 

Financial Report

 

	
  

	
·

	
Station/Amount/Date/Month/Quarterly/Six Month /Annual

 

	
  

	
·

	
Station/Officer/Amount/Day

 

	
  

	
11.20

	
Reconciliation

 

	
  

	
·

	
Front office reconciliation

 

	
  

	
·

	
The CDL System should be able to perform reconciliation of

 

	
  

	
·

	
Cards issued from store, produced, damaged, cancelled against card issued to driver

 

	
  

	
·

	
Bank/Payment against CDL, Provisional License, etc produced.

 

	
  

	
·

	
COC generated against CDL produced

 

	
  

	
·

	
This functionality will enable the accountant to reconcile the amounts receivable from the Banks.

 

	
  

	
·

	
Daily reconciliation

 

	
  

	
·

	
This report will reflect the total amounts reconciled per office per day per user.

 

Bank reconciliation

 

	
  

	
·

	
This detail report will reflect the amounts received per bank deposit slip (Reference number) in order to reconcile with the amount per reference number deposited at the bank (bank statement against pay-in-slips). it is expected that there should be an interface with the Banks or the system should be able to upload payment information from the Banks through a swift message or TISS of the central Bank. Note that all payments have to make through a Commercial Bank.

 

Licenses

 

	
  

	
·

	
New

	
  

	
·

	
Converted (Foreign)

	
  

	
·

	
Converted (old)

 

  

  

  

 

	
  

	
·

	
Learners

	
  

	
·

	
Suspended

	
  

	
·

	
Cancelled

	
  

	
·

	
Renewals

	
  

	
·

	
Duplicates

 

Financial Module

 

	
  

	
·

	
The financial module consists of a payment through banks; reconciliation will be interface with an integrated tax administration system (ITAX) which is revenue system for the administration of domestic taxes and fees including the driving Licenses.

	
  

	
·

	
The fee structure shall be parameterized.

	
  

	
·

	
The only exemption for payments is diplomats. All other applicants must pay all the fees charged by the system. A dynamic system design will allow for the possibility of changing parameters in future regarding this business rule.

	
  

	
·

	
There are no refunds and credits in terms of money or period.

 

Output Documents

 

All output documents except the CEA_ card will be printed on ordinary paper that shall be printed a one-dimensional bar code. The CDL card shall be a smart card with security features. The security features shall be specified by TRA.

Output documents and application forms which will form part of the system are as follow:

Output Documents

-      Provisional License (Class H) - one-dimensional bar coded on A8

-      Driving Test Fee - Bank Pay-in-slip

-      Driving License Card - smart card

Application Forms - one-dimensional bar coded on A4

The applicant must have the options to receive the application forms in either English or Swahili.

Application for Driving License

-      Application for Provisional Driving License (class H)

-      Application for New Driving License

-      Application for Renewal of Driving License

-      Application for Conversion of Driving License

-      Application for Convert Foreign of Driving License

-      Application for Duplicate Driving License

 

11.21     Project Risk and Concerns Log

 

	
  

	
·

	
This log must be read as part of the URS.

	
  

	
·

	
License validity period, new applications forms, output documents and the new driving license card must be legalized by the Tanzanian authorities before it can be used in the system.

 

  

  

  

 

	
  

	
·

	
The Government will have to forego part of the revenue accrued from the CDL during the BOT period.

	
  

	
·

	
Communication infrastructure within the TRA and between the Traffic Police Regional Headquarters.

	
  

	
·

	
Interface with banks

	
  

	
·

	
Adequate resource in terms human and finance capacity and capability to handle a computerized system

 

11.22     General Notes

 

	
  

	
·

	
A regional centralized filing system will be used to file the physical files at respective regional offices. A unique sequential file number must be generated for each’person introduced to the system for the first time. The file number will be prefixed with a “CDL”.

	
  

	
·

	
Laser engraving technology will be used to engrave the facial image, personal detail and driver detail on the card. A colour photo will be engraved.

	
  

	
·

	
The smart card shall be embedded with a chip which should hold all drivers’ license information.

	
  

	
·

	
Superseding Procedure

	
  

	
·

	
The table below describes the classes that supersede classes. The highest superseding class will be prinked on the CDL card.

 

	
Class

	
Superseding Class

	
A3

	  
	
A2

	
A2 superseding A3

	
Al

	
A3 superseding A3, A2

	
A

	
A superseding A3, A2, Al

	
B

	  
	
C3

	
C3 superseding B, D, E, F

	
C2

	
C2 superseding B, C3, D, E, F

	
Cl

	
Cl superseding B,C2, C3, D, E, F

	
C

	
C superseding B,C1, C2, C3, D, E, F

	
D

	
D superseding B

	
E

	
E superseding 8, 0

	
F

	
F superseding B, D, E

	
G

	  

  

  

  

 

11.23     Implementation Schedule Table

 

	 	
Equipment Requirement

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	
UPS

	
Integrated Live Scan

	 	 	 	 
	
Office

	
Database

Server

	
Application

Server

	
Regional

Server

	
Desktop

Computer

	
Printer

	
Type 1

	
Type 2

	
Finger Print

	
Barcode devices

	
Finger Print capture

	
Digital Camera

	
Smart Card

	
Smart Card readers

	
Card Printer

	
Bar code readers

	 Remarks
	

TRA Offices

	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	 
	

1. Dar–es Salaam.

	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	 
	

Server room/H/O

	

4

	

4

	  	

3

	

3

	

8

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

1

	

3

	 
	

- CMVRS/ DL S

	  	  	

1

	

5

	

5

	  	

6

	

5

	

5

	

5

	

5

	

5

	

5

	

1

	

5

	 
	

- Samora Av.

	  	  	

1

	

8

	

8

	  	

8

	

8

	

8

	

8

	

8

	

8

	

8

	

1

	

8

	 
	

- Kinondoni

	  	  	

1

	

8

	

8

	  	

8

	

8

	

8

	

8

	

8

	

8

	

8

	

1

	

8

	 
	

- Temeke

	  	  	

1

	

6

	

6

	  	

8

	

6

	

6

	

6

	

6

	

6

	

6

	

1

	

6

	 
	

2. Kilimanjaro

	  	  	

1

	

4

	

4

	  	

4

	

4

	

4

	

4

	

4

	

4

	

4

	

1

	

4

	 
	

3. Mwanza

	  	  	

1

	

4

	

4

	  	

4

	

4

	

4

	

4

	

4

	

4

	

4

	

1

	

4

	 
	

4. Mlbeya

	  	  	

1

	

4

	

4

	  	

4

	

4

	

4

	

4

	

4

	

4

	

4

	

1

	

4

	 
	

5. Tanga

	  	  	

1

	

4

	

4

	  	

4

	

4

	

4

	

4

	

4

	

4

	

4

	

1

	

4

	 
	

6. Arusha

	  	  	

1

	

4

	

4

	  	

4

	

4

	

4

	

4

	

4

	

4

	

4

	

1

	

4

	 
	

7. Shihyanga

	  	  	

1

	

3

	

3

	  	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

1

	

3

	 
	

8. Tabora

	  	  	

1

	

3

	

3

	  	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

1

	

3

	 
	

9. Kigoma

	  	  	

1

	

3

	

3

	  	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

1

	

3

	 
	

10. Kagera

	  	  	

1

	

3

	

3

	  	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

1

	

3

	 

 

  

  

  

 

	 	
Equipment Requirement

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	
UPS

	
Integrated Live Scan

	 	 	 	 
	
Office

	
Database Server

	
Application Server

	
Regional Server

	
Desktop Computer

	
Printer

	
Type 1

	
Type 2

	
Finger Print

	
Barcode devices

	
Finger Print capture

	
Digital Camera

	
Smart Card

	
Smart Card readers

	
Card Printer

	
Bar code readers

	Remarks
	

11. Morogoro

	  	  	

1

	

3

	

3

	  	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

1

	

3

	 
	

12. Dodoma

	  	  	

1

	

3

	

3

	  	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

1

	

3

	 
	

13. Iringa

	  	  	

1

	

3

	

3

	  	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

1

	

3

	 
	

14. Mtwara

	  	  	

1

	

3

	

3

	  	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

1

	

3

	 
	

15. Rukwa

	  	  	

1

	

3

	

3

	  	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

1

	

3

	 
	

16. Mara

	  	  	

1

	

3

	

3

	  	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

1

	

3

	 
	

17. Singida

	  	  	

1

	

3

	

3

	  	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

1

	

3

	 
	

18. Ruvuma

	  	  	

1

	

3

	

3

	  	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

1

	

3

	 
	

19. Pwani

	  	  	

1

	

3

	

3

	  	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

1

	

3

	 
	

20. Lindi

	  	  	

1

	

3

	

3

	  	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

1

	

3

	 
	

21. Manyara

	  	  	

1

	

3

	

3

	  	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

1

	

3

	 
	

Police Traffic Offices

	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	 
	

1. DarEs Salaam

	  	  	  	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	 
	

- llala

	  	  	  	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	 
	

- Kinondoni

	  	  	  	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	 
	

- Temeke

	  	  	  	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	 
	

2. Kilimanjaro

	  	  	  	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	 
	

3. Mwanza

	  	  	  	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	 
	

4. Mbeya

	  	  	  	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	 

 

  

  

  

 

	  	

Equipment Requirement

	  	  	  	  	  	  	

UPS

	

Integrated Live Scan

	  	  	  	 
	

Office

	

Database Server

	

Application Server

	

Regional Server

	

Desktop Computer

	

Printer

	

Type 1

	

Type 2

	

Finger Print

	

Barcode devices

	

Finger Print capture

	

Digital Camera

	

Smart Card

	

Smart Card readers

	

Card Printer

	

Bar code readers

	Remarks
	

5. Tanga

	  	  	  	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	 
	

6. Arusha

	  	  	  	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	 
	

7. Shinyanga

	  	  	  	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	 
	

8. Tabora

	  	  	  	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	 
	

9. Kigoma

	  	  	  	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	 
	

10. Kagera

	  	  	  	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	 
	

11. Morogoro

	  	  	  	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	 
	

12. Dodoma

	  	  	  	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	 
	

13. Iringa

	  	  	  	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	 
	

14. Mtwara

	  	  	  	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	 
	

15. Rukwa

	  	  	  	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	 
	

16. Mara

	  	  	  	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	 
	

17. Singida

	  	  	  	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	 
	

18. Ruvuma

	  	  	  	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	 
	

19. Pwani

	  	  	  	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	 
	

20. Lindi

	  	  	  	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	 
	

21. Mlanyara

	  	  	  	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	

1

	  	

1

	 
	

22. Zanzibar

	  	  	  	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	

3

	  	

3

	 
	

23. Pemba

	  	  	  	

2

	

2

	

2

	

2

	

2

	

2

	

2

	

2

	

2

	

2

	  	

2

	 

 

  

  

  

 

SECTION VII:                                THE BIDDERS’ BID FORM AND THE PRICE SCHEDULE

 

**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**

 

  

  

  

 

SECTION VIII:                                THE PURCHASER’S NOTIFICATION OF AWARD

 

  

  

  

 

TANZANIA REVENUE AUTHORITY

 

	Ref. No. TRA/DDA/T:41/01	November 04, 2009

 

The President

On Track Innovations Ltd (OTI)

Z.H.R. Industrial Zone

P.O. Box 32, Rosh Pina,

12000 Israel

Tel:  +972-6868000

Fax:  +972-46838887

 

	
RE:

	
NOTIFICATION OF AWARD OF CONTRACT FOR THE DESIGN, DEVELOPMENT. IMPLEMENTATION INSTALLATION AND COMMISSIONING OF A COMPUTERIZED DRIVER’S LICENSES SYSTEM UNDER BUILD, OPERATE AND TRANSFER (BOT) ARRANGEMENT: CONTRACT No. AE/023/GS/003/09-55

 

We are pleased to inform you that your Technical and Financial Proposals to implement the above referred project in Tanzania has been accepted at a fixed price of **THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.** per card for the contactless smart card solution inclusive of taxes for a contract period of three years. This offer is made on the understanding that **THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.** of Driver’s License fees will be paid to the Tanzania Revenue Authority while **THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.** is payable to On Track Innovation (OTI) for the purpose of offsetting the operational expenses.  This apportionment will be based on net fees after deducting the taxes (that is amounts exclusive of taxes).

 

However, before we formalize the contract and due to the nature of the services to be rendered by your firm, you are invited to attend a joint project implementation meeting on November 16th 2009 at 10.00 hours in the boardroom of the Tanzania Revenue Authority Headquarters Building located along Sokoine Drive, Dar Es Salaam.  Issues which will be discussed during our scheduled meeting include the following:

 

	 	
(i) 

	
Methodology and Work Plan

	 	
(ii) 

	
Availability of Professional and Support Staff

	 	
(iii) 

	
Clarifications on Tax Liability.

	 	
(iv) 

	
The Breakdown of Processing Fees and Method of Payment

	 	
(v) 

	
Fixed Tanzanian Shillings to USD exchange rate that will apply through out the contract period

	 	
(vi) 

	
Improvement on the Proposed Terms of Reference

	 	
(vii) 

	
Reporting Systems

	 	
(viii) 

	
Any other issue of relevant importance to the contract

 

  

  

  

 

Additionally: we would like to restate some significant Sections under Additionally, under the Instructions to Bidders (ITB) namely, Clause 37 Performance Security that reads as follows:

 

37.1           Within thirty (30) days of the receipt of notification of award from Purchaser, the successful bidder shall furnish the performance security in accordance with the Conditions of Contract in the Performance Security Form provided in the tender documents, or in another form acceptable to the Purchaser.

 

37.2           Failure of the successful bidder to submit the above-mentioned Performance Security or sign the Contract shall constitute sufficient ground for-the annulment of the award and forfeiture of the- bid security, in which event the Purchaser may make award to the next lowest evaluated bidder or call for new bids.

 

Soon after successful contract negotiations, a formal contract will be prepared to incorporate the improved Terms of References and extract of your technical /financial proposals for signing. Please do not hesitate to contact the office of the secretary of TRA tender Board in case you need further information or clarification regarding this Notification of award.

 

	 	
Yours sincerely,

 

/s/ Asha K. Nassoro

Asha K. Nassoro

FOR: COMMISSIONER GENERALexhibit_4-11.htm

Exhibit 4.11

 

**CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAVE BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND 

EXCHANGE COMMISSION (THE “COMMISSION”).**

SUPPLY AGREEMENT

This Supply Agreement, between SMARTRAC N.V., a Netherlands company (“SMARTRAC”) and On Track Innovations Ltd., an Israeli company (“OTI”),

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, SMARTRAC N.V. desires to sell products to On Track Innovations Ltd., and On Track Innovations Ltd. desires to purchase certain products from SMARTRAC N.V.;

WHEREAS, in addition to terms defined elsewhere in this Supply Agreement, the following capitalized terms used herein shall have the following meanings, where it being understood that all definitions below shall apply both to their singular and plural forms, as the context may require.

 

“Agreement” means this Supply Agreement.

 

“APA” means the Asset Purchase Agreement, dated December 22nd, 2009, between OTI, Millennium Card’s Technology and SMARTRAC Singapore Trading PTE.

 

“Affiliate” means, with respect to a specified Person, a Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, is Controlled by, the specified Person.

 

“Assets” means the assets sold to SMARTRAC Singapore Trading PTE by OTI and Millennium Card’s Technology Limited in accordance with the APA.

 

“Cards” means wire embedded inlay laminated cards having one or more layers including chip or chip module, and in some cases including an artwork layer.

 

“Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and operating policies of the entity in respect of which the determination is being made, through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, by voting trust, or otherwise.

 

“Dual Interface Product” means dual interface wire embedded inlay produced by HERA Technology.

 

  

  

  

 

It is hereby clarified that whenever the word "transponder" is used in this Agreement (whether in connection with Exclusive Product or otherwise), it means a chip or a chip module connected to a wire embedded antenna.

 

“Exclusive Product” means Card-Prelams (inlays) of all sizes, white RFID cards, government document inlays, Dual Interface Product, e-Passports inlays, each using a wire embedded transponder.

 

“HERA Technology” means the technology demonstrated in patent applications PCT/IL2007/001378, PCT/IL2008/000538, and PCT/IL2008/001397.

 

“IFRS” means International Financial Reporting Standards.

 

“Intellectual Property Right” means any right to patents, copyrights, trademarks, know-how, or other intellectual or industrial property rights.

 

“Lead Time” means the timeframe between a confirmation of a purchase order and the notice to OTI that the Products are ready for shipment.

 

“MCT (Shenzhen)” means Millennium Card’s Technology (SZ) Limited.

 

“Non-Standard Material” means material used to produce only OTI Customer Specific Product.

 

“Order Confirmation” means a written confirmation by SMARTRAC of a Purchase Order from OTI.

 

“OTI” means On Track Innovations Ltd., an Israeli company, and its Affiliates. 

 

OTI, inter alia, develops and manufactures, markets, distributes and sells smart card based products.

 

“OTI Customer Specific Product” means a product using RFID transponders or HERA Technology based products designed and developed by OTI.

 

“Party” means SMARTRAC (notwithstanding the definition below, exclusive of its Affiliates, unless the context requires otherwise) and OTI (notwithstanding the definition above, exclusive of its Affiliates, unless the context requires otherwise).

“Patent Protected Country” means a country in which the sale and use of SMARTRAC Products are protected by one or more SMARTRAC’s patents or by one or more patent licenses of SMARTRAC, or both, in the country in which it is sold or used.

 

“Person” means any individual, partnership, joint venture, trust, corporation, limited liability entity, unincorporated organization or other entity (including a Governmental Entity).

 

  

2

  

 

“Production Yield” means shipped goods dividend by OTI consigned goods and/or components, the result of which is multiplied by 100.

 

“Product” means SMARTRAC Products, OTI Customer Specific Products, Dual Interface Product and Cards. Any Exclusive Product is a Product.

 

“Purchase Order” means a written purchase order placed by OTI with SMARTRAC, each of which, as soon as confirmed by SMARTRAC, shall be deemed to incorporate the terms and conditions of this Agreement, unless otherwise stated in this Agreement.

 

“RFID” means Radio Frequency Identification Technology.

 

“Safety Stock” means material in the possession of SMARTRAC ready to be used to manufacture Products.

 

“SMARTRAC” means SMARTRAC N.V., a Netherlands company, and its Affiliates.

 

SMARTRAC is a worldwide leading transponder manufacturer.

 

"SMARTRAC Product" means and includes all types of transponders, developed, designed (with final specifications and drawings) and manufactured by SMARTRAC. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in case a SMARTRAC Product is exclusively designed and developed for a single customer or a single project of SMARTRAC, or both, it shall not be deemed a SMARTRAC Product.

 

“Sourcing Price” means the price paid by SMARTRAC for goods, components, materials, services purchased by SMARTRAC.

 

“Standard Products” means Products that are ready for batch production. A Product shall become a Standard Product when more than five hundred thousand units thereof have been produced by SMARTRAC in a calendar year.

 

“Third Party” means any Person other than SMARTRAC and OTI.

 

“Working Days” means Monday through Friday but excluding national and state holidays in the State of Delaware, U.S.A.

NOW, THEREFORE, subject to the terms, conditions, covenants and provisions of this Agreement and in reliance on the mutual promises and warranties covenants contained in this Agreement, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

  

3

  

 

Section 1

Introduction

 

	
1.1.

	
The Parties agree that during the term of this Agreement and subject to the terms and conditions hereof: (i) SMARTRAC shall be OTI ́s only and exclusive supplier for Exclusive Products; and (ii) OTI shall have the right to purchase from SMARTRAC and SMARTRAC agrees to sell to OTI Products which are not Exclusive Products.

 

	
1.2.

	
SMARTRAC hereby acknowledges that SMARTRAC’s performance of this Agreement and becoming an available, reliable and cooperative supplier of the Products to OTI is a fundamental element in OTI's agreement to cease its inlay production operation and sell the Assets to SMARTRAC as well as to OTI’s agreement for the other terms of the Asset Purchase Agreement between the parties thereto. SMARTRAC undertakes to produce and sell the Products to OTI for the term of this Agreement and any extension hereof, and to implement any and all measures deemed reasonably necessary to ensure such supply.

 

	
1.3.

	
Upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Parties, SMARTRAC shall designate a key account manager to properly support the contractual relationship with OTI created by this Agreement.

 

	
1.4.

	
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, until the shut-down of MCT (Shenzhen) pursuant to the APA, OTI shall have the right to complete existing orders-in-progress and other orders as specified in the APA and such actions shall not be deemed in any manner a breach of the terms of this Agreement.

 

Section 2

Products

	
2.1

	
This Agreement only applies to Products, the specifications of which have been completed pursuant to the Specification Process (“Specification Process”) as reflected in Attachment 2.1. The Parties shall enter into the Specification Process based on OTI's request for each Product, the specification for which does not exist.

	
2.2

	
SMARTRAC hereby undertakes to sell to OTI all Exclusive Products as reasonably specified by OTI, and OTI agrees to buy, all Exclusive Products exclusively from SMARTRAC and OTI shall not buy Exclusive Products from any Third Party, all subject to the terms of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubts, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, it is hereby clarified that a Product other than Exclusive Product shall not be subject to the exclusivity provisions of this Agreement.

 

  

4

  

 

	
2.3

	
Without derogating from SMARTRAC's obligation to supply Exclusive Products to OTI under this Agreement, the obligation of OTI to buy Exclusive Products exclusively from SMARTRAC shall not apply and OTI shall have the right to purchase Exclusive Products from another supplier in the following situations: (a) in the event the specification of a Exclusive Product is not agreed between the Parties within the timeframe specified in the Specification Process, due to a delay caused by SMARTRAC, in which case OTI shall have the right to purchase the Exclusive Products from a Third Party, until the specification is agreed by the Parties and SMARTRAC is ready to manufacture and sell such Exclusive Products; or (b) (i) SMARTRAC is not able to manufacture the Exclusive Products; or (ii) SMARTRAC does not provide a quotation for Standard Products within three Working Days from receipt of the request for quotation from OTI; or (iii) SMARTRAC does not provide a quotation for non-Standard Products within five Working Days from receipt of the request for quotation from OTI; or (iv) SMARTRAC is not able to supply the Exclusive Products in accordance with the time schedule requested by OTI; or (v) SMARTRAC does not confirm OTI’s order within three or five Working Days (as set forth in Section 3.3 below); or (c) in the event that the purchasing of the Exclusive Product by OTI is made for a customer that does not agree to SMARTRAC being the Exclusive Product manufacturer, provided that OTI made best commercial efforts in good faith to cause the customer to agree to have SMARTRAC as the Exclusive Product manufacturer.

 

Nevertheless, before exercising its right to purchase Exclusive Products from another supplier under this Section, OTI shall give written notice to SMARTRAC's key account manager (by email) of its intention not to purchase the Exclusive Products from SMARTRAC, and the Chief Executive Officers of SMARTRAC and OTI shall attempt to resolve the issue then. If the matter is not resolved to OTI's satisfaction within 5 Working Days from date of such notice, OTI shall be free to exercise its right to purchase the Exclusive Product from any other suppliers, until the issue is resolved and then the exclusivity according to Section 2.2 shall be reinstated.

	
2.4

	
SMARTRAC may, within its sole discretion, develop and improve the Exclusive Product and shall inform OTI regularly and no later than once a calendar quarter about any such future Exclusive Product that is or has been developed.

	
2.5

	
With respect to Products other than Exclusive Products, OTI may request a quotation from SMARTRAC for the manufacture of said products with the intention of SMARTRAC becoming a preferred supplier of OTI.  However OTI shall not be obligated to purchase such products from SMARTRAC and may purchase such products from other suppliers in its sole discretion.

	
2.6

	
OTI shall be entitled to purchase from SMARTRAC and SMARTRAC undertakes to sell to OTI all SMARTRAC Products, and SMARTRAC shall offer OTI said SMARTRAC Products under the terms of this Agreement. An overview of the current SMARTRAC Products is attached as Attachment 2.6. In addition to the overview, Attachment 2.6 includes a complete list of all SMARTRAC Products which relate to the "Security Segment" as reflected in the said attachment.

 

  

5

  

 

	
2.7

	
Cards; Mastercard and Visa Products

	
  

	
2.7.1

	
SMARTRAC hereby undertakes to supply OTI with Cards. The Cards, their specifications, consistency and conformance shall be defined from time to time by OTI. If OTI changes any specification or consistency or conformance standard, OTI shall give SMARTRAC a period of three weeks to make changes in its manufacturing processes to effect such change(s). Such period will be extended if new machinery or raw materials is required for the production of the Cards.

	
  

	
2.7.2

	
SMARTRAC is entitled to use subcontractors to manufacture the Cards, provided that (i) any such subcontractor is approved by OTI in writing prior to the engagement by SMARTRAC of such sub-contractor, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld; and (ii) SMARTRAC maintains full responsibility to OTI for the performance of any such subcontractor in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. OTI shall provide aforementioned approval, licenses, production and process know-how that is required for SMARTRAC to be able to manufacture the Cards within six weeks (excluding the qualification period) before the first issuance of an order for the Cards. OTI shall warrant that the provided know how would fit for the intended purpose. Promptly after the execution and delivery of this Agreement, SMARTRAC shall send, at its own expense, a team of SMARTRAC's employees to MCT (Shenzhen)’s manufacturing site in China for training by MCT (Shenzhen) in the production process and know-how relevant to the production of Cards. Such know-how shall remain OTI's proprietary information and will be treated by SMARTRAC as confidential information given for the sole purpose of production of Cards by SMARTRAC for OTI. SMARTRAC shall not use such proprietary know-how and information for any purpose other than the production of Cards for OTI, with the exception of know-how that is already known to SMARTRAC (and can be proven by SMARTRAC by satisfactory evidence) or is publicly available.

	
  

	
2.7.3

	
SMARTRAC hereby undertakes to supply OTI with MasterCard certified and Visa certified products upon explicit request by OTI. SMARTRAC hereby undertakes to obtain MasterCard and Visa certification for physical security. In the event additional certifications is required to provide OTI with MasterCard and/or Visa certified products, SMARTRAC shall have the right to outsource such project in coordination with OTI in accordance with Section 2.7.2 above, but shall remain obligated towards OTI.

	
2.8

	
OTI Customer Specific Products

	
  

	
2.8.1

	
SMARTRAC hereby undertakes to supply OTI Customer Specific Products as listed in Attachment 2.8.1 as well as future OTI Customer Specific Products.

	
  

	
2.8.2

	
SMARTRAC and OTI hereby undertake to negotiate in good faith an agreement pursuant to which SMARTRAC will supply OTI Customer Specific Products to OTI on a case-by-case basis with a perspective to having better pricing for OTI than the prices specified in Section 4.4 below. For avoidance of doubt, the know-how required for the production of these OTI Customer Specific Products shall be licensed on a non-exclusive basis by OTI to SMARTRAC for the sole and limited purpose of the production of OTI Customer Specific Products for OTI. Such know how (as well as other Intellectual Property Rights related to OTI Customer Specific Products) shall remain the sole property of OTI and SMARTRAC shall not make any use in such knowledge, other than for the purpose of producing OTI Customer Specific Products for OTI and SMARTRAC will treat such knowledge as confidential information given for the said sole purpose, with the exception of know-how that is already known to SMARTRAC (and can be proven by SMARTRAC by written evidence) or is publicly available.

 

  

6

  

 

	
  

	
2.8.3

	
Without granting exclusivity to OTI, SMARTRAC shall give OTI in addition to no more than one other customer of SMARTRAC the first option to negotiate a supply contract with SMARTRAC regarding any new Product not exclusively designed and developed for a single customer or a single project, or both, developed by SMARTRAC during the term of this Agreement.

 

Section 3

Terms and Conditions of Purchase and Delivery

 

	
3.1

	
The terms and conditions of purchase and delivery of Products supplied by SMARTRAC to OTI are governed by this Agreement.

	
3.2

	
Deliveries shall be based on a Purchase Order placed by OTI and confirmed in writing by SMARTRAC. Each Purchase Order, once confirmed by SMARTRAC, shall be deemed to incorporate the terms and conditions of this Agreement, as this Agreement may be amended from time to time.  In the event of a conflict between any of the terms of this Agreement and the terms expressly set forth in both a Purchase Order and the related written confirmation, such express terms set forth in the Purchase Order and the related written confirmation shall supersede and shall govern the conflicting term hereof for the specific Purchase Order only.

	
3.3

	
SMARTRAC shall confirm in writing Purchase Orders for Standard Products within three Working Days from the date of receipt of each Purchase Order from OTI and within five Working Days for non-Standard Products from date of receipt of a Purchase Order. Only after written confirmation of a Purchase Order (“Order Confirmation”) by SMARTRAC any such Purchase Order shall be binding on SMARTRAC.

 

If SMARTRAC refuses or fails to confirm a Purchase Order within said three or five Working Days, as the case may be, OTI shall provide the Chief Executive Officer of SMARTRAC with a written notice to that effect (by email) regarding such refusal or failure (stating the facts concerning such refusal or failure in sufficient detail that SMARTRAC will have a reasonable opportunity to cure the alleged refusal) and if such refusal or failure is not cured within additional five Working Days following the receipt of such written notice, the Parties shall enter into the Escalation Process as stated in Section 12 and OTI has the right to place the specific Purchase Order with an alternative supplier.

 

  

7

  

 

	
3.4

	
During the first five Working Days of each month OTI shall provide SMARTRAC with a three months forecast of OTI orders for Products covering the three consecutive months following the month in which the forecast is delivered to SMARTRAC. The forecast for the first month shall be 50% binding upon the Parties (i.e, OTI shall be obligated to order not less than 50% of the Products forecasted and SMARTRAC shall have the obligation to deliver up to 100% of the Products, if so requested by OTI) on a per-Product-basis and the forecast for the next two months shall not be binding and shall be provided for information purposes only. SMARTRAC shall not be obliged to confirm but will use best efforts to confirm a Purchase Order from OTI, the volume of which is more than 500,000 units per month, and to which OTI has not delivered a written forecast at least two months in advance.

	
3.5

	
Unless otherwise agreed in writing, all deliveries of SMARTRAC are EXW (Incoterms 2000) from the delivering SMARTRAC entity. The pricing pursuant to Section 4 is based on EXW. All other delivery terms on the basis of INCOTERMS 2000 shall be made available to OTI upon request, provided that OTI pays the additional related costs of other INCOTERMS 2000 terms in comparison to EXW. The Products shall be delivered to the site named in the Purchase Order. SMARTRAC shall not make any profit on the additional costs or logistics.

	
3.6

	
Upon request of OTI, SMARTRAC shall deliver the Cards pursuant to Section 2.7 directly to OTI’s customer and use OTI packaging. All additional costs associated with such delivery in addition excess to of the costs of the Cards (which already include shipping and adequate packaging costs) shall be borne by OTI, and SMARTRAC shall not make any profit for its service.

	
3.7

	
Lead Times

 

The following Lead Times shall apply:

 

	  	
Number of units (thousand units)

	
Lead Time

	
Sample Product

 

	
<1

 

	
7 Working Days

 

	
Standard Products

	
< 500

 

 

	
2 weeks (if forecasted)

3 weeks (if not forecasted)

	
Standard Products

	
> 500 ; volumes exceeding one million will be negotiated in good faith

	
3 weeks (if forecasted)

4 weeks (if not forecasted)

 

	
Non Standard Products & OTI Customer Specific Products

	  	
To be agreed on order per order – OTI to have preferred production status (main factor being lead time of material)

 

	
  

	
On the first Working Day following the Purchase Order confirmation by SMARTRAC, this specific Purchase Order can be increased one-fifth (20%) by OTI. SMARTAC shall have the right to reject such 20% volume increase only for reasons of materials required to produce the Products being unavailable.

 

  

8

  

 

	
3.8

	
OTI shall not have the right to cancel a Purchase Order which has been formally confirmed by SMARTRAC. However, OTI has the right to postpone without penalty the predefined delivery time of Products subject to a Purchase Order and order confirmation, but not for more than three consecutive months and prior to the first shipment under the Purchase Order.

	
3.9

	
SMARTRAC acknowledges that time is of the essence in the performance of all orders. Without releasing SMARTRAC from its obligation to meet the delivery dates set forth above, if delivery dates for Products cannot be met, then without derogating from OTI's right to remedies in such event, as set forth in Section 7 below, SMARTRAC shall notify OTI as promptly as possible but in any event not less than two Working Days prior to the delivery date most recently agreed upon, of the earliest possible date for delivery of the Products.

	
3.10

	
If SMARTRAC fails to meet a delivery date, SMARTRAC shall pay to OTI a penalty of two per cent (2%) of the SMARTRAC selling price of the Products in the delayed shipment covered by the relevant Purchase Order per each period of five Working Days of delay from the last mutually agreed upon delivery date with a limitation of ten percent (10%). The payment of the penalty shall not release SMARTRAC from fulfilling its obligations under any Purchase Order. The Parties agree that any such penalties are intended to reflect the lower value of the delivery service level rendered by SMARTRAC and by no means are intended to limit OTI's right to additional remedy (if any), provided under Section 7 below.

	
3.11

	
Unless otherwise requested by OTI, the Production Yield of the Standard Products and non-Standard Products existing as of the date hereof shall be ninety-nine percent (99%) per delivery when memory chips are used and ninety-seven point five percent (97.5%) when microprocessor chips are used. The Production Yield for future Products shall not be less than market standards. If the Production Yield set forth herein is not met, OTI shall be entitled to a compensation from SMARTRAC equal to the cost (a) of the chip and/or (b) of the chip module and/or (c) of the material used in the Products that failed to meet the Production Yield. Such compensation shall be OTI's sole remedy in such event. SMARTRAC undertakes to pay said compensation without delay, and in any event within 30 days of demand by OTI. SMARTRAC shall manage the defective modules as directed by OTI. No rework for microprocessor modules is authorized by OTI.

 

  

9

  

 

Section 4

Purchase Prices

 

	
4.1

	
Pricing for e-passport and card-related products that are SMARTRAC Products will be according to the following rules:

	
  

	
4.1.1

	
Regarding any e-passport and card-related products to the extent they are sold and used in a Patent Protected Country (i.e., exclusive of sales of such e-passport and card-related products in non-Patent Protected Countries):

	 	
4.1.1.1

	
For the first 2.5 million units per calendar year (500,000 with respect to e-passport related-products and 2 million with respect to card-related products), OTI shall receive the OTI special price for such products (without regard to amounts ordered);

	 	
4.1.1.2

	
For any sales in excess of the 2.5 million per calendar year as described in 4.1.1.1 above, OTI shall receive the best price within the sale volume bracket (for total Purchase Orders confirmed by SMARTRAC during any calendar year for the said product and without considering the initial 2.5 million sales for the purpose of applying the respective price range). In any case and without relevance to the amount ordered, the starting price for all e-passport and card-related products sold pursuant to this Section 4.1.1.2 shall be according to the volume bracket that starts at 1 million units in the price list, or the immediate bracket above 1 million units, if a 1 million bracket does not exist (or higher, according to the amount ordered).

	
  

	
4.1.2

	
Regarding any e-passport and card-related products to the extent it is sold and used in a Non Patent Protected Country (i.e., exclusive of sales of such e-passport and card-related products in a Patent Protected Countries):

	 	
4.1.2.1

	
For card-related products, which are not national identification card related products (those national identification card related products are covered under Section 4.1.2.3 below), SMARTRAC’s pricing for such products sold in or for use in non-Patent Protected Countries shall be adopted, with best price per country being used in situations involving a local project in which the customer is not entitled to export said products from such non-Patent Protected Country. SMARTRAC shall have the right and shall use its best effort to assign its manufacturing obligation with respect to any such card-related products to one or more of its production/manufacturing partners. OTI shall adequately participate (without incurring costs) in any potential cost saving with respect to the contract assignments.

 

  

10

  

 

	 	
4.1.2.2

	
For an e-passport related products, which requires production solely in highly secured production facilities, SMARTRAC can only provide single project pricing, which shall be based on the price mechanism set forth in Section 4.1.1.

	 	
4.1.2.3

	
For a national identification card related product, the Parties shall align the pricing country by country. With respect to any such national identification card related product that has no security feature, no patent or other special feature (e.g., do not use special material for its manufacture), SMARTRAC shall have the right and shall use its best effort, subject to OTI’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, to assign its manufacturing obligation with respect to any such product to one or more of its production/manufacturing partners. OTI shall adequately participate (without incurring costs) in any potential cost saving with respect to the contract assignments.

	
  

	
4.1.3

	
Price list according to Section 4.1 is set forth in Attachment 4.1.

	
4.2

	
OTI's purchase prices for SMARTRAC Products, other than those mentioned in Section 4.1 above, shall be agreed upon on a case by case basis.

	
4.3

	
OTI's purchase prices in accordance with the mechanism set forth in Section 4.1 and 4.2 are agreed to be the maximum prices applicable for the term of this Agreement and any future extension thereof. The Parties shall schedule a meeting in November of each year to attempt in good faith to negotiate purchase prices. The negotiations inter alia shall consider the annual forecast per Product provided by OTI and the adjustment of prices according to increases in costs of raw materials for SMARTRAC over a period of three consecutive months. No upward adjustment in the prices shall be made other than (i) adjustment as a result of increase in the cost of raw materials provided that SMARTRAC shall not be entitled to any margins on these costs, and (ii) US Dollar/Euro exchange rates as mentioned in SMARTRAC’S price lists.

	
4.4

	

 
OTI’s purchase price for the following products shall be calculated on the basis of **THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**: (a) Dual Interface Products; (b) Cards; and (c) OTI Customer Specific Products.

 

  

11

  

 

	
4.5

	
Upon OTI's request, SMARTRAC shall supply OTI with chips and chip modules. OTI's prices for chip and chip modules shall be **THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**.

 

	
4.6

	
**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**.

	
4.7

	
During the term of this Agreement, SMARTRAC shall provide OTI with an overall initial credit limit of Euro 1,000,000.00 (One Million Euros). The Parties agree to raise this credit limit from time to time, taking into consideration the growth and development of the business conducted by the Parties.

	
4.8

	
OTI shall pay amounts up to Euro 500,000.00 (Five Hundred Thousand Euros) due to SMARTRAC for Products sold to OTI on the 20th calendar day of the month following sixty calendar days from the latest of (i) the date of receipt the invoice from SMARTRAC, or (ii) delivery of Products (based on ex-works) for which such amounts are due.

 

SMARTRAC may send an invoice via e-mail attachment or via registered post. In any case OTI shall confirm the invoice within 4 Working Days of receipt.

	
4.9

	
In the event that OTI increases its credit line to Gemalto to an amount in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Euros, SMARTRAC will increase its credit line to OTI for that customer of OTI by the same amount respectively, but under no circumstances will the total credit limit granted by SMARTRAC to OTI exceed the maximum credit line provided for in Section 4.7 above.

	
4.10

	
Amounts due to SMARTRAC by OTI that are not covered by the foregoing provisions and that exceed Five Hundred Thousand Euros shall be paid to SMARTRAC by OTI within sixty calendar days from the latest of (a) the date of receiving an invoice from SMARTRAC or (b) delivery of Products for which such amounts are due. In any case OTI shall confirm the invoice within 4 Working Days of receipt.

All payments made by OTI to SMARTRAC shall be paid in full in readily available funds for same day value without set-off, counterclaim or deduction.

	
4.11

	
In the event that (a) OTI is late with three payments within any six months period and has not cured such default within five Working Days after receipt of written notice from SMARTRAC, or (b) a certified public accounting firm providing written opinion reasonably questions OTI’s ability to continue as a going concern, SMARTRAC may modify the credit limit under this Section 4 in its sole discretion. Upon curing the default or as soon as OTI is able to continue as a going concern according to a written opinion of certified public accounting firm, OTI shall be entitled to credit line of Euro 1,000,000.00 as specified in Section 4.7 above.

 

  

12

  

 

	
4.12

	
SMARTRAC’s prices to OTI do not include any national, state or local sales, use, value-added or other taxes, customs duties or similar charges or governmental fees which SMARTRAC may be required to pay or collect upon the sale or delivery of Products or upon collection of the sales price. Should any such tax or levy be made on sales of Products to OTI, OTI agrees to promptly pay same and indemnify SMARTRAC for any claim for such tax or levy demanded.

 

Section 5

Safety Stock

	
5.1.

	
Based on the forecast of OTI, SMARTRAC shall maintain a Safety Stock for the production of Products that is reasonably calculated to provide safety against any delay in production of Products that might result from failure to have such Safety Stocks on hand and immediately available. OTI shall periodically offer its suggestions to SMARTRAC regarding the quantities of such Safety Stocks that OTI believes SMARTRAC should maintain, and SMARTRAC shall respond to such suggestions and enter into discussions with OTI with a view to reaching consensus concerning the appropriate amount of such Safety Stock. An important factor to be considered in determining the appropriate amount of Safety Stocks is the volume of purchases of Products by OTI.

	
5.2.

	
OTI shall buy the Safety Stock of Non-Standard Material from SMARTRAC at the latest of (a) the phase out of the OTI Customer Specific Product related to such Safety Stock, or (b) within one year after the termination of this Agreement (unless terminated as a result of the Escalation Process pursuant to Section 12 below), at the same price paid by SMARTRAC for such Non-Standard Material (based on the assumption that Non-Standard Material purchased by SMARTRAC is used on a “first in first out” basis, i.e., in the order purchased, so that the most recently purchased Non-Standard Material shall comprise the Safety Stock of such material at any given time).

	
5.3.

	
SMARTRAC shall inform OTI twice a year of the volume of its Safety Stock, for purposes of information only. Such notification shall not release SMARTRAC from its obligations relating to Safety Stock under this Agreement.

 

Section 6

Warranty

	
6.1

	
With respect to any Product delivered by SMARTRAC, SMARTRAC hereby warrants that, during twelve months from the latest of (i) date of delivery of any Product to OTI; or (ii) the date of direct delivery of the Product to a customer of OTI, the Product shall comply with the agreed specifications, shall be in such quality that complies with market standards, and shall be free from defects in design (unless the design was provided by OTI or by OTI’s customer, where an initial drawing provided by OTI or OTI's customer shall in no event be deemed as a design), material, and workmanship. This warranty shall survive any delivery, inspection, acceptance, and payment by OTI.

 

  

13

  

 

	
6.2

	
OTI shall inspect Products by means of random sample inspection shipped to it by SMARTRAC as soon as practicable to determine their conformance to the Purchase Order and shall advise SMARTRAC as soon as practicable if a defect in a Product is discovered. OTI waives any right to assert a claim against SMARTRAC arising from any non-conformity of Products sold hereunder which would have been observable upon said random sample inspection or testing within thirty days after delivery to OTI.

	
6.3

	
In the event OTI detects a defect (“Defect”) in a Product within the warranty period specified above, upon OTI’s written notice to SMARTRAC within 30 Working Days after detecting the Defect, describing in reasonable detail (i.e., such detail as will enable SMARTRAC to easily identify the alleged Defect) the nature of the alleged Defect together with the Product in question to SMARTRAC, SMARTRAC shall thereupon have the right to perform an examination of the Product and shall notify OTI in writing of its conclusions within 15 calendar days from receipt of the defective products by SMARTRAC.

	
  

	
6.3.1

	
If and to the extent that the Parties agree that the Defect is attributable to SMARTRAC, in OTI's sole discretion and without prejudice to any other rights of OTI under this Agreement or at law to:

	
  

	
(a)

	
as soon as practicable, but no later than one week for a Standard Product and two weeks for a Non-Standard Product, to replace the defective Product at no cost to OTI; or

	
  

	
(b)

	
as soon as practicable SMARTRAC shall correct, at no cost to OTI, any defective Product by repairing it, at OTI’s location, provided SMARTRAC determines that it is possible to repair the defective Product; or

	
  

	
(c)

	
if so requested by OTI, accept a return of such defective Product to SMARTRAC at SMARTRAC’s expense and refund in cash as soon as practicable, to OTI the purchase price of the defective Product

	
  

	
6.3.2

	
If and to the extent that SMARTRAC concludes following the inspection made according to Section 6.3 that the Defect is not attributable to SMARTRAC, and OTI disagrees to such conclusion, then the Parties will nominate a mutually agreed expert whose determination on the matter shall be final and binding.

	
6.4

	
SMARTRAC’s warranty of Products shall not apply to any Product or component or part of a Product to the extent damage is caused by (a) a normal wear and tear of the Product, (b) operation above rated capacity or by excessive use compared to the Products specification, (c) a negligent or faulty use, alteration, improper storage, maintenance, repair, operation, or handling by OTI or an OTI customer, which were designed, provided and/or consigned by OTI, unless the design and/or the specification was approved by SMARTARC, or (d) installation or operation not in accordance with the operating instruction, if any, for the Product.

 

  

14

  

 

	
6.5

	
THE WARRANTY OF SMARTRAC EXPRESSED ABOVE SHALL BE IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

	
6.6

	
SMARTRAC’S SOLE LIABILITY AND OTI’S SOLE REMEDY WITH REGARD TO WARRANTY AS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION 6, IS LIMITED TO EITHER (A) REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF DEFECTIVE PRODUCTS OR PARTS THEREOF, OR (B) AT OTI'S OPTION, RETURN OF THE PRODUCTS TO SMARTRAC AND REFUND OF THE PURCHASE PRICE.

	
6.7

	
The terms and conditions of SMARTRAC’s warranty set forth herein shall apply to any replaced or repaired Product.

	
6.8

	
Upon OTI’s request, the Parties shall discuss on a case by case basis the extension of the scope of warranty for Products. The price for the extended warranty shall be the most favorable price offered to other SMARTRAC customers for similar products.

	
6.9

	
Any description or representation by SMARTRAC or its agents regarding the use, application, and suitability for a certain purpose, or any of them, of the Products shall be construed as a warranty pursuant Section 6.1 only if made in writing directly from SMARTRAC to OTI. Descriptions may be provided as a specification, sample, model, bulletin, drawing, diagram, engineering sheet, or similar material. Advertisement material sent to OTI and/or supposed to address the general public will not be regarded as a description.

 

	
6.10

	
OTI shall make best efforts (and shall provide evidence therefore) in preventing the further use of any allegedly defective Product immediately upon being identified as defective by OTI or OTI’s customer.

 

Section 7

Limitation of Liability

UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL A PARTY BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR FOR ANY OTHER LOSS, DAMAGE OR EXPENSE OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING LOSS OF PROFITS, ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR WITH THE SALE OR USE O PRODUCTS SUPPLIED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT.

  

15

  

 

Section 8

Third Party Rights Infringement,

Indemnification and Limitation of Liability

	
8.1

	
SMARTRAC represents that as the date hereof, to the best of its knowledge, the development, manufacture use, and sale of the SMARTRAC Products currently in existence (but not any components obtained from Third Parties such as chips, displays and similar products, or from OTI) by SMARTRAC do not infringe any Third Party’s Intellectual Property Rights and that it has obtained all rights and authorizations required for the development, manufacture, use, and sale of the SMARTRAC Products including the authorizations required from its personnel, inventors, designers and more generally any Person directly or indirectly involved in any development work, or from any Third Party. The limitation of liability pursuant to Section 8.3 below and Section 7 above shall not apply in the event of breach of the representation set forth in this Section 8.1.

	
8.2

	
OTI RECOGNIZES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT ONE OR MORE OF SMARTRAC’S PRODUCTS (INDIVIDUALLY, “DISPUTED PRODUCT” AND COLLECTIVELY, “DISPUTED PRODUCTS”) UNDER THIS AGREEMENT MAY INFRINGE UPON THIRD PARTY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS IN ONE OR MORE COUNTRIES AND JURISDICTIONS OF THE WORLD (INDIVIDUALLY, “DISPUTED COUNTRY” and COLLECTIVELY, “DISPUTED COUNTRIES”). THEREFORE SMARTRAC SHALL BE ENTITLED TO EXPRESSLY PROHIBIT IN A WRITTEN NOTICE TO OTI THE SALE, AND RESTRICT (INCLUDING COMPLETELY DENYING AND AVOIDING) ANY LIABILITY RELATING TO INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS IN ANY OF THE DISPUTED COUNTRIES WITH RESPECT TO ANY OF THE DISPUTED PRODUCTS SOLD FOLLOWING THE RECEIPT OF SUCH NOTICE BY OTI. SUCH WRITTEN NOTICE SHALL INCLUDE THE RELEVANT BASIS AND GROUNDS FOR SMARTRAC’S DETERMINATION REGARDING THE ALLEGED INFRINGMENT.

IN THE EVENT THAT IN OTI’S OPINION THERE ARE NO SUFFICIENT GROUNDS FOR SMARTRAC’S DETERMINATION THAT THE PRODUCT MAY INFRINGE UPON THIRD PARTY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS IN ONE OR MORE COUNTRIES THE PARTIES SHALL NOMINATE AN EXPERT WHOSE DETERMINATION ON THE MATTER SHALL BE FINAL AND BINDING. IN THE EVENT THE PARTIES FAIL TO AGREE ON THE INDENTITY OF THE SAID EXPERT THEN THE CHAIR OF THE BAR IN THE DISPUTED COUNTRY SHALL NOMINATE SUCH EXPERT.

 

  

16

  

 

OTI SHALL NOT SELL OR USE SMARTRAC’S DISPUTED PRODUCTS IN ANY SUCH DISPUTED COUNTRIES AND OTI SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RETURN TO SMARTRAC ANY DISPUTED PRODUCTS THAT OTI PURCHASED FOR SALE OR USE IN ANY DISPUTED COUNTRY AND RECEIVE A REFUND FROM SMARTRAC OF THE PRICE PAID BY OTI FOR THE RETURNED PRODUCTS. WITH RESPECT TO ANY DISPUTED PRODUCT IN ONE OR MORE DISPUTED COUNTRIES, OTI SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO BUY SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR PRODUCTS FROM SUPPLIERS OTHER THAN SMARTRAC FOR USE IN SUCH COUNTRY OR COUNTRIES EVEN IF SUCH PRODUCTS ARE EXCLUSIVE PRODUCTS (AS DEFINED IN THIS AGREEMENT)

	
8.3

	
IF A THIRD PARTY RAISES A CLAIM AGAINST OTI FOR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHT BY A PRODUCT SUPPLIED BY SMARTRAC, OR IF OTI IS IN ANY MANNER PREVENTED FROM USING OR SELLING A PRODUCT AS A RESULT OF SUCH AN INFRINGEMENT CLAIM, THE TOTAL LIABILITY OF SMARTRAC TO OTI SHALL BE LIMITED TO AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE REVENUE FOR IMPACTED PRODUCT FAMILY ACTUALLY PAID BY OTI TO SMARTRAC DURING THE TWELVE MONTHS PERIOD PRECEDING THE ALLEGED INFRINGEMENT.

	
8.4

	
SMARTRAC shall forthwith notify OTI if any Third Party makes a reasonable claim or reasonable demand or brings an action against, or gives notice of an intention to make or bring a claim, demand or action against OTI or SMARTRAC or raises a reasonable claim which may be considered as being likely to affect the performance by SMARTRAC of its obligations and undertakings under this Agreement or any related contracts.

	
8.5

	
In the event that a Third Party raises a reasonable claim or a reasonable demand or brings an action against, or gives notice of an intention to make or bring a claim, demand or action against OTI or SMARTRAC relating to infringement of Intellectual Property Rights, then notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, OTI shall have the right to purchase the Exclusive Products subject to such claim, demand or action from Third Parties until such matter is resolved. SMARTRAC shall also be obligated to repurchase (at cost) from OTI all products sold by SMARTRAC to OTI that infringe on any Intellectual Property Right.

	
8.6

	
SMARTRAC assumes no liability for damages resulting from infringements of Intellectual Property Rights resulting from (a) modifications to Products made by any Person other than SMARTRAC, and/or (b) the use of the Products by OTI in combination or as part of or with other products, unless such combination is the intended use of the Product. OTI shall forthwith notify SMARTRAC if any Third Party makes a claim or demand or brings an action against, or gives notice of an intention to make or bring a claim, demand or action against OTI or SMARTRAC which may reasonably be considered as being likely to affect the performance by SMARTRAC of its obligations and undertakings under this Agreement or any related contracts.

  

17

  

 

Section 9

Special Technology

	
9.1

	
SMARTRAC hereby undertakes to manufacture Dual Interface Products for OTI. The Dual Interface Products shall be based on OTI HERA Technology. In the framework of the APA, SMARTRAC shall receive all Dual Interface intellectual property rights as outlined in Attachment 9.1 hereto ("Dual Interface IP").

	
9.2

	
Following the transfer of the Dual Interface IP to SMARTRAC, SMARTRAC shall be the exclusive owner of the Dual Interface IP. Along with the stipulations in the APA with regard to the Dual Interface IP, OTI warrants to the best of its knowledge that the Dual Interface IP is in every aspect sufficient to enable SMARTRAC to produce the Dual Interface Products for the purpose of this Agreement.

 

Section 10

Confidentiality

At the time of the execution and delivery of this Agreement the Parties shall also execute Non-Disclosure Agreement in the form attached as Attachment 10.1.

 

Section 11

Term and Extensions of this Agreement

	
11.1

	
This Agreement shall become effective on the later of (a) the Closing Date of the APA, or (b) when SMARTRAC advises OTI that sufficient transfers of the Assets have been made to SMARTRAC to enable it to begin production of Products pursuant to this Agreement, but in any case not later than the end February 2010.

 

	
11.2

	
This Agreement shall remain effective for a period from the date specified in 11.1 until December 31, 2014; provided that OTI shall have the unilateral right to extend the term of this Agreement ten times for consecutive one-year-period each, by providing written notice to SMARTRAC at least thirty days prior to December 31, 2014 or December 31 of any year thereafter.

	
11.3

	
Each Party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time by giving notice thereof in writing to the other Party if the other Party (i) becomes insolvent, or enters into an arrangement with creditors or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or becomes the subject of a bankruptcy, receivership or trusteeship proceeding, or (ii) fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder, and such failure continues uncured for more than thirty (30) days following notice of such failure from the other Party, describing the failure in reasonable details, provided that the escalation process has been complied with.  A termination of this Agreement under this Section shall not in any way limit, or be deemed a waiver of, any other rights and remedies available to either Party pursuant to this Agreement, by reason of a breach of this Agreement by the other Party.

  

18

  

Section 12

Escalation Process

 

	
12.1

	
If any dispute arises out of or in connection with this Agreement, SMARTRAC and OTI agree to use their best and good faith efforts to settle the dispute through consultation and negotiation and a spirit of mutual cooperation.

	
12.2

	
If the Parties fail to agree upon a settlement of any dispute hereunder, then resolution shall be escalated to negotiations between the respective heads of business departments of SMARTRAC and OTI, and failing agreement between them, resolution shall be further escalated to negotiations between the Chief Executive Officers of SMARTRAC and of OTI. If this management escalation process has not produced agreement within fourteen Working Days of its initiation, but in any case not later than 4 months after the commencement of negotiations between the parties pursuant to Section 12.1, then the Parties shall be free to take legal action pursuant to Section 12.3.

	
12.3

	
In case either Party claims that there has been a breach of any provision of this Agreement by the respective other Party that has not been resolved by the escalation provisions of Section 12, the Parties agree that such claim shall solely be determined by arbitration administered by the International Centre for Dispute Resolution (a division of the American Arbitration Association) in accordance with International Arbitration Rules. The number of arbitrators shall be three. The place of arbitration shall be Wilmington, Delaware. The language of the arbitration shall be English. The resolution of such panel of arbitrators shall be final and binding. Subject to Section 7 above, the arbitrator shall be authorized to grant the Parties any remedy, but in no event shall the panel of arbitrators be authorized or empowered to grant to OTI a license to use SMARTRAC’s Intellectual Property Rights as a remedy. Until an award is rendered by the panel of arbitrators, OTI may use a source other than SMARTRAC to obtain products similar to the Product or Products that is/are the subject matter of the arbitration and SMARTRAC shall not sue OTI claiming infringement of any Intellectual Property Right or rights related to the Product or Products that is/are the subject matter of the arbitration.

	
12.4

	
The escalation process described in this Section 12 shall not apply to disputes arising in connection with Section 2.3 and 3.3 above. Disputes pursuant to Section 2.3 and 3.3 above shall be resolved according the process described in said section.

  

19

  

 

Section 13

Amendments and Waivers

	
13.1

	
Failure of either Party hereto to enforce any provision or right of this Agreement shall in no way be considered to be a waiver of such provision or right and shall in no way affect the validity of this Agreement and shall not prejudice such Party from later enforcing or exercising the same or any other provisions or rights which it may have under this Agreement.

	
13.2

	
No addition to, amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be binding upon either Party unless it is in writing and signed by a duly authorized representative of both Parties.

 

Section 14

Assignment

	
14.1

	
Neither Party may assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party, it being agreed that such consent shall not to be unreasonably withheld.

 

	
  

	
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that a Party sells all or substantially all of its assets to a Third Party, not in an artificial transaction or other transaction that is only designed to circumvent the need to obtain the consent of the other Party for the assignment of this Agreement as specified above ("Sale of Assets Deal"), then this Agreement may be assigned upon written notice to the other Party (based on the assigning Party's sole discretion) and the consent of the other Party shall not be required.

 

	
  

	
In the event that a Party engages in (a) a Sale of Assets Deal, or (b) a sale of all or substantially all of its shares to a Third Party, or (c) merges with and into another entity (owned by Third Party) where it is not the surviving entity with a competitor or a customer of the other Party, then in such transactions it shall be required, notwithstanding the foregoing, to obtain the consent of the other Party. In the event that the other Party does not provide its consent within 14 Working Days following receipt of a notice, then the Party who wishes to engage in said transaction will have the right to terminate this Agreement without a right for remedy to the other Party, provided that it concludes the proposed transaction.

	
14.2

	
The foregoing Section 14.1 to the contrary notwithstanding, SMARTRAC and OTI may each assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to one or more of its Affiliates. In the event of any such assignment, the assigning Party shall remain liable under this Agreement and guarantee the non-assigning Party that the assignee will assume and perform all rights and obligations of the assigning Party under this Agreement and that the assignee is able to fulfil its duties under this Agreement. As an example of this Section 14.2, if SMARTRAC assigns its rights and obligations under this Agreement to one of its Affiliates (“Assignee”), SMARTRAC would be obligated as a guarantor to guarantee the performance by Assignee of any obligation under this Agreement to OTI.  An additional example would be a sale by an Affiliate of SMARTRAC to an Affiliate of OTI. In that situation, SMARTRAC would be obligated to OTI Affiliate as a guarantor of the obligations of SMARTRAC’s Affiliate to the OTI Affiliate; and OTI would be obligated to SMARTRAC’s Affiliate as a guarantor of the payment and performance by OTI’s Affiliate to SMARTRAC’s Affiliate.

  

20

  

Section 15

Non-Production

	
15.1

	
During the term of this Agreement and any extension of said term, OTI shall cease the production of Exclusive Product. This obligation of OTI to cease such production includes the understanding and agreement by OTI that it will not transfer knowledge relating to the Exclusive Product production to any Third Party, unless in such events specified in this Agreement, pursuant to which OTI can use Third Parties to produce such Exclusive Products.

	
15.2

	
OTI acknowledges and agrees that the restrictions contained in this Section 15 are fair and reasonable and necessary to accomplish the scope objectives contemplated by this Agreement. If, at the time of enforcement of any provision of this Section 15, a court or other tribunal shall hold that the restrictions therein are unreasonable or unenforceable under circumstances then existing, the Parties agree that the maximum period, scope or geographical area reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for the stated period, scope or area.

	
15.3

	
The Parties agree that, in the event of any breach by a Party of any of the provisions of this Agreement, money damages may be inadequate and the other Party may not have an adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the this Agreement, the Parties agree that such Party shall have the rights, in addition to any other rights and obligations under this Agreement, to seek an adequate remedy for such breach, in any court having jurisdiction over the matter, not only by an action for damages but also by an action or actions for specific performance, injunction and /or other equitable relief in order to enforce or prevent any violations (whether anticipatory, continuing or future) of the provisions of this Section 15.

 

Section 16

Force Majeure

Deliveries may be cancelled by either Party without liability in case of an act of God, war, riots, fire, explosion, flood, strike, lockout, injunction, inability to obtain fuel, power, raw materials, labour, containers, transportation facilities, accident, malfunction of machinery, apparatus, national defence requirements, acts of local, state or national governments, or any similar cause beyond the control of such Party, which prevents the manufacture, shipment, acceptance or consumption of a shipment of goods or raw materials or other materials upon which the manufacture of goods is dependent. If, because of any such circumstances, SMARTRAC is unable to supply Products, SMARTRAC may allocate its available supply among itself and all of its customers, including those not under contract with SMARTRAC, in an equitable manner. Except to the extent of cancellation of deliveries or allocation of supply hereunder, this Agreement shall remain unaffected. Further, SMARTRAC shall not be liable to OTI under this Agreement for any damages or expenses caused by delay in delivery because of such circumstances. In any event of SMARTRAC not being able to supply Products due to Force Majeure as specified in this Section 16, OTI shall have the right to buy Exclusive Products from Third Parties, until SMARTRAC is able to supply OTI with the Products again.

  

21

  

Section 17

Severability

If any provision or part of any provision of this Agreement, including any attachment hereto (all of which attachments are part of this Agreement), is invalidated by operation of law or otherwise, the provision or part will to that extent be deemed omitted and the remainder of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect. Should the case arise, the Parties agree that such invalidated provision or part thereof shall be replaced by a similar but legally valid provision which is as close as possible in effect to the invalidated provision or part thereof.

 

Section 18

Entire Agreement

This Agreement constitutes the final and entire understanding with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all other prior covenants, agreements, undertakings, obligations, promises, arrangements, communications, representations, warranties, negotiations and understandings, whether oral or written by any Party hereto, including without limitations, the agreement between the Parties and Millennium Card’s Technology entered on September 15, 2009 as amended on November 5, 2009.

 

Section 19

Miscellaneous

 

	
19.1

	
Any changes or amendments to this Agreement including any changes or amendments to this provision must be in written form in order to be valid and binding.

 

	
19.2

	
This Agreement is written in the English language, and all matters dealing with this Agreement shall be in English.

 

  

22

  

 

	
19.3

	
Each Party acknowledges and confirms that it and its counsel have reviewed this Agreement and that the rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting Party will not be employed in the interpretation and construction of this Agreement. In addition, the headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and in no event shall be used for interpreting this Agreement.

 

	
19.4

	
All notices and other communications under this Agreement (except for those required pursuant to Section 2.3 and 3.3 above with regard to which the Parties may not use a different manner of notices) shall be in writing and shall be given or made by delivery in person (and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon such delivery), by overnight courier service (and shall be deemed to have been duly given two Working Days after delivery to the courier service), by facsimile (and shall be deemed to have been duly given after transmission in full with electronic confirmation of transmission if delivered during recipient’s business hours, or on the next Working Day if delivered after recipient’s business hours), by email (and shall be deemed to have been duly received at the time sent by the sending Party), or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) (and shall be deemed to have been duly given five Working Days after delivery to the mail service) to the respective parties at the following addresses (or to such other address or facsimile number as a Party may have specified by notice given to the other Party pursuant to this provision):

 

If to OTI:

 

On Track Innovations Ltd.

 

Z.H.R. Industrial Zone, Rosh Pina 12000, ISRAEL

 

Tel: +972-4-686-8000

 

Fax: +972-4-693-8887

 

Attn.: Oded Bashan, Chairman and CEO

 

If to SMARTRAC:

 

SMARTRAC N.V.

 

Strawinskylaan 851

 

1077 XX Amsterdam

 

The Netherlands

 

Phone: +31 20 30 50 150

 

Fax: +31 20 30 50 155

 

Attn.: Dr. Christian Fischer (CEO), Manfred Rietzler (CTO)

 

The receiving Party shall be required to send notices in the same or more expedite manner as used by the sender with regard to the same subject matter.

  

23

  

 

Section 20

Governing Law and Jurisdiction

 

	
20.1

	
Each Party to this Agreement hereby agrees and specifies that this Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware in the United States of America (including the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted in Delaware), without regard to principles of conflicts of laws. The International Convention of Sales of Goods shall not apply to this Agreement.

 

	
20.2

	
Each Party further agrees and specifies that (except as specifically provided in Section 12.3) such Party shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the courts of Delaware.

 

	
20.3

	
SMARTRAC may be served with legal process c/o National Registered Agents, Inc., 160 Greentree Drive, Suite 101, Dover, DE 19904 Delaware or at such Party’s address set forth above or if different, at the principal office of the Party wherever that office may be in the world at the time such service is made or attempted to be made, or at whatever address is permitted by the Hague Convention on the Service Abroad of Judicial and Extrajudicial Documents in Civil and Commercial Matters.

 

	
20.4

	
OTI may be served with legal process c/o OTI America, Inc., 111 Wood Ave. South, Suite 105, Iselin, New Jersey 08830 or at such Party’s address set forth above or if different, at the principal office of the Party wherever that office may be in the world at the time such service is made or attempted to be made, or at whatever address is permitted by the Hague Convention on the Service Abroad of Judicial and Extrajudicial Documents in Civil and Commercial Matters.

 

	
20.5

	
Each of the Parties commits to maintain the appointment of said agent of process for at least ten years from the date hereof.

 

This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered, shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

  

24

  

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first written below.

 

	
  

	
Dated this 22nd day of December, 2009.

 

	  	
SMARTRAC N.V.

	  	  
	  	
By:  /s/ Dr. Christian Fischer

	 	 
	  	
Printed Name: Dr. Christian Fischer

	 	 
	  	
Printed Title: CEO

	  	  
	 	
By:  /s/ Manfred Rietzler

	 	 
	 	
Printed Name: Manfred Rietzler

	 	 
	 	
Printed Title: CTO

	 	 
	  	
ON TRACK INNOVATIONS LTD.

	  	  
	  	
By: /s/ Oded Bashan

	 	 
	  	
Printed Name: Oded Bashan

	 	 
	  	
Printed Title: CEO

	 	 
	 	By: /s/ Tanir Horn
	 	 
	 	
Printed Name: Tanir Horn

	 	 
	 	
Printed Title: CFO

  

25

  

 

Attachment 2.1    Specification Process

The specification process shall be as follows:

 

	
  

	

A.

	
OTI sends-in the draft specification.

 

 This initial specification should include:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
Product drawing or sketch

 

	
  

	
a.

	
Form factor

 

	
  

	
b.

	
Dimensions, size, thickness

 

	
  

	
c.

	
Required tolerances

 

	
  

	
2.

	
Chip definition or chip requirements

 

	
  

	
3.

	
Antenna specification

 

	
  

	
a.

	
Frequency requirements

 

	
  

	
b.

	
Geometrical dimensions

 

	
  

	
c.

	
Q-factor requirements if any

 

	
  

	
4.

	
Material specifications or requirements

 

	 	
5.

	
Other requirements (if any); i.e. rated capacity and / or threshold for excessive use

 

	
  

	
B.

	
SMARTRAC will define a specification based on above input as D-xxxx drawing (draft-drawing; for example, please refer to ANNEX);

 

	
  

	
C.

	
Within 3 Working Days after getting the input from OTI SMARTRAC will send this D-xxxx-drawing to OTI for approval;

 

	
  

	
D.

	
Within 3 Working Days after getting the written approval from OTI, SMARTRAC will convert this D-type of drawing into an A-xxxx-drawings (real production drawing);

 

	
  

	
E.

	
SMARTRAC will then produce the first set of samples and send (i) several samples to OTI for quality control, and (ii) if required by OTI several samples to customer of OTI for design-in and test (quantities needs to be defined in accordance with Section 3.7 of the Agreement).

 

 1 week if all tools and raw materials are available. If special material or tooling is required, this period could be longer according the external lead time.

 

	
  

	
F.

	
OTI will give the final approval on the real samples;

 

  

26

  

 

	
  

	
G.

	
SMARTRAC is ready to accept volume orders based on this specific A-xxxx-drawing;

 

	
  

	
H.

	
If any adoptions / changes are required as per OTI request or approval, SMARTRAC will use a revision-system in the D-xxxx / A-xxxx-drawing, starting with P0 (original version), P1 (first revision) forthwith, to track such changes.

 

  

27

  

 

ANNEX to Attachment 2.1

 

**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**

 

  

28

  

 

Attachment 2.6.    SMARTRAC PRODUCTS

 

Products for "Security Segement"

 

 

  

29

  

 

A.           eID

 

 

 

ePASSPORT INLAY

 

The best choice for security

 

SMARTRAC contributes to the world of secure travel by offering a wide range of tailor-made ePassport inlay solutions to its customers.  The inlays are made from laminated polycarbonate (PC) or polyester (PET) and can be incorporated into the data page of a passport.  In addition, SMARTRAC offers an alternative solution for the ePassport cover with DURASOFTTM, a resilient material which enhances the documents lifespan and durability (10 years).

 

The new SMARTRAC eCover comes with CAP (Chip Activation Protection) to ensure that personal information stored on the chip of an electronic Passport can only be read by authorized parties as it prevents the antenna from transmitting any data as long as the Passport is closed.

 

Both inlay solutions are based on the latest proven technology. Fast memory access and data protection take the security of SMARTRAC ePassport inlays to a new level.  As the worldwide leading supplier of contactless inlays, SMARTRAC guarantees reliable and flexible solutions that set standards and will meet customers’ most specific needs.

	
Overview

	
Operating Frequency

	
13.56 MHz

	
Material

	
PC, PET-G, DURASOFTTM, Composite

	  
	
Standard

	
ISO 14443 + ICAO compliant

	
Applications

	
- Secure Identification

	  
	
Benefits

	
- Various sheet dimensions and chips available

	
- Durability

	
- Reliability

	
- Proven technology

	
- Fulfils highest quality and security standards

 

www.smartrac-group.com          sales-europe@smartrac-group.com

 

  

  

  

 

ePASSPORT INLAY

 

The best choice for security

 

Technical Features

	 	
Operating

	 	 	 	 
	
Dimension

	
 Temperature

	
Frequency

	
Material

	
Thickness

	
Available ICs

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
ID-3 Inlay size 

(88 mm x 125 mm)

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
13.56 MHz

	
PC, PET-G, DURASOFTTM,

Composite

	
Typical 400 ± 30 μm

	
ICAO compliant chips and

Operating Systems

 

About SMARTRAC N.V.

SMARTRAC is a leading manufacturer and supplier of RFID (Radio Frequency Identification) components for a broad bandwidth of applications in all current frequency standards. The company produces ready-made as well as customized transponders for public transport, access control, animal identification, industry and logistics.

 

SMARTRAC is the global leader in high-quality RFID inlays for passports with integrated, contactless chips (ePassports), contactless credit cards (ePayment) as well as for RFID transponders for public transportation applications and car immobilizers. SMARTRAC was founded in 2000 and since going public in July 2006 has been trading as a stock corporation under Dutch law with its registered headquarters in Amsterdam. The company currently employs some 2.600 employees and maintains a global research and development, production and sales network.

	
For further information, please contact:

 

SMARTRAC TECHNOLOGY GmbH

Albstrasse 14

70597 Stuttgart, Germany

Phone: +49 711 656 926-10

Fax: +49 711 656 926-11

sales-europe@smartrac-group.com

	 	
Sales Asia Pacific

SMARTRAC TECHNOLOGY Pte. Ltd.

6 Greenleaf Walk,

Amsterdam Building 2-8

Singapore 279227

sales-asia@smartrac-group.com

 

Sales East Asia

SMARTRAC TECHNOLOGY Ltd.

142 Mool, Hi-Tech Industrial Estate

Tambon Ban Laean, Amphor Bang-pa-in,

Phra Nakorn Sri Ayutthaya

13160 Thailand

sales@smartrac-group.com

	 	
Sales America

SMARTRAC TECHNOLOGY US Inc.

1546 Lake Drive West

Chanhassen, MN 55317, USA

sales-america@smartrac-group.com

 

Sales Latin America

SMARTRAC TECNOLOGIA INDUSTRIA

E COMERCIO DA AMAZONIA LTDA

Avenida Acai 875-C

69075-020 Manaus, Brazil

sales-brazil@smartrac-group.com

sales-latinamerica@smartrac-group.com

	 	
Sales Middle East and Africa

sales-middleeast-africa@smartrac-group.com

 

© 2009 SMARTRAC N.V.

All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part is prohibited without the prior written consent of the copyright owner.  The information presented in this document does not form part of any quotation or contract, is believed to be accurate and reliable and may be changed without notice.  No liability will be accepted by the publisher for any consequence of its use.

 

  

 

  

  

  

 

B.           Cards

 

 

ACTIVE CARD PRELAM®

 

High on practicality and functionality

 

The SMARTRAC ACTIVE CARD PRELAM® is an inlay specially developed for advanced card applications. Equipped with multiple components including display module, LED, battery, switch or other electronic parts, it is suited to provide more functionality, convenience or security on the card.

 

One current application field for the active card inlays is one-time-password (OTP) cards that increase the security of ePayment processes significantly.

 

PRELAM® stands for pre-laminated. This means that the single layers are fused together under pressure and high temperature in special lamination press machinery after the electronic parts have been embedded into the carrier material and assembled. This prelaminated or PRELAM® structure is ideal for making pre-printed cards with many security features using standard card production processes.

 

SMARTRAC inlays for active cards have very similar physical characteristics to common inlays for RFID applications, so that experienced card manufacturers can process them into an ISO compliant card with ease. This makes ACTIVE CARD PRELAM® the perfect choice for advanced card solutions.

	
Overview

	
Operating Frequency

	
125 kHz (Low Frequency)

	
13.56 MHz (High Frequency)

	
UHF bandwidths:

	
    US 902 - 928 MHz

	
    EU 865-878 MHz

	
    JP 952-954 MHz

	
or no RF functionality

	
Material

	
PVC

	
Standard

	
ISO 7816 compatible

	
Applications

	
- eBanking

	
- Access control

	
- Identification

	
- Fancy/ Gift cards

	  
	
Benefits

	
- Security

	
- Practical form factor

	
- Customized layout possible

 

www.smartrac-group.com          cards@smartrac-group.com

 

  

  

  

 

 

ACTIVE CARD PRELAM®

 

High on practicality and functionality

 

Technical Features

	 	Operating	 	 	 	 
	
Dimension*

	
Temperature

	
Frequency

	
Material

	
Thickness

	
Other Componments

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
3x6

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
LF/ HF/ UHF 

Or no RF functionality

	
PVC

	
Typical 520 μm

	
Display module 

LED, battery, switch

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
3x7

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
LF/ HF/ UHF 

Or no RF functionality

	
PVC

	
Typical 520 μm

	
Display module 

LED, battery, switch

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
3x8

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
LF/ HF/ UHF 

Or no RF functionality

	
PVC

	
Typical 520 μm

	
Display module 

LED, battery, switch

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
Max: 320 x 480 mm

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
LF/ HF/ UHF 

Or no RF functionality

	
PVC

	
Typical 520 μm

	
Display module 

LED, battery, switch

 

* Other formats are available upon request.

 

About SMARTRAC N.V.

SMARTRAC is a leading manufacturer and supplier of RFID (Radio Frequency Identification) components for a broad bandwidth of applications in all current frequency standards. The company produces ready-made as well as customized transponders for public transport, access control, animal identification, industry and logistics.

 

SMARTRAC is the global leader in high-quality RFID inlays for passports with integrated, contactless chips (ePassports), contactless credit cards (ePayment) as well as for RFID transponders for public transportation applications and car immobilizers. SMARTRAC was founded in 2000 and since going public in July 2006 has been trading as a stock corporation under Dutch law with its registered headquarters in Amsterdam. The company currently employs some 2.600 employees and maintains a global research and development, production and sales network.

	
For further information, please contact:

 

SMARTRAC TECHNOLOGY Pte. Ltd.

6 Greenleaf Walk, Amsterdam Building 2-8

Singapore 279227

Phone +65 6469 3780

Fax +65 6469 0867

cards@smartrac-group.com

	 	
Sales Europe

SMARTRAC TECHNOLOGY GmbH

Albstrasse 14

70597 Stuttgart, Germany

sales-europe@smartrac-group.com

 

Sales East Asia

SMARTRAC TECHNOLOGY Ltd.

142 Moo1, Hi-Tech Industrial Estate

Tambon Ban Laean, Amphor Bang-pa-in,

Phra Nakorn Sri Ayutthaya

13160 Thailand

sales@smartrac-group.com

	 	
Sales America

SMARTRAC TECHNOLOGY US Inc.

1546 Lake Drive West

Chanhassen, MN 55317, USA

sales-america@smartrac-group.com

 

Sales Latin America

SMARTRAC TECNOLOGIA INDUSTRIA

E COMERCIO DA AMAZONIA LTDA

Avenida Acai 875-C

69075-020 Manaus, Brazil

sales-brazil@smartrac-group.com

sales-latinamerica@smartrac-group.com

	 	
Sales Middle East and Africa

sales-middleeast-africa@smartrac-group.com

 

© 2009 SMARTRAC N.V.

All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part is prohibited without the prior written consent of the copyright owner.  The information presented in this document does not form part of any quotation or contract, is believed to be accurate and reliable and may be changed without notice.  No liability will be accepted by the publisher for any consequence of its use.

 

  

  

  

 

 

 

DDI PRELAM®

 

High on practicality and durability

 

SMARTRAC’s Durable Dual Interface (DDI) PRELAM® is  the  inlay  incorporating Dual Interface modules to produce ISO 7816/ ISO 14443 compliant cards for ePayment, access control and identification.

 

PRELAM® stands for pre-laminated. This means that the single layers are fused together under pressure and high temperature in special lamination press machinery after the electronic parts have been embedded into the carrier material and assembled. This prelaminated or PRELAM® structure is ideal for making pre-printed cards with many security features using standard card production processes.

 

In contrast to conventional Dual Interface technology, where the module is implanted via conductive tape or adhesive material,  the unique SMARTRAC Durable Dual Interface PRELAM® comes ready with an integrated Dual Interface module. The module is connected  via thermo compression bonding. This interconnection provides superior durability and  longer life compared to conventional DI solutions.

 

The SMARTRAC DDI PRELAM® enables customers using hot lamination processes to manufacture dual interface cards with minimal additional investments. Only a simple punch machine for punching cavities into the print layer is needed by the card manufactures.

	
Overview

	
Operating Frequency

	
13.56 MHz

	
Operating Temperature

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
Material

	
PVC, PC, PET-G

	
Standard

	
ISO 7816/ ISO 14443

	
Applications

	
- ePayment

	
- Secure Identification

	
- Access control

	  
	
Benefits

	
- Customized formats and chips available

	
- Minimal investment needed by card manufacturers

	
- Highest durability

	
- Greater reliability than conventional

	
   Dual Interface Technology

 

www.smartrac-group.com          cards@smartrac-group.com

 

  

  

  

 

DDI PRELAM®

 

High on practicality and durability

 

Technical Features

	 	Operating	 	 	 	 
	
Dimension*

	
Temperature

	
Frequency

	
Material

	
Thickness

	
Available ICs

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
3x6

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
13.56 MHz

	
PVC, PC, PET-G

	
330 ± 30 μm

	
Dual Interface chip modules from

Infineon, NXP and ST

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
3x7

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
13.56 MHz

	
PVC, PC, PET-G

	
330 ± 30 μm

	
Dual Interface chip modules from

Infineon, NXP and ST

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
3x8

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
13.56 MHz

	
PVC, PC, PET-G

	
330 ± 30 μm

	
Dual Interface chip modules from

Infineon, NXP and ST

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
5x5

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
13.56 MHz

	
PVC, PC, PET-G

	
330 ± 30 μm

	
Dual Interface chip modules from

Infineon, NXP and ST

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
Max: 325 x 475 mm

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
13.56 MHz

	
PVC, PC, PET-G

	
330 ± 30 μm

	
Dual Interface chip modules from

Infineon, NXP and ST

 

* Other formats are available upon request.

	
For further information, please contact:

 

SMARTRAC TECHNOLOGY Pte. Ltd.

6 Greenleaf Walk, Amsterdam Building 2-8

Singapore 279227

Phone +65 6469 3780

Fax +65 6469 0867

cards@smartrac-group.com

	 	
Sales Europe

SMARTRAC TECHNOLOGY GmbH

Albstrasse 14

70597 Stuttgart, Germany

sales-europe@smartrac-group.com

 

Sales East Asia

SMARTRAC TECHNOLOGY Ltd.

142 Moo1, Hi-Tech Industrial Estate

Tambon Ban Laean, Amphor Bang-pa-in,

Phra Nakorn Sri Ayutthaya

13160 Thailand

sales@smartrac-group.com

	 	
Sales America

SMARTRAC TECHNOLOGY US Inc.

1546 Lake Drive West

Chanhassen, MN 55317, USA

sales-america@smartrac-group.com

 

Sales Latin America

SMARTRAC TECNOLOGIA INDUSTRIA

E COMERCIO DA AMAZONIA LTDA

Avenida Acai 875-C

69075-020 Manaus, Brazil

sales-brazil@smartrac-group.com

sales-latinamerica@smartrac-group.com

	 	
Sales Middle East and Africa

sales-middleeast-africa@smartrac-group.com

 

© 2009 SMARTRAC N.V.

All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part is prohibited without the prior written consent of the copyright owner.  The information presented in this document does not form part of any quotation or contract, is believed to be accurate and reliable and may be changed without notice.  No liability will be accepted by the publisher for any consequence of its use.

 

  

  

  

 

 

 

DUAL FREQUENCY PRELAM®

 

Higher efficiency and multi-functionality

 

The SMARTRAC DUAL FREQUENCY PRELAM® is ideally suited for hybrid applications such as access control and payment accomodating the growing demand for RFID transponders with various read range requirements in the standard card format.

 

PRELAM® stands for pre-laminated. This means that the single layers are fused together under pressure and high temperature in special lamination press machinery after the electronic parts have been embedded into the carrier material and assembled. This prelaminated or PRELAM® structure is ideal for making pre-printed cards with many security features using standard card production processes.

 

Available in PVC, PC, PET-G or Teslin® and with a range of chip sets on offer, the SMARTRAC DUAL FREQUENCY PRELAM® is compliant  with  all the respective standards applicable to the three frequencies.

	
Overview

	
Operating Frequency

	
125 kHz (Low Frequency)

	
13.56 MHz (High Frequency)

	
UHF bandwidths:

	
    US 902 - 928 MHz

	
    EU 865-878 MHz

	
    JP 952-954 MHz

	
Operating Temperature

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
Material

	
PVC, PC, PET-G, Teslin®

	
Standard

	
ISO 14443, ISO 15693

	
ISO 18000

	
Applications

	
- Access control

	
- ePayment

	
- Identification

	
- Automated fare collection

	  
	
Benefits

	
- Customized formats and chips available

	
- Available in hybrid combinations LF/HF and HF/UHF

	
- Good yield rates

	
- Highest mechanical durability and lifetime

	
- Optimal calibration between two antennas

 

www.smartrac-group.com          cards@smartrac-group.com

 

  

  

  

 

 

DUAL FREQUENCY PRELAM®

 

Higher efficiency and multi-functionality

 

Technical Features

	 	Operating	 	 	 	 
	
Dimension*

	
Temperature

	
Frequency

	
Material

	
Thickness

	
Available ICs

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
3x6

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
LF - HF

	
PVC, PC, PET-G,

	
Typical between

	
Atmel, EM Marin, Infineon,

	
3x7

	  	  	
Teslin®

	
380 and 460 μm

	
Inside, LEGIC, NXP, Sony

	
3x8

	  	  	  	  	  
	
4x10

	  	  	  	  	  
	
5x5

	  	  	  	  	  
	
6x6

	  	  	  	  	  
	
7x8

	  	  	  	  	  
	
Max: 525 x 650 mm

	  	  	  	  	  
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
3x6

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
HF - UHF

	
PVC, PC, PET-G,

	
Typical between

	
Alien, EM Marin, Impinj, Infine-

	
3x7

	  	  	
Teslin®

	
380 and 460 μm

	
on, Inside, LEGIC, NXP, Sony

	
3x8

	  	  	  	  	  
	
4x10

	  	  	  	  	  
	
5x5

	  	  	  	  	  
	
6x6

	  	  	  	  	  
	
7x8

	  	  	  	  	  
	
Max: 525 x 650 mm

	  	  	  	  	  

 

* Other formats are available upon request

 

	
For further information, please contact:

 

SMARTRAC TECHNOLOGY Pte. Ltd.

6 Greenleaf Walk, Amsterdam Building 2-8

Singapore 279227

Phone +65 6469 3780

Fax +65 6469 0867

cards@smartrac-group.com

	 	
Sales Europe

SMARTRAC TECHNOLOGY GmbH

Albstrasse 14

70597 Stuttgart, Germany

sales-europe@smartrac-group.com

 

Sales East Asia

SMARTRAC TECHNOLOGY Ltd.

142 Moo1, Hi-Tech Industrial Estate

Tambon Ban Laean, Amphor Bang-pa-in,

Phra Nakorn Sri Ayutthaya

13160 Thailand

sales@smartrac-group.com

	 	
Sales America

SMARTRAC TECHNOLOGY US Inc.

1546 Lake Drive West

Chanhassen, MN 55317, USA

sales-america@smartrac-group.com

 

Sales Latin America

SMARTRAC TECNOLOGIA INDUSTRIA

E COMERCIO DA AMAZONIA LTDA

Avenida Acai 875-C

69075-020 Manaus, Brazil

sales-brazil@smartrac-group.com

sales-latinamerica@smartrac-group.com

	 	
Sales Middle East and Africa

sales-middleeast-africa@smartrac-group.com

 

© 2009 SMARTRAC N.V.

All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part is prohibited without the prior written consent of the copyright owner.  The information presented in this document does not form part of any quotation or contract, is believed to be accurate and reliable and may be changed without notice.  No liability will be accepted by the publisher for any consequence of its use.

 

  

  

  

 

 

 

FeliCa PRELAM®

 

High on functionality and durability

 

SMARTRAC FeliCa PRELAM® incorporates the contactless IC technology developed by Sony, with excellent electrical performance and outstanding read/ write capabilities.

 

PRELAM® stands for pre-laminated. This means that the single layers are fused together under pressure and high temperature in special lamination press machinery after the electronic parts have been embedded into the carrier material and assembled. This prelaminated or PRELAM® structure is ideal for making pre-printed cards with many security features using standard card production processes.

 

SMARTRAC’s FeliCa PRELAM® comes with reference edges, optional printed cross marks, copper wire fiducials registration holes that provides card manufacturers with a durable and convenient card solution for various applications including identification, mass transit, access control and payment.

	
Overview

	
Operating Frequency

	
13.56 MHz

	
Operating Temperature

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
Material

	
PVC, PC, PET-G

	
Applications

	
- Automatic fare collection

	
- Identification

	
- Ticketing

	  
	
Benefits

	
- ISO compliant

	
- Various sheet formats available

 

www.smartrac-group.com          cards@smartrac-group.com

 

  

  

  

 

 

FeliCa PRELAM®

High on functionality and durability

Technical Features

	 	Operating	 	 	 	 
	
Dimension*

	
Temperature

	
Frequency

	
Material

	
Thickness

	
Available ICs

	  	  	  	  	  	
 

	
3x6

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
13.56 MHz

	
PVC, PC, PET-G

	
Typical 400 μm

	
Sony FeliCa

4kbyte FRAM

	  	  	  	  	  	 
	
3x7

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
13.56 MHz

	
PVC, PC, PET-G

	
Typical 400 μm

	
Sony FeliCa

4kbyte FRAM

	  	  	  	  	  	 
	
4x10

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
13.56 MHz

	
PVC, PC, PET-G

	
Typical 400 μm

	
Sony FeliCa

4kbyte FRAM

	  	  	  	  	  	 
	
5x5

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
13.56 MHz

	
PVC, PC, PET-G

	
Typical 400 μm

	
Sony FeliCa

4kbyte FRAM

	  	  	  	  	  	 
	
6x6

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
13.56 MHz

	
PVC, PC, PET-G

	
Typical 400 μm

	
Sony FeliCa

4kbyte FRAM

	  	  	  	  	  	 
	
6x11

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
13.56 MHz

	
PVC, PC, PET-G

	
Typical 400 μm

	
Sony FeliCa

4kbyte FRAM

	  	  	  	  	  	 
	
7x8

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
13.56 MHz

	
PVC, PC, PET-G

	
Typical 400 μm

	
Sony FeliCa

4kbyte FRAM

	  	  	  	  	  	 
	
Max: 580 x 705 mm

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
13.56 MHz

	
PVC, PC, PET-G

	
Typical 400 μm

	
Sony FeliCa

4kbyte FRAM

 

* Other formats are available upon request.

	
For further information, please contact:

 

SMARTRAC TECHNOLOGY Pte. Ltd.

6 Greenleaf Walk, Amsterdam Building 2-8

Singapore 279227

Phone +65 6469 3780

Fax +65 6469 0867

cards@smartrac-group.com

	 	
Sales Europe

SMARTRAC TECHNOLOGY GmbH

Albstrasse 14

70597 Stuttgart, Germany

sales-europe@smartrac-group.com

 

Sales East Asia

SMARTRAC TECHNOLOGY Ltd.

142 Moo1, Hi-Tech Industrial Estate

Tambon Ban Laean, Amphor Bang-pa-in,

Phra Nakorn Sri Ayutthaya

13160 Thailand

sales@smartrac-group.com

	 	
Sales America

SMARTRAC TECHNOLOGY US Inc.

1546 Lake Drive West

Chanhassen, MN 55317, USA

sales-america@smartrac-group.com

 

Sales Latin America

SMARTRAC TECNOLOGIA INDUSTRIA

E COMERCIO DA AMAZONIA LTDA

Avenida Acai 875-C

69075-020 Manaus, Brazil

sales-brazil@smartrac-group.com

sales-latinamerica@smartrac-group.com

	 	
Sales Middle East and Africa

sales-middleeast-africa@smartrac-group.com

 

© 2009 SMARTRAC N.V.

All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part is prohibited without the prior written consent of the copyright owner.  The information presented in this document does not form part of any quotation or contract, is believed to be accurate and reliable and may be changed without notice.  No liability will be accepted by the publisher for any consequence of its use.

 

  

  

  

 

 

 

PRELAM®

 

High on functionality and choice

 

SMARTRAC’s PRELAM® provides card manufacturers with a durable and convenient solution for the manufacture of finished cards. PRELAM® stands for pre-laminated. This means fusing together single layers under pressure and high temperature in special lamination press machinery after the electronic parts have been embedded into the carrier material and assembled. The fusing together of the different layers of thermoplastic material into one homogeneous sheet, seals the transponder hermetically. This prelaminated or PRELAM® structure is ideal for making pre-printed cards with many security features using standard card production processes.

 

The low frequency PRELAM® incorporates an air wound coil, whilst the high frequency PRELAM® is manufactured based on SMARTRAC’s patented wire embedding technology. It is a multi-layered construction and is available in materials  such as PVC, PC, PET-G or Teslin®.

 

Other variables like the size and the shape of the antenna can be adapted to the specific requirements of the customer.  Customers can also select different sheet formats such as 3X7, 4X10, 6X6 or other customized layouts. To facilitate card production, the SMARTRAC PRELAM® sheets come with trimmed reference edges and optional printed cross marks and registration holes.

 

Benefits of the SMARTRAC PRELAM® include durability and the ability to testify excellent electrical performance.  Compliant with all of the various ISO standards it is particularly suited for contactless card applications such as automated fare collection, access control, ePayment and identification.

	
Overview

	
Operating Frequency

	
125 kHz (Low Frequency)

	
13.56 MHz (High Frequency)

	
UHF bandwidths:

	
    US 902 - 928 MHz

	
    EU 865-878 MHz

	
    JP 952-954 MHz

	
Operating Temperature

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
Material

	
PVC, PC, PET-G, Teslin®

	
Standard

	
ISO 14443, ISO 15693, ISO 18000

	
Applications

	
- Automated fare collection

	
- Identification

	
- Access control

	
- ePayment

	  
	
Benefits

	
- Available in LF, HF and UHF

	
- Customized formats and chips available

	
- Highest mechanical durability and lifetime

	
- High yield rates in card production

	
- Can be processed with standard card

	
   manufacturing equipment

 

www.smartrac-group.com          cards@smartrac-group.com

 

  

  

  

 

 

PRELAM®

 

High on functionality and choice

 

Technical Features

 

	 	Operating	 	 	 	 
	
Dimension*

	
Temperature

	
Frequency

	
Material

	
Thickness

	
Available ICs*

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
2x2

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
LF/ HF/ UHF

	
PVC, PC, PET-G, 

Teslin®

	
Typical between

380 and 460 μm

	
Alien, Atmel, EM Marin, Impinj,

Infineon, Inside

LEGIC, NXP, SAMSUNG, Sony

	  	  	  	
 

	 	 
	
3x6

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
LF/ HF/ UHF

	
PVC, PC, PET-G, 

Teslin®

	
Typical between 

380 and 460 μm

	
Alien, Atmel, EM Marin, Impinj,

Infineon, Inside

LEGIC, NXP, SAMSUNG, Sony

	  	  	  	 	 	 
	
3x7

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
LF/ HF/ UHF

	
PVC, PC, PET-G, 

Teslin®

	
Typical between 

380 and 460 μm

	
Alien, Atmel, EM Marin, Impinj,

Infineon, Inside

LEGIC, NXP, SAMSUNG, Sony

	  	  	  	 	 	
 

	
4x10

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
LF/ HF/ UHF

	
PVC, PC, PET-G, 

Teslin®

	
Typical between 

380 and 460 μm

	
Alien, Atmel, EM Marin, Impinj,

Infineon, Inside

LEGIC, NXP, SAMSUNG, Sony

	  	  	  	 	 	
 

	
5x5

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
LF/ HF/ UHF

	
PVC, PC, PET-G, 

Teslin®

	
Typical between 

380 and 460 μm

	
Alien, Atmel, EM Marin, Impinj,

Infineon, Inside

LEGIC, NXP, SAMSUNG, Sony

	  	  	  	 	 	
 

	
6x6

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
LF/ HF/ UHF

	
PVC, PC, PET-G, 

Teslin®

	
Typical between 

380 and 460 μm

	
Alien, Atmel, EM Marin, Impinj,

Infineon, Inside

LEGIC, NXP, SAMSUNG, Sony

	  	  	  	 	 	 
	
6x11

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
LF/ HF/ UHF

	
PVC, PC, PET-G, 

Teslin®

	
Typical between 

380 and 460 μm

	
Alien, Atmel, EM Marin, Impinj,

Infineon, Inside

LEGIC, NXP, SAMSUNG, Sony

	  	  	  	 	 	 
	
6x12

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
LF/ HF/ UHF

	
PVC, PC, PET-G, 

Teslin®

	
Typical between 

380 and 460 μm

	
Alien, Atmel, EM Marin, Impinj,

Infineon, Inside

LEGIC, NXP, SAMSUNG, Sony

	  	  	  	 	 	 
	
7x8

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
LF/ HF/ UHF

	
PVC, PC, PET-G, 

Teslin®

	
Typical between 

380 and 460 μm

	
Alien, Atmel, EM Marin, Impinj,

Infineon, Inside

LEGIC, NXP, SAMSUNG, Sony

	  	  	  	 	 	 
	
Max: 580 x 705 mm

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
LF/ HF/ UHF

	
PVC, PC, PET-G, 

Teslin®

	
Typical between 

380 and 460 μm

	
Alien, Atmel, EM Marin, Impinj,

Infineon, Inside

LEGIC, NXP, SAMSUNG, Sony

 

* Other types are available upon request.

 

	
For further information, please contact:

 

SMARTRAC TECHNOLOGY Pte. Ltd.

6 Greenleaf Walk, Amsterdam Building 2-8

Singapore 279227

Phone +65 6469 3780

Fax +65 6469 0867

cards@smartrac-group.com

	 	
Sales Europe

SMARTRAC TECHNOLOGY GmbH

Albstrasse 14

70597 Stuttgart, Germany

sales-europe@smartrac-group.com

 

Sales East Asia

SMARTRAC TECHNOLOGY Ltd.

142 Moo1, Hi-Tech Industrial Estate

Tambon Ban Laean, Amphor Bang-pa-in,

Phra Nakorn Sri Ayutthaya

13160 Thailand

sales@smartrac-group.com

	 	
Sales America

SMARTRAC TECHNOLOGY US Inc.

1546 Lake Drive West

Chanhassen, MN 55317, USA

sales-america@smartrac-group.com

 

Sales Latin America

SMARTRAC TECNOLOGIA INDUSTRIA

E COMERCIO DA AMAZONIA LTDA

Avenida Acai 875-C

69075-020 Manaus, Brazil

sales-brazil@smartrac-group.com

sales-latinamerica@smartrac-group.com

	 	
Sales Middle East and Africa

sales-middleeast-africa@smartrac-group.com

 

© 2009 SMARTRAC N.V.

All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part is prohibited without the prior written consent of the copyright owner.  The information presented in this document does not form part of any quotation or contract, is believed to be accurate and reliable and may be changed without notice.  No liability will be accepted by the publisher for any consequence of its use.

 

  

  

  

 

 

SHIELDLAM

 

High on robustness and convenience

 

The SHIELDLAM is a composite product with integrated shielding material that  demonstrates high performance. It allows the convenience of contactless data transmission in the presence of metal and other materials that normally interfere with RFID reception, such as mobile phone batteries and metallic housings.

 

Attachable to hand phones and a broad range of further everyday items, the product is suited for applications such as access control, payment and transportation. In addition, it can be customized and is available in various form factors. This makes it a flexible, convenient and secure solution.

 

The SMARTRAC SHIELDLAM is made from PVC material. It is manufactured with the company’s proprietary patented wire-embedding technology, to fulfil the highest requirements in terms of reliability, durability and mechanical robustness.

	
Overview

	
Operating Frequency

	
13.56MHz (High Frequency)

	
Operating Temperature

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
Material

	
PVC

	
Applications

	
- Automated fare collection

	
- ePayment

	  
	
Benefits

	
- Customized formats and chips available

	
- No extra processing steps for the card manufacturer

 

www.smartrac-group.com          cards@smartrac-group.com

 

  

  

  

 

 

SHIELDLAM

 

High on robustness and convenience

 

Technical Features

	 	Operating	 	 	 
	
Dimension*

	
Temperature

	
Frequency

	
Material

	
Available ICs*

	 	 	 	 	 
	
Customized formats

for example: 260 x 640 mm

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
13.56 MHz

	
PVC

	
EM Marin, Infineon, Inside

LEGIC, NXP, Sony, SAMSUNG

 

* Other types are available upon request.

 

About SMARTRAC N.V.

SMARTRAC is a leading manufacturer and supplier of RFID (Radio Frequency Identification) components for a broad bandwidth of applications in all current frequency standards. The company produces ready-made as well as customized transponders for public transport, access control, animal identification, industry and logistics.

 

SMARTRAC is the global leader in high-quality RFID inlays for passports with integrated, contactless chips (ePassports), contactless credit cards (ePayment) as well as for RFID transponders for public transportation applications and car immobilizers. SMARTRAC was founded in 2000 and since going public in July 2006 has been trading as a stock corporation under Dutch law with its registered headquarters in Amsterdam. The company currently employs some 2.600 employees and maintains a global research and development, production and sales network.

	
For further information, please contact:

 

SMARTRAC TECHNOLOGY Pte. Ltd.

6 Greenleaf Walk, Amsterdam Building 2-8

Singapore 279227

Phone +65 6469 3780

Fax +65 6469 0867

cards@smartrac-group.com

	 	
Sales Europe

SMARTRAC TECHNOLOGY GmbH

Albstrasse 14

70597 Stuttgart, Germany

sales-europe@smartrac-group.com

 

Sales East Asia

SMARTRAC TECHNOLOGY Ltd.

142 Moo1, Hi-Tech Industrial Estate

Tambon Ban Laean, Amphor Bang-pa-in,

Phra Nakorn Sri Ayutthaya

13160 Thailand

sales@smartrac-group.com

	 	
Sales America

SMARTRAC TECHNOLOGY US Inc.

1546 Lake Drive West

Chanhassen, MN 55317, USA

sales-america@smartrac-group.com

 

Sales Latin America

SMARTRAC TECNOLOGIA INDUSTRIA

E COMERCIO DA AMAZONIA LTDA

Avenida Acai 875-C

69075-020 Manaus, Brazil

sales-brazil@smartrac-group.com

sales-latinamerica@smartrac-group.com

	 	
Sales Middle East and Africa

sales-middleeast-africa@smartrac-group.com

 

© 2009 SMARTRAC N.V.

All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part is prohibited without the prior written consent of the copyright owner.  The information presented in this document does not form part of any quotation or contract, is believed to be accurate and reliable and may be changed without notice.  No liability will be accepted by the publisher for any consequence of its use.

 

  

  

  

 

 

SLIMLAM

Low on cost and material

The SMARTRAC SLIMLAM is the thin PRELAM® of choice. This product is ideally suited for identification, automated fare collection, ticketing and access control. Available in the high frequency bandwidth, the SLIMLAM consists of a core inlet which is sandwiched between two overlays and can be manufactured with PVC or PET-G material.

In terms of the chip technology required for this type of thin PRELAM®, SMARTRAC draws upon its internal module packaging department that processes wafers into flip chip packages for assembly in the PRELAM®. The end product is a high quality SLIMLAM, with a thickness below 300 μm.

Given its thinness, SLIMLAM represents the ideal economic alternative with regards to cost and without compromizing on quality. It provides increased opportunities in terms of card construction such as thicker printed sheets, additional security layers, etc, using less material to give our customers more options. The SMARTRAC SLIMLAM is furthermore ideally suited for card manufacturers to address the ever growing mass transport single-trip RFID card market.

	
Overview

	
Operating Frequency

	
13.56 MHz (High Frequency)

	
Operating Temperature

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
Material

	
PVC, PET-G

	
Standard

	
ISO 14443, ISO 15693, ISO 7810, ISO 15457

	
Applications

	
- Automated fare collection

	
- Identification

	
- Ticketing

	  
	
Benefits

	
- Various formats and chips available

	
- Anti-collison feature

	
- Thin structure

 

www.smartrac-group.com          cards@smartrac-group.com

  

  

  

 

SLIMLAM

 

Low on cost and material

 

Technical Features

 

	 	Operating	 	 	 	 
	
Dimension*

	
Temperature

	
Frequency

	
Material

	
Thinness

	
Available ICs*

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
3x6

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
13.56 MHz

	
PVC, PET-G

	
300 μm

	
EM Marin, Infineon, Inside,

LEGIC, NXP

	  	  	  	  	  	 
	
3x7

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
13.56 MHz

	
PVC, PET-G

	
300 μm

	
EM Marin, Infineon, Inside,

LEGIC, NXP

	  	  	  	  	  	 
	
3x8

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
13.56 MHz

	
PVC, PET-G

	
300 μm

	
EM Marin, Infineon, Inside,

LEGIC, NXP

	  	  	  	  	  	 
	
4x8

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
13.56 MHz

	
PVC, PET-G

	
300 μm

	
EM Marin, Infineon, Inside,

LEGIC, NXP

	  	  	  	  	  	 
	
5x5

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
13.56 MHz

	
PVC, PET-G

	
300 μm

	
EM Marin, Infineon, Inside,

LEGIC, NXP

	  	  	  	  	  	 
	
6x6

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
13.56 MHz

	
PVC, PET-G

	
300 μm

	
EM Marin, Infineon, Inside,

LEGIC, NXP

	  	  	  	  	  	 
	
7x8

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
13.56 MHz

	
PVC, PET-G

	
300 μm

	
EM Marin, Infineon, Inside,

LEGIC, NXP

	  	  	  	  	  	 
	
Max: 580 x 705mm

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
13.56 MHz

	
PVC, PET-G

	
300 μm

	
EM Marin, Infineon, Inside,

LEGIC, NXP

 

* Other types are available upon request.

 

	
For further information, please contact:

 

SMARTRAC TECHNOLOGY Pte. Ltd.

6 Greenleaf Walk, Amsterdam Building 2-8

Singapore 279227

Phone +65 6469 3780

Fax +65 6469 0867

cards@smartrac-group.com

	 	
Sales Europe

SMARTRAC TECHNOLOGY GmbH

Albstrasse 14

70597 Stuttgart, Germany

sales-europe@smartrac-group.com

 

Sales East Asia

SMARTRAC TECHNOLOGY Ltd.

142 Moo1, Hi-Tech Industrial Estate

Tambon Ban Laean, Amphor Bang-pa-in,

Phra Nakorn Sri Ayutthaya

13160 Thailand

sales@smartrac-group.com

	 	
Sales America

SMARTRAC TECHNOLOGY US Inc.

1546 Lake Drive West

Chanhassen, MN 55317, USA

sales-america@smartrac-group.com

 

Sales Latin America

SMARTRAC TECNOLOGIA INDUSTRIA

E COMERCIO DA AMAZONIA LTDA

Avenida Acai 875-C

69075-020 Manaus, Brazil

sales-brazil@smartrac-group.com

sales-latinamerica@smartrac-group.com

	 	
Sales Middle East and Africa

sales-middleeast-africa@smartrac-group.com

 

© 2009 SMARTRAC N.V.

All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part is prohibited without the prior written consent of the copyright owner.  The information presented in this document does not form part of any quotation or contract, is believed to be accurate and reliable and may be changed without notice.  No liability will be accepted by the publisher for any consequence of its use.

 

  

  

  

 

 

UHF PRELAM®

 

Higher efficiency and optimized processes

 

The SMARTRAC UHF PRELAM® portfolio is geared to satisy the growing demand for RFID transponders with long read range in an easy to handle but yet compact card format.

 

The standard ISO card sized products are suited for applications such as access control, parking control and border crossing. Available in PVC, Polycarbonate, PET-G and Teslin®, with several EPC Class-1 Gen-2 chip options, the  UHF PRELAM® offers global compatibility and conformance to the ISO 18000-6C standards.

 

The SMARTRAC UHF PRELAM® is manufactured with our patented wire-embedding technology and is a 100% hot laminated product demonstrating maximum structural stability.

 

PRELAM® stands for pre-laminated. This means that the single layers are fused together under pressure and high temperature in special lamination press machinery after the electronic parts have been embedded into the carrier material and assembled. This prelaminated or PRELAM® structure is ideal for making pre-printed cards with many security features using standard card production processes.

 

SMARTRAC’s passive UHF PRELAM® products are available in the current operating frequencies 902-928 MHz for the US, 865-878 MHz for Europe and 952-954 MHz for Japan. They can be optimized for other frequency ranges as well.

	
Overview

	
Operating Frequency

	
US 902-928 MHz, EU 865-878 MHz,

	
JP 952-954 MHz or other customized

	
bandwidths

	
Operating Temperature

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
Material

	
PVC, PC, PET-G, Teslin®

	
Colour

	
White with transparent overlay

	
Standard

	
EPC Class-1 Gen-2 and ISO/IEC 18000-6C

	
Applications

	
- Access control

	
- Secure Identification

	
- Parking control

	
- Border crossing

	  
	
Benefits

	
- Customized formats and chips available

	
- Highest mechanical durability and reliability

	
- Easy processing with normal card manufacturing equipment

	
   (no prelamination  steps required)

	
- Material options

 

www.smartrac-group.com          cards@smartrac-group.com

 

  

  

  

 

 

UHF PRELAM®

 

Higher efficiency and optimized processes

 

Technical Features

 

	 	Operating	 	 	 	 
	
Dimension*

	
Temperature

	
Frequency

	
Material

	
Thickness**

	
Available ICs

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
2x2

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
UHF

	
PVC, PC, PET-G, Teslin®

	
Typical between 

380 and 460 μm

	
Alien, Impinj, NXP

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
3x6

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
UHF

	
PVC, PC, PET-G, Teslin®

	
Typical between 

380 and 460 μm

	
Alien, Impinj, NXP

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
3x7

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
UHF

	
PVC, PC, PET-G, Teslin®

	
Typical between 

380 and 460 μm

	
Alien, Impinj, NXP

	  	  	  	  	 	  
	
3x8

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
UHF

	
PVC, PC, PET-G, Teslin®

	
Typical between 

380 and 460 μm

	
Alien, Impinj, NXP

	  	  	  	  	 	  
	
4x10

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
UHF

	
PVC, PC, PET-G, Teslin®

	
Typical between 

380 and 460 μm

	
Alien, Impinj, NXP

	  	  	  	  	 	  
	
5x5

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
UHF

	
PVC, PC, PET-G, Teslin®

	
Typical between 

380 and 460 μm

	
Alien, Impinj, NXP

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6x6

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
UHF

	
PVC, PC, PET-G, Teslin®

	
Typical between 

380 and 460 μm

	
Alien, Impinj, NXP

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
6x12

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
UHF

	
PVC, PC, PET-G, Teslin®

	
Typical between 

380 and 460 μm

	
Alien, Impinj, NXP

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
7x8

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
UHF

	
PVC, PC, PET-G, Teslin®

	
Typical between 

380 and 460 μm

	
Alien, Impinj, NXP

	  	  	  	  	 	  
	
Max: 525 x 650 mm

	
-25°C to +50°C

	
UHF

	
PVC, PC, PET-G, Teslin®

	
Typical between 

380 and 460 μm

	
Alien, Impinj, NXP

 

* Other formats are available upon request

** Thinner versions available upon request

 

	
For further information, please contact:

 

SMARTRAC TECHNOLOGY Pte. Ltd.

6 Greenleaf Walk, Amsterdam Building 2-8

Singapore 279227

Phone +65 6469 3780

Fax +65 6469 0867

cards@smartrac-group.com

	 	
Sales Europe

SMARTRAC TECHNOLOGY GmbH

Albstrasse 14

70597 Stuttgart, Germany

sales-europe@smartrac-group.com

 

Sales East Asia

SMARTRAC TECHNOLOGY Ltd.

142 Moo1, Hi-Tech Industrial Estate

Tambon Ban Laean, Amphor Bang-pa-in,

Phra Nakorn Sri Ayutthaya

13160 Thailand

sales@smartrac-group.com

	 	
Sales America

SMARTRAC TECHNOLOGY US Inc.

1546 Lake Drive West

Chanhassen, MN 55317, USA

sales-america@smartrac-group.com

 

Sales Latin America

SMARTRAC TECNOLOGIA INDUSTRIA

E COMERCIO DA AMAZONIA LTDA

Avenida Acai 875-C

69075-020 Manaus, Brazil

sales-brazil@smartrac-group.com

sales-latinamerica@smartrac-group.com

	 	
Sales Middle East and Africa

sales-middleeast-africa@smartrac-group.com

 

© 2009 SMARTRAC N.V.

All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part is prohibited without the prior written consent of the copyright owner.  The information presented in this document does not form part of any quotation or contract, is believed to be accurate and reliable and may be changed without notice.  No liability will be accepted by the publisher for any consequence of its use.

 

  

  

  

 

 

 

WHITE CONTACTLESS ISO CARD

 

Dependable ease and versatility

 

The SMARTRAC WHITE CONTACTLESS ISO CARD is a high quality product made from  durable materials such as PVC, PC, PET-G or Teslin®. With our leading-edge technology and superior production processes, SMARTRAC WHITE CONTACTLESS ISO CARDS guarantee extended lifespan and excellent electrical performance that can conveniently be processed with any common card printers and readers. This facilitates easy integration into customers’ existing technology for various applications. Options such as slot punching and programming are available upon request.

 

SMARTRAC’s WHITE CONTACTLESS ISO CARDS, available in low, high and ultra-high frequencies, are optimized for applications such as access control, public transportation, toll collection, identification, loyalty programs and security. Characterized by a high surface quality these cards provide an ideal basis for improved print clarity, offering powerful functionality and enhanced convenience to your business needs.

	
Overview

	
Operating Frequency

	
125 kHz (Low Frequency)

	
13.56 MHz (High Frequency)

	
Ultra High Frequency

	
    US 902-928 MHz

	
    EU 865-878 MHz

	
    JP 952-954MHz

	
or other customized bandwidths

	
Operating Temperature

	
-35°C to +50°C

	
Material

	
PVC, PC, PET-G, Teslin®

	
Standard

	
ISO 14443, ISO 15693, ISO 7810, ISO 18000

	
Applications

	
- Access Control

	
- Public Transportation

	
- Toll Collection

	
- Secure Identification

	
- Customer loyalty programs

	
- ePayment

	  
	
Benefits

	
- Available in LF, HF and UHF and with various chips

	
- Easy integration into existing technology

	
- Long life time

	
- High surface quality

 

www.smartrac-group.com          cards@smartrac-group.com

 

  

  

  

 

WHITE CONTACTLESS ISO CARD

 

Dependable ease and versatility

 

Technical Features

	 	Operating	 	 	 	 
	
Dimension

	
Temperature

	
Frequency

	
Material

	
Options

	
Available ICs*

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	
85.6 x 54 x 0.8 mm

	
-35°C to +50°C

	
125 kHz

	
PVC, PC, PET-G, Teslin®

	
High and low - coercivity

magnetic stripes

Composite cards

	
Atmel, EM Marin, NXP

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
85.6 x 54 x 0.8 mm

	
-35°C to +50°C

	
13.56 MHz

	
PVC, PC, PET-G, Teslin®

	
High and low - coercivity

magnetic stripes

Composite cards

	
EM Marin, Infineon,

Inside, LEGIC, NXP, SAMSUNG,

Sony

	  	  	  	  	  	  
	
85.6 x 54 x 0.8 mm

	
-35°C to +50°C

	
US 902-928 MHz

EU 865-878 MHz

JP 952-954MHz

or other

customized

bandwidths

	
PVC, PC, PET-G, Teslin®

	
High and low - coercivity

magnetic stripes

Composite cards

	
Alien, Impinj

 

* Other types are available upon request.

 

About SMARTRAC N.V.

SMARTRAC is a leading manufacturer and supplier of RFID (Radio Frequency Identification) components for a broad bandwidth of applications in all current frequency standards. The company produces ready-made as well as customized transponders for public transport, access control, animal identification, industry and logistics.

 

SMARTRAC is the global leader in high-quality RFID inlays for passports with integrated, contactless chips (ePassports), contactless credit cards (ePayment) as well as for RFID transponders for public transportation applications and car immobilizers. SMARTRAC was founded in 2000 and since going public in July 2006 has been trading as a stock corporation under Dutch law with its registered headquarters in Amsterdam. The company currently employs some 2.600 employees and maintains a global research and development, production and sales network.

	
For further information, please contact:

 

SMARTRAC TECHNOLOGY Pte. Ltd.

6 Greenleaf Walk, Amsterdam Building 2-8

Singapore 279227

Phone +65 6469 3780

Fax +65 6469 0867

cards@smartrac-group.com

	 	
Sales Europe

SMARTRAC TECHNOLOGY GmbH

Albstrasse 14

70597 Stuttgart, Germany

sales-europe@smartrac-group.com

 

Sales East Asia

SMARTRAC TECHNOLOGY Ltd.

142 Moo1, Hi-Tech Industrial Estate

Tambon Ban Laean, Amphor Bang-pa-in,

Phra Nakorn Sri Ayutthaya

13160 Thailand

sales@smartrac-group.com

	 	
Sales America

SMARTRAC TECHNOLOGY US Inc.

1546 Lake Drive West

Chanhassen, MN 55317, USA

sales-america@smartrac-group.com

 

Sales Latin America

SMARTRAC TECNOLOGIA INDUSTRIA

E COMERCIO DA AMAZONIA LTDA

Avenida Acai 875-C

69075-020 Manaus, Brazil

sales-brazil@smartrac-group.com

sales-latinamerica@smartrac-group.com

	 	
Sales Middle East and Africa

sales-middleeast-africa@smartrac-group.com

 

© 2009 SMARTRAC N.V.

All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part is prohibited without the prior written consent of the copyright owner.  The information presented in this document does not form part of any quotation or contract, is believed to be accurate and reliable and may be changed without notice.  No liability will be accepted by the publisher for any consequence of its use.

 

  

48

  

 

Attachment 2.8.1.    OTI Customer Specific Products

	
OTI Products list annex 2.8.1

 

	
Po Number

	
Item

	
Product name

	
Description

	
Project Code

	
OTI Specific Product

	
9197

	
10049083

	
CLCard

	
CL Mifare Card MF1, S50 -1K, **THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.** , A/W/White me00520

	
**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**

	  
	
9441

	
OSP_10057842

	
Smart sticker

	
OSP_ILP, VP, RENESAS,Hercules JC V2.1., NOA-3, Smart sticker F-1mm, **THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**, me00524

	
**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**

	
OTI Specific Product

	
9538

	
OSP_10055052

	
CLCard

	
OSP_CL Card 8K/B (WR08) Hercules WHT/AW WITHOUT MGS, MOD3 me00415

	
**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**

	  
	
10132

	
OSP_10057834

	
Smart sticker

	
OSP_ILP, VP,RENESAS,Hercules JC V2.1., NOA-3, Smart Sticker F-1mm,**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**  me00493

	
**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**

	
OTI Specific Product

	
10184

	
10052220

	
Inlay

	
Double 3x8 PC Inlay (CB4-ST19NR66) (me01013)

	
**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**

	  
	
10281

	
OSP_10042685

	
inlay

	
**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**  1up pos. Smart Sticker me00418

	
**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**

	
OTI Specific Product

	
10307

	
10049064

	
CLCard

	
Mifare 1K s50, CL card with ONE-side printing/ZTZ me00456

	
**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**

	  
	
10350

	
OSP_10057502

	
Inlay

	
OSP_ILP, VP, RENESAS,Hercules JC V2.1. 4LE-S, NOA-3

	
**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**

	  

 

  

  

  

 

	
Po Number

	
Item

	
Product name

	
Description

	
Project Code

	
OTI Specific Product

	
10355

	
10049070

	
Smart sticker

	
1K, CL, MOA2,S50 Smart sticker, GSB me00508

	
**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**

	
OTI Specific Product

	
10386

	
OSP_10057843

	
Smart sticker

	
OSP_ILP, VP, RENESAS,Hercules JC V2.1., NOA-3, Smart sticker F-1mm, **THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.** , me00541

	
**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**

	
OTI Specific Product

	
10419

	
OSP_10052033

	
inlay

	
OSP_POS from Inlay 2x4 **THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**, CR80 Small, Mifare-1, 1K,MOA2,ME00221(2-3)

	
**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**

	  
	
10455

	
10049053

	
CLCard

	
CL Card Mifare 1k, IC S50, **THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**

	
**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**

	  
	
10539

	
OSP_10049076

	
Smart sticker

	
OSP_Mifare 1K,CL,MOA2,S50 Smart sticker,F025,**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.** me00506

	
**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**

	
OTI Specific Product

	
10587

	
10049000

	
CLCard

	
CLCard Mifare 1K WHT/WHT me00400

	
**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**

	
OTI Specific Product

	
10709

	
OSP_10053550

	
Inlay

	
OSP_POS from Passport Inlay **THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**  1up, ICA066 BR53,ME00223

	
**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**

	  
	
10783

	
OSP_10047342

	
CLCard

	
OSP_C\L Card OT88202RF ST19WR08DR52POMA **THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**,White/White, me00481, SN Range 206600 - 207100

	
**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**

	  

 

  

  

  

 

	
Po Number

	
Item

	
Product name

	
Description

	
Project Code

	
OTI Specific Product

	
10814

	
OSP_10057840

	
Smart sticker

	
OSP_ILP, VP, RENESAS,Hercules JC V2.1., NOA-3, Smart sticker F-1mm,**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**, me00522

	
**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**

	
OTI Specific Product

	
10975

	
OSP_10054155

	
CLCard

	
OSP_CL Card 8K/B (ST19WR08) **THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.** WHT/A.W+MGS (me00449)

	
**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**

	  
	
11251

	
OSP_10049052

	
CLCard

	
OSP_CL Card Mifare 1K ICS50,with signature stripe , **THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.** (me00256)

	
**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**

	  
	
11252

	
OSP_10055013

	
CLCard

	
OSP_CL white card Hercules ST19WR08 (me00444)

	
**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**

	  
	
11253

	
OSP_10052065

	
Inlay

	
OSP_Pos. from inlay 4x7 , Mifare 1k, CL/M, Full size ant.,**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.** me00558

	
**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**

	  
	
11268

	
OSP_10052066

	
Inlay

	
OSP_Pos. from inlay 4x7 , Mifare 4k, CL/M, Full size ant.,**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.** me00563

	
**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**

	  
	
11298

	
OSP_10057845

	
Smart sticker

	
**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.** 28x48 Extractable Sticker 4x7 Inlay

	
**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**

	
OTI Specific Product

	
11448

	
OSP_10038260

	
CLCard

	
**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.** 2009 ID1 PET, Hercules ePass 66K, contactless, ST19NR66B

	
**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**

	
OTI Specific Product

	
11449

	
OSP_10054127

	
Dual interface cards

	
OSP_C/CL Card,CALYPSO,Type B,AW/A.W, **THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.** me00553

	
**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**

	  
	
11483

	
10049055

	
Smart sticker

	
Mifare 1K,CL,S50 Smart sticker, PROX me00564

	
**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**

	
OTI Specific Product

	
11530

	
OSP_10057846

	
Smart sticker

	
OSP_ILP, VP, RENESAS,Hercules JC V2.1., NOA-3, Smart sticker F-1mm,**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**

	
**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**

	
OTI Specific Product

	
9634

	
OSP_10057842

	
Smart sticker

	
OSP_ILP, VP, RENESAS,Hercules JC V2.1., NOA-3, Smart sticker F-1mm, **THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**, me00524

	  	
OTI Specific Product

 

  

  

  

 

	
Po Number

	
Item

	
Product name

	
Description

	
Project Code

	
OTI Specific Product

	
9776

	
OSP_10055060

	
CLCard

	
CL Card Type B+M (1K),**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**,A/W+A/W me00419

	
**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**

	
OTI Specific Product

	
9861

	
OSP_10052064

	
Inlay

	
OSP_Pos. from inlay 5x6 , Mifare 1k, CL/M, Full size ant.,**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**

	
**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**

	  
	
9867

	
10049084

	
Smart sticker

	
Mifare 1k,CL,MOA2,S50 Smart sticker,F025, **THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.** me00549

	
**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**

	
OTI Specific Product

	
9934

	
OSP_10054102

	
CLCard

	
**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.** Card 3LE, 2K/B NOA3-WR-02,VM_1_2

	
**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**

	  
	  	
???

	
Smart sticker

	
Renesas sticker ;ID1 Punch out card

	  	
OTI Specific Product

 

  

49

  

 

Attachment 4.1.       Price List

 

**THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**

 

  

50

  

Attachment 9.1.      Special Technology

 

The HERA technology transfer will consist on the following steps:

 

	
  

	
·

	
MCT will provide all technical documentation on the HERA-process and the HERA-equipment to SMARTRAC;

 

	
  

	
·

	
On request by SMARTRAC, MCT will build up to two HERA lines. These lines will be built at MCT. Test runs and acceptance will be done at MCT. Installation will be done at SMARTRAC.  SMARTRAC shall pay to MCT for these machines a purchase price equivalent to **THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**;

 

	
  

	
·

	
On request by SMARTRAC, MCT will build up to ten manual HERA stations. These lines will be built at MCT. Installation at SMARTRAC. SMARTRAC shall pay to MCT for these machines a purchase price equivalent to **THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN SO OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.**;

 

	
  

	
·

	
MCT will allow SMARTRAC personnel to be trained at MCT;

 

	
  

	
·

	
MCT will send a qualified person to SMARTRAC to training (up to two weeks);

 

	
  

	
·

	
MCT will use best efforts to support this technology transfer.

 

  

51

  

Attachment 10.1.    NDA

 

In connection with the Supply Agreement dated December 22nd, 2009, between SMARTRAC N.V., a Netherlands company and On Track Innovations Ltd., an Israeli company, and any and all commercial business contemplated therein, (the “Commercial Business”), each party (as to information disclosed by it, the “Disclosing Party”), is prepared to furnish the other party (as to information received by it, the “Receiving Party”) with certain confidential and proprietary information.  “Confidential Information” as used in this Agreement shall mean al such information that is or has been disclosed by the Disclosing Party or its Affiliates (defined below): (i) in writing or by e-mail or other tangible electronic storage medium and is clearly marked “Confidential” or “Proprietary”, or (ii) orally or visually, and then followed within ten (10) working days thereafter with a disclosure complying with the requirements of clause (i) above. Confidential Information also includes, but is not limited to, personal data as defined in this Agreement or by applicable law, whichever is broader, and personal data shall not be required to be marked “Confidential” or “Proprietary” to be treated as Confidential Information under this Agreement.  As used in this Agreement, “personal data” means any information relating (i) to an identified or (ii) to a directly or indirectly identifiable, natural person.  All other information shall be deemed to be non-confidential.  As used in this Agreement, an “Affiliate” with respect to a party means any entity (including without limitation any individual, corporation, company, partnership, limited liability company or group) that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, in controlled by or is under common control with such party.

1.  The Receiving Party agrees, except as required by law: (a) to protect the confidentiality of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information (including any notes, summaries, reports, analyses or other material derived by the Receiving Party, its Affiliates or its or their Representatives (defined below) in whole or in part from the Confidential Information in whatever form maintained (collectively, “Notes’); (b) to use the Confidential Information and Notes only for the purposes of the Commercial Business and the terms thereof; (c) to use the same degree of care as with its own confidential information, which shall be at least a reasonable standard of care, to prevent disclosure of the Confidential Information and Notes, except to its Affiliates and its or their officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors and representatives (collectively, “Representatives”), to the extent necessary to permit them to assist the Receiving Party in the Commercial Business; and (d) not to disclose to persons (other than those described in (c) above) that the Confidential Information has been made available, that the Receiving Party is has a Commercial Business or that the parties have had or are having discussions or negotiations with respect thereto.  The Receiving Party further agrees that prior to disclosing any Confidential Information to its Affiliates or its or their Representatives as provided above, such Affiliates and/or Representatives will be advised of the confidential nature of the Confidential Information, provided a copy of this Agreement and directed to abide by its terms.  The Receiving Party agrees to be responsible for any breach of this Agreement by it, its Affiliates or its or their Representatives.  Each party acknowledges that money damages would not be a sufficient remedy for any breach of this Agreement.  Accordingly, in the event of any such breach, in addition to any other remedies at law or in equity that a party may have, it shall be entitled to equitable relief, including injunctive relief or specific performance, or both (although neither party shall be entitled to any special, consequential, indirect, punitive or exemplary damages as a result of a breach of this Agreement, whether a claim is asserted in contract, tort, or otherwise).  Obligations in this Section 1 regarding Confidential Information shall, with respect to each disclosure of Confidential Information hereunder, continue for five (5) years from the date of each disclosure of Confidential Information.  Nothing herein is intended to limit or abridge the protection of trade secrets under applicable trade secrets law, and trade secrets shall be maintained as such until they fall into the public domain.

 

  

52

  

 

2.  This Agreement shall be inoperative as to particular portions of the Confidential Information disclosed by the Disclosing Party if such information: (i) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of disclosure by the Receiving Party, its Affiliates or its or their Representatives; (ii) was available on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure to the Receiving Party; (iii) is or becomes available to the Receiving Party, its Affiliates or its or their Representatives on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Disclosing Party when such source is not, to the best of the Receiving Party’s knowledge, subject to a confidentiality obligation with the Disclosing Party, or (iv) was independently developed by the Receiving Party, its Affiliates or its or their Representatives, without reference to the Confidential Information, and the Receiving Party can verify the development of such information by written documentation.

3.  The Disclosing Party may elect at any time by notice to the Receiving Party to terminate further access to and such party’s review of the Confidential Information.  In any such case, or upon any other termination of this Agreement, the Receiving Party will immediately return all Confidential Information disclosed to it and will destroy (with such destruction to be certified by the Receiving Party) all Notes, without retaining any copy thereof.  No such termination of the Agreement or return or destruction of the Confidential Information or Notes will affect the confidentiality obligations of the Receiving Party, its Affiliates or its or their Representatives, all of which will continue in effect as provided in this Agreement.

4.  Each party shall retain ownership of all Confidential Information and intellectual property it had prior to commencement of the discussions of any Commercial Business and shall own exclusively all rights in ideas, inventions, works of authorship, strategies, plans and data created or acquired by such party, including but not limited to all patent rights, copyrights, moral rights, rights in proprietary information, database rights, trademark rights and other intellectual property rights. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to grant a license directly or by implication, estoppel, or otherwise, although the parties may provide for such a license in an express written agreement.

5.  If either party or any of their respective Affiliates or Representatives is requested or required (by interrogatories, subpoena, or similar legal process) to disclose any Confidential Information or Notes, such party agrees to provide the Disclosing Party with prompt notice of each such request, to the extent practicable, so that the Disclosing Party may seek and appropriate protective order to waive compliance by the Receiving Party with the provisions of this Agreement, or both.  If, absent the entry of a protective order or receipt of a waiver, the Receiving Party is, in the opinion of its counsel, legally compelled to disclose such Confidential Information or Notes, the receiving Party may disclose such Confidential Information or Notes to the persons and to the extent required without liability under this Agreement and will use its best efforts to obtain confidential treatment for any Confidential Information or Notes so disclosed.

 

  

53

  

 

6.  This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties relating to the subject matter contained herein, and supersedes all prior and collateral communication, reports and understandings between the parties relating thereto.  This Agreement is not intended as a teaming, joint venture or other such arrangement.  No change, modification or addition to or waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be binding unless in writing and signed by authorized representatives of both parties.  Except as provided herein, the parties agree that any disclosures contemplated hereunder, and any discussions or communications between the parties relating thereto, shall not restrict either party’s right to take whatever future actions such party unilaterally determines to be in its best interests, including the right to undertake similar discussions or to enter into agreements or relationships with third parties covering subjects related to the matters covered herein.  All provisions of this Agreement are severable, and if any provision or part thereof of this Agreement is deemed invalid or otherwise unenforceable, then such term shall be construed to reflect the closest lawful interpretation of the parties’ original intent, and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain valid, enforceable and binding.  This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered, shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Any signature page of any such counterpart, or any facsimile transmission thereof, may be attached or appended to any other counterpart to complete a fully executed counterpart of this Agreement, and any facsimile transmission of any signature of a party shall be deemed an original and shall bind such party.  The Receiving Party shall notify the Disclosing Party immediately upon discovery of any loss, unauthorized disclosure or use of the Confidential Information and/or Notes or any other reach of this Agreement by the Receiving Party, its Affiliates or its or their Representatives.  In any such event, the Receiving Party shall help the Disclosing Party in every reasonable way to regain possession of the Confidential Information and/or Notes and shall prevent any further unauthorized disclosure or use.  This Agreement will be binding on and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  Except for the foregoing, neither party may assign this Agreement or any of their rights and obligations hereunder or delegate the performance thereof to a third party without the prior written consent of the other party.  Except as stated herein, nothing in this Agreement is intended to confer any benefit to any third party or any right to enforce any term of this Agreement. Any failure by a party hereto to enforce the other party’s strict performance of any provision of this Agreement will not constitute a waiver of that party’s right to subsequently enforce such provision or any other provision of this Agreement.

7.  Each party agrees to take such measures as may be necessary to ensure that the disclosure of Confidential Information complies with any export control laws which may govern such disclosure.  The Receiving Party represents and warrants that no technical data it receives in conjunction with the Confidential Information that is subject to the export control laws of the United States of America (“U.S.”) shall be exported from the U.S. or re-exported from any other country without first complying with all export control laws and regulations of the U.S. Government, including the requirement for obtaining any export license if applicable.  The Receiving Party shall be responsible for obtaining the appropriate U.S. export license to export or re-export any such technical data.  The Receiving Party shall indemnify and hold the Disclosing Party harmless from all claims, demands, damages, costs, fines, penalties, reasonable attorney’s fees and all other expenses arising from its failure to comply with this clause and/or applicable export control laws and regulations.

 

  

54

  

 

8.  This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, U.S.A., excluding its conflict of laws rules.

This Agreement shall commence on December 22nd, 2009.

 

	  	
SMARTRAC N.V.

	  	  
	  	
By:  /s/ Dr. Christian Fischer

	 	 
	  	
Printed Name: Dr. Christian Fischer

	 	 
	  	
Printed Title: CEO

	  	  
	 	
By:  /s/ Manfred Rietzler

	 	 
	 	
Printed Name: Manfred Rietzler

	 	 
	 	
Printed Title: CTO

	 	 
	  	
ON TRACK INNOVATIONS LTD.

	  	  
	  	
By: /s/ Oded Bashan

	 	 
	  	
Printed Name: Oded Bashan

	 	 
	  	
Printed Title: CEO

	 	 
	 	By: /s/ Tanir Horn
	 	 
	 	
Printed Name: Tanir Horn

	 	 
	 	
Printed Title: CFO

 

55

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00197-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00197-of-00352.parquet"}]]